E
_
E
E
e
JOURNAL
AND
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ROUYVYA:E SOCLE TY
-- NEW SOUTH WALES,
1877. a
WOT: eer: = es
: Uae ar od
% i
EDITED BY
A. LIVERSIDGE,
Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in the University of Sydney.
THE AUTHORS Me PAPERS ARE ALONE RESPONSIBLE FOR be STATEMENTS
DE AND THE OPINIONS EXPRESSED THERE!
AGENTS FOR THE SOCIETY
Messrs. Tribner & Co., 57, Ludgate Hill, London, EC.
a fii Se
1878, 3 i)
¥ 0
whe A SS)
2
2
at
Ls
NOTICE.
It is requested that all Communications respecting the
Printing of the Fournal of the Society, or List of
Members, may te sent to Professor Liversidge (Editor),
Union Club, Sydney.
_ All Donations presented to the Society are acknowledged
by letter, and in the printed Proceedings of the Society.
ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES. |
JOURNAL
AND
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ROYAL SOCIETY
NEW sire WALES,
1877.
=
Woke a.
EDITED BY
A. LIVERSIDGE,
Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in the University of Sydney.
THE AUTHORS OF PAPERS ARE ALONE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS
MADE AND THE OPINIONS EXPRESSED THEREIN,
AGENTS FOR THE SOCIETY:
Messrs. Triibner & Co., 57, Ludgate Hill, London, E.C.
SYDNEY: THOMAS RICHARDS, GOVERNMENT PRINTER.
1878,
NOTICE.
Tue Roya Society of New South Wales originated in 1821
as the ‘Philosophical Society of Australia”; after an interval
of inactivity, it was resuscitated in 1850, under the name of the
“« Australian Philosophical Society,” by which title it was known
until 1856, when the name was changed to the ‘‘ Philosophical
Society of New South Wales” ; and finally, in May, 1866, by the
sanction of Her Most Gracious Majesty the Queen, it assumed
its present title.
CORRIGEND A...
Laceaawe For “ Géningen” read “ Gottingen”
. For “ assume very definite limit” ead “assumes very
definite limits”
Before “ Victorian’ insert “ 2.”
‘For “ Warrnambool” read ‘‘ Warnambool”’
batiegeets After “last” delete the period and add a comma
. For “ Speroporina” read “ Spiroporina”
sgevteods After “it” insert “was”
seeeeeeee Hor “ M. FIDENS” read “M. BIDENS.”
iesodepte Delo @ MB
weseessee After “to” add “ but described in 1861 in the Quart.
Jour. Microscopical Science, N. Series, I, p. 79.”
eaetewes
For “ fig.”’ read “ w.-cut.”
Delete the word ‘ Genus”
wee e eens
vesseeeee Hor “ Hasstiana”’ read “ Haastiana,’”’
ee eter 7 oo.ueaee For “ Melneina” read “ Milneana.”
Page Line.
BA ehi ates 1
PA Salts tals 21
he Oeseeuges 41
EE aioe 18
TSS. cision, 36
14 exe 2
ge RS Go Ss 32
pi ene cs 9
be ia Soh sie 21
is . 23
TAG oe 6
BA eras 27
a . 85
142
143
wiees 8 ......... For “ Melneina” read “ Milneana.”
9 ......... For “ Hoastiana” read “ Haastiana.”
CONTENTS.
VOLUME XI.
Art. L—List oF Orricers, Funpamentat Routes, By-laws,
and List of Members
Ant. II.—ANNIVERSARY a ~~ H. C. Russell, B.A,
F.R.A:5S., FMES., Viee
Ant. {11.—The Forest Vegetation of Central and Northern
New England in connection with Geological Influences.
By W. Christie, Licensed Surveyor
Agr. IV.—On Dromornis Australis, a new fossil gigantic Bird of
Australia. By the Rev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., F.RS.,
&e., Vice-President ........
Art, V.—On the Sphenoid, Cranial Bones, Operculum, ‘and
supposed Ear-Bones of Ctenodus. On the Scapula,
Coracoid, Ribs, and Scales of Ctenodus. By W. J
Barkas S.E
Art. VI.—On the Tertiary Deposits of Australia. By the Rey.
J... Tenison4 Woods, G85. FORGES oes evens out
Arr. VIL.—On some New Australian Polyzoa. 1S woodcuts.)
By Rey. J.'E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., seu
Arr. VIII. p
By Professor Liversidge, F.C.S., F.G.S., F.R.G.S., &e....
Art. IX.—On a New Method of extracting Gold, Silver, and
other Metals from Pyrites. By W. A. Dixon, F.C.S. ...
Art. X.— The Paleontological Evidence of Australian Tertiary
Formations. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S.,
£*FVie 1 to thn Di ral
Art. XI.—A Synopsis , s eee Tertiary Polyzoa. By R.
Etheridge, junr.,
Ant. XIT.—Ctenacanthus, a Spine of Hybodus. By W. J.
Barkas, M.R.C.S.E
21 to 39
41 to 49
51 to 64
65 to 82
83 & 84
85 to 91
93 to 111
113 to 128
129 to 143
145 to 155
x CONTENTS.
Art. XIII.—A System of Notation adapted to explaining to
Students certain Electrical Operations. By the Hon.
J. Smith, C.M.G., M.D., LL.D., M.L.C 157 to 163
Art. XIV.—Notes on the Meteorology, Natural History, &c.,
of a Guano Island; and Guano and other Phosphatic
Deposits, Malden Island. By W. A. Dixon, F.C.S....... 165 to 181
Art. XV.—On some Australian Tertiary Corals. (Two plates.)
By the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., F.R.G.S. ... 183 to 195
Art..XVI.—On a new and remarkable Variable Star in the
Constellation Ara. By J. Tebbutt, F.R.A.S 197 to 202
Art. XVII.—On a Dental peculiarity of the Lepidosteide.
By W. J. Barkas, M.R.C.S.E. 203 to 207
Art. XVIII.—A New Fossil Extinct Species of Kangaroo,
Sthenurus minor (Owen). By the Rev. W. B. Clarke,
209 to 212
Art. XIX.—Notes on some recent Barometric Disturbances.
By H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S 213 to 218
Art. XX.—PROcEEDINGS 219 to 235
Art. XXI.—AppiTions To THE LIBRARY 236 to 244
Arr. XXII.—List or EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS ...... 245 to 251
Art. XXIII.—ReEports FROM THE SECTIONS ..........c:0c0e0e00s 253 to 279
PAPERS READ BEFORE SECTIONS.
1. Remarks on the Coccus of the Cape Mulberry.
By F. Milford, M.D., &e. 270
2. Notes on some Jocal Species of Diatomacez.
By G. D. Hirst 272
Arr. XXIV.—Aprpenprx: Abstract of the Meteorological Obser-
vations taken at the Sydney Observatory. a
Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S., Government Astronomer......... 281 to 294
Arr. XXV.-—List OF PUBLICATIONS ..........cs0:0ssssesssseeesseess 295 to 302
Ant, XX VI.—InpEx 303 to 305
The Royal Society of Alew South Hales.
OFFICERS FOR 1877-8,
PRESIDENT:
HIS EXCELLENCY SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G.,
0; &C., ‘
VICE-PRESIDENTS:
REV. W. B. CLARKE, M.A., F.B.S., F.GS.
1R ROLLESTON.
HONORARY TREASURER:
REV. W. SCOTT, M.A.
HONORARY SECRETARIES:
PROFESSOR LIVERSIDGE. | Dr. ADOLPH LEIBIUS.
COUNCIL:
FAIRFAX, JAMES R. RUSSELL, H. C., B.A, F.R.AS.
JONES, P. SYDNEY, M.D. SMITH, HON. J., C.M.G., M.D.
H. G. A, MBCS
MOORE, CHARLES, F.LS. WRIGHT,
ASSISTANT SECRETARY:
WEBB, W. H.
FUNDAMENTAL RULES.
Object of the Society.
1. The object of the Society is to receive at its stated meetings original
papers on subjects of Science, Art, Literature, and Philosophy, and especially
on such subjects as tend to develop the resources of Australia, and to illustrate
its Natural History and Productions.
Pres
2. The Governor of New South Wales shall be ex officio the President of
the Society.
Other Officers
3. The other Officers of the Society shall consist of two Vice-Presidents,
a Treasurer, and two or more Secretaries, who, with six other Members, shall
constitute a Council for the management of the affairs of the Society.
Election of Officers.
4. The Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Secretaries, and the six other Members
of Council, shall be elected annually at the General Meeting in the month of
May.
Vacancies during the year.
5. Any vacancies occurring in the Council of Management during the year
may be filled up by the Council.
Fees.
6. The entrance money paid by Members on their admission shall be One
Guinea ; and the annual subscription shall be One Guinea, payable in advance.
The sum of Ten Pounds may be paid at any time as a composition for the
ordinary annual payment for life.
Honorary Members,
7. The Honorary Members of the Society shall be persons who have been
eminent benefactors to this or some other of the Australian Colonies, or dis-
tinguished patrons and promoters of the objects of the Society. Every person
proposed as an Honorary Member must be recommended by the Council ‘and
elected by the Society. Honorary Members shall be exempted from payment
of fees and contributions; they may attend the meetings of the Society, and
they shall be furnished with copies of Transactions and Proceedings published
by the Society, but they shall have no right to — office, to vote, or otherwise’
interfere in the business of the Society.
Confirmation of By-laws.
8. By-laws proposed by the Council of Management shall not be binding
until ratified by a General Meeting.
Alteration of Fundamental Rules.
9. No alteration of or addition to the Fundamental Rules of the Society
heal he made unless carried eS, eee ene
Se oe ee =
tae
BY-LAWS
Passed at a General Meeting of the Society, held June 7th, 1876.
Ordinary General Meetings.
I. An Ordinary General Meeting of the Royal Society, to be
convened by public advertisement, shall take place at 8 p.m., on
the first Wednesday in every month, during the last eight
months of the year; subject to alteration by the Council with
due notice. These meetings will be open for the reading of
papers, and the discussion of subjects of every kind if brought
forward in conformity with the Fundamental Rules and By-
laws of the Society.
Annual General Meeting.— Annual Reports.—Election of Officers.
II. A General Meeting of the Society shall be held annually
in May, to receive a Report from the Council on the state of
the Society, and to elect Officers for the ensuing year. The
Treasurer shall also at this meeting present the annual financial
statement.
Election of the Officers and Council.
III. The Officers and other members of the Council shall be
elected annually by dallot at the Annual General Meeting to be
held in May.
TV. It shall be the duty of the Couneil each year to prepare
a list containing the names of members whom they recommend
for election to the respective offices of Vice-Presidents and Hon.
Secretaries and Hon. Treasurer, together with the names of six
other members whom they recommend for election as ordinary
members of Council: The names thus recommended shall be
proposed at one meeting of the Council, and agreed to at a
subsequent meeting.
xiv
V. Each member present at the General Annual Meeting
shall have the power to alter the list of names recommended by
the Council, by adding to it the names of any eligible members
not already included in it and removing from it an equivalent
number of names, and he shall use this list with or without such
alterations as a balloting list at the election of Officers and
Council.
Council Meetings.
VI. Meetings of the Council of Management shall take place
on the last Wednesday in every month, and on such other days
as the Council may determine.
Absence from Meetings of Council.— Quorum.
VII. Any member of the Council absenting himself from three
consecutive meetings of the Council, without giving a satisfactory
explanation in writing, shall be considered to have vacated his
office, and the election of a member to fill his place shall be
proceeded with at the next Council meeting in accordance with
Fundamental Rule V. No business shall be transacted at any
meeting of the Council unless three members are present.
Duties of Secretaries.
VIII. The Honorary Secretaries shall perform, or shall cause
the Assistant Secretary to perform, the following duties :—
1, Conduct the correspondence of the Society and Council.
2. Attend the General Meetings of the Society and the
meetings of the Council, to take minutes of the pro-
ceedings of such meetings, and at the commencement
of such to read aloud the minutes of the preceding
meeting.
3. At the weeny “renee of the members, WP: announce
the p Aw ociety si MPLA their ]
to vend the Wcrtilleatos of candidates for admission ra
the Society, and. such original papers communicated to
the Society as are not read by their respective authors,
and the letters addressed to it.
Or
ory
~T
CO
Ne)
lod
~—
xv
. To make abstracts of the papers read at the Ordinary
General Meetings, to be inserted in the Minutes and
printed in the Proceedings.
. To edit the Transactions of the Society, and to superintend
the making of an Index for the same.
. To be responsible for the arrangement and safe custody
of the books, maps, sigs specimens, and other property
of the Society.
. To make an entry of all books, maps, plans, pamphlets,
&c., in the Library Catalogue, and of all presentations
to the Society in the Donation Book.
. To keep an account of the issue and return of books,
&c., borrowed by members of the Society, and to see
that the borrower, in every case, signs for the same in
the Library Book.
. To address to every person elected into the. Society a
=)
printed copy of the Forms Nos. 2 and 8 (in the
Appendix), together with a list of the members, a copy
of the Fundamental Rules and By-laws, and a card of
the dates of meeting ; and to acknowledge all donations
made to the Society, by Form No. 5.
. To cause due notice to be given of all Meetings of the
Society and Council.
. To be in attendance at 4 p-m. on the afternoon of
Wednesday in each week during the session.
. To keep a list of the attendances of the members of the
Council at the Council Meetings and at the Ordinary
General Mectings of the members of the Society, in
order that the same may be laid before the Society at
the Annual General Meeting held in the month of
May.
The Honorary Secretaries shall, by mutual agreement, divide
the performance of the duties above enumerated.
‘Lhe Honorary Secretaries shall, by virtue of their office, be
members of all Committees appointed by the Council.
xvi
Candidates for admission.
IX. Every candidate for admission as an ordinary member of
the Society shall be recommended according to a prescribed form,
by not less than three members, to two of whom he must be
personally known.
Election of new Members.
X. The names of such candidates, with the names of their
supporters, shall be read by one of the Secretaries at an Ordinary
General Meeting of the Society. The vote as to admission to
take place by ballot at the next subsequent meeting. At the
ballot the assent of at least four-fifths of the members voting
shall be requisite for the admission of the candidate.
New Members to be informed of their election.
XI. Every new member shall receive due notification of his
election, and be supplied with a copy of the obligation (No. 3 in
Appendix), together with a copy of the Fundamental Rules and
By-laws of the Society, a list of members, and a card of the
dates of meeting.
Members whose subscriptions are unpaid to enjoy no privileges.
XII. An elected member shall not be entitled to attend the
meetings nor to enjoy any privilege of the Society, nor shall his
name be printed in the list of the Society, until he shall have
paid his admission fee and first annual subscription, and have
returned to the Secretaries the obligation signed by himself.
Members shali sign Rules— Formal admission.
XII. Every member who has complied with the preceding
By-laws shall at the first Ordinary General Meeting at which
he shall be present, sign a duplicate of the aforesaid obligation
in a book to be kept for that purpose, after which he shall be
presented by some member to the Chairman, who, addressing him
by name, shall say :—‘ By the authority and in the name of the
Royal Society of New South Wales I admit you a member
" ie
xvii
Annual subscriptions, when due.
XIV. Annual subscriptions shall become due on the Ist of
May for the year then commencing. The entrance fee and first
year’s subscription of a new member shall become due on the
day of his election.
Subscriptions in arrears.
XV. Members who have not paid their subscriptions for the
current year, on or before the 31st of May, shall be informed of
the fact by the Hon. Treasurer.
And at the meeting held in July, and at all subsequent meetings
for the year, a list of the names of all those members who are in
arrears with their annual subscriptions shall be suspended in the
Rooms of the Society. Members shall in such cases be informed
that their names have been thus posted.
Resignation of Members.
XVI. No member shall be at liberty to withdraw from the
Society without previously giving notice to one of the Secretaries
of his desire to withdraw, and returning all books or other
property belonging to the Society. Members will be considered
liable for the payment of all subscriptions due from them up to
the date at which they may give notice of their intention to
withdraw from the Society.
Expulsion of Members.
XVII. A majority of members present at any ordinary meet-
ing shall have power to expel an obnoxious member from the
Society, provided that a resolution to that effect has been moved
and seconded at the previous ordinary meeting, and that due
notice of the same has been sent in writing to the member in
question, within a week after the meeting at which such resolution
has been brought forward.
Contributions to the Society.
XVIII. Contributions to the Society, of whatever character,
must be seut to one of the Secretaries, to be laid before the
5
XVili
Council of Management. It will be the duty of the Council to
arrange for promulgation and discussion at an Ordinary Meeting
such communications as are suitable for that purpose, as well as
to dispose of the whole in the manner best adapted to promote
‘the objects of the Society.
Order of Business.
XIX. At the Ordinary General Meetings the business shall be
transacted in the following order, unless the Chairman specially
decide otherwise :—
1—Minutes of the preceding Meeting.
2—New Members to enrol their names and be introduced.
3—Ballot for the election of new Members.
4—Candidates for membership to be proposed.
5—Business arising out of Minutes.
6—Communications from the Council.
7—Communications from the Sections.
8—Donations to be laid.on the Table and acknowledged.
9—Correspondence to be read.
10—Motions from last Meeting.
11—Notices.of Motion for the next Meeting to be given in.
14—Notice of Papers for the next Meeting.
Admission of Visitors.
XX. Every ordinary member shall have the privilege of admit-
ting two friends as visitors to an Ordinary General Meeting of
the Society, on the following conditions :—
1, That the name.and residence of the visitors, together
with the name of the member introducing them, be
entered in a book at the time.
2. That they shall not have attended two consecutive
meetings of the Society in the current A
The Council shall have power to introd itors, irrespective
of the above restrictions,
ISI eres ssa
PRE RE AR A
mx
Management of Funds.
XXI. The funds of the Society shall be lodged at a Bank
named by the Council of Management. Claims against the
Society, when approved by the Council, shall be paid by the
Treasurer.
Money Grants.
XXII. Grants of money in aid of scientific purposes from the
funds of the Society—to Sections or to members—shall expire on
the Ist of November in each year. Such grants, if not expended,
may be re-voted.
XXIII. Such grants of money to Committees and individual
members shall not be used to defray any personal wien which
a member may incur.
Audit of Accounts.
XXIV. Two Auditors shall be appointed annually, at an
Ordinary Meeting, to audit the Treasurer’s Accounts. The
accounts as audited to be laid before the Annual Meeting in
May.
Property of the Society to be vested in the Vice-Presidents, fe.
XXYV. All property whatever belonging to the Society shall be
vested in the Vice- Presidents, Hon. Treasurer, and Hon. Secre-
taries for the time being, in trust for the use of the Society ; but
the Council shall have control over the disbursements of the funds
and the management of the property of the Society.
Library.
XXVI. The Members of the Society shall have access to, and
shall be entitled to borrow books from the Library, under such
regulations as the Council may think necessary.
Museum.
XXVIL. Ii shall be one of the are of the Society to form
a Museum.
xx
Branch Societies.
XXVIII. The Society shall have power to form Branch
Societies in other parts of the Colony.
SECTIONS.
XXIX. To allow those members of the Society who devote
attention to particular branches of science fuller opportunities
and facilities of meeting and working together with fewer formal
restrictions than are necessary at the general Monthly Meetings
of the Society,—-Sections or Committees may be established in
the following branches of science :—
Section A.— Astronomy, Meteorology, Physics, Mathematics,
and Mechanics.
Section B.—Chemistry and Mineralogy, and their application
to the Arts and Agriculture.
Section C.—Geology and Paleontology.
Section D.—Biology, i.e., Botany and Zoology, including
Entomology.
Section E.—Microscopical Science.
Section F.—Geography and Ethnology.
Section G.—Literature and the Fine Arts, including
Architecture.
Section H.—Medical.
Section I—Sanitary and Social Science and Statistics.
Reports from Sections.
XXX. There shall be for each Section a Chairman to preside
at the meetings, and a Secretary to keep minutes of the pro-
ceedings, who shall jointly prepare and forward to the Hon.
Secretaries of the Society, on or before the 7th of November in
each year, a report of the proceedings of the Section during
that year, in order that the same may be transmitted to the
Council.
xxi ‘
Section Committees—Card of Meetings.
XXXI. The first meeting of each Section shall be appointed
by the Council. At that meeting the members shall elect their
own Chairman, Secretary, and a Committee of four ; and arrange
the days and hours of their future meetings. A card showing
the dates of each meeting for the current year shall be printed
for distribution amongst the members of the Society.
Money Grants to Sections.
XXXII. By application to the Council, grants of money may
be made out of the General Funds of the Society to the Sections.
Membership of Sections.
XXXII. No person who is not a member of the Society shall
have the privilege of joining any of the Sections.
THE LIBRARY.
1. During the Session, the Library shall be open for consul-
tation, and for the issue and return of books, between 4 and 6
p-m. on the afternoon of each Wednesday, and between 7 and 10
p-m. on the evenings of Monday, Wednesday, and Friday.
2. No book shall be issued without being signed for in the
Library Book.
3. Members are not allowed to have more than three volumes
at a time from the Library, without special permission from one
of the Honorary Secretaries, nor to retain a book for a longer
period than fourteen days; but when a book is returned by a
member it may be borrowed by him again, provided it has not
been bespoken by any other member. Books which have been
bespoken shall circulate in rotation, according to priority of
application.
4. Scientific Periodicals and Journals are not to be borrowed
until the volumes are completed and bound.
5. Members retaining books longer than the time specified
shall be subject to a fine of sixpence per week for each volume.
6. The books which have been issued shall be called in by the
Secretaries twice a year ; and in the event of any book not being
returned on those occasions, the member to whom it was issued
shall be answerable for it, and shall be required to defray the
cost of replacing same.
eee eee
xxiii
Form No. 1.
Royat Socrery or New Sourn Watus.
Certificate of a Candidate for Election.
Name ;
Qualification or occupation
Address
being desirous of admission into the Royal Society of New South Wales, we,
the undersigned members of the Society, propose and recommend him asa
proper person to become a member thereof.
Dated this day of shee fS
From Prersonan KNOWLEDGE. From GENERAL KNOWLEDGE.
Signature of candidate
Date received 18
Form No. 2.
Royat Socrery or New Sourm Watss.
The Society’s Rooms,
Sir, Sydney, 1.
T have the honor to inform you that you have this day been elected
member of the Royal Society of New South Wales, and I beg to forward to
you a copy of the Fundamental Rules and By-laws of the Society, a printed
copy of an obligation, a list of members, and a card announcing the dates
of meeting during the present session.
According to the Regulations of the Society (vide Rule No. 6), you are
required to pay your admission fee of one guinea, and annual subscription
of one guinea for the current year, before admission. You are also requested
to signand return the enclosed form of obligation at your earliest convenience.
have the honor to be,
>
Your most obedient servant,
To Hon. Secretary.
Form No. 3.
Royat Socrery or New Sovurn Wates.
I, the undersigned, do hereby engage that I will endeavour to promote
the interests and welfare of the Royal Society of New South Wales, and to
observe its Rules and By-laws as long as I shall remain a member thereof.
Address
Date
XXiV
Form No. 4.
Royat Socrery or New SourH WALEs.
The Society’s Rooms,
Sir,
I have the honor to inform you that your annual subscription of one
guinea for the current year became due to the Royal Society on the 1st of
May last.
It is requested that payment may be made by cheque or Post Office order
drawn in favour of the Hon. Treasurer.
I have re bund to be,
1 i ane re aniee BeraS! Ne emu a
ae yas obedient servant,
To Hon. Treasurer.
nee ea oa
Form No. 5.
Roya Socrery or New Sourn Wags.
The Society’s Rooms,
Sir, Sydney 18
I am desired by the Royal Society of New South Wales to baneiuil to
you a.copy of its Journal for the year18 _, as a donation to the library of
your Society.
I am further requested to mention that the Society will be thankful to
receive such of the very valuable publications issued by your Society as it
may feel disposed to send.
I have the honor to be,
Sir,
Your most obedient servant,
Hon. Secretary.
No. 6. ;
Royat Socrrry or New Sourn Watgs. M
The Society’s Rooms,
Sir, : Sydney, ao .4
On behalf of the Royal Society of New South Wales, I beg to acknow-
ledge the receipt of and I am directed to convey to you the a
best thanks of the Society for your most valuable donation. a
I have the honor to be, |
Si
ir,
Your most obedient servant,
Hon. Secretary.
xXXV
Form No. 7.
Balloting List for the Election of the Officers and Council.
Roya Soctety or New SoutH WaALEs.
May,18 .
Batxtorine Last for the election of the Officers and Council.
Present Council. Names proposed as Members of the new Council.
Vice-Presidents.
Hon. Treasurer.
Hon. Secretaries.
Members of Council.
If you wish to substitute any other name in pone of that proposed, erase
the printed name in the second column, and write opposite to it, in the third,
that which you wish to ecbetitute.
- LIST OF THE MEMBERS
Hoval Society of New South Wales,
eS
P Members who have contributed papers which have been published in the Society’s
Transactions or Journal. The numerals indicate the number of such contributions.
Members of Council.
} Iafe Members
Elected.
1877 Abbott, Joseph Palmer, Murrurundi.
1877 Abbott, Thomas Kingsmill, P.M., Gunnedah.
1877 Abbott, W. E., Glengarry, Wingen.
1877 Adams, Francis A., A.J.S. Bank, Sydne
1864 Adams, P. F., Surveyor General Wirribili Point, St. Leonards.
1874 hae Joli: Macquarie-stre
1870 Allen, The Hor . Sir Geor, 6 Wi igram, M.P., Speaker of the
Legislative Asseubly, Flizabeth- street North.
1868 Allerding, F., Hunter-street.
1873 Allerding, H. R., Hunter-street.
1856 od, Rev. Canon Psy Cantab., Vice-Chancellor, University
of Sydney, V ooll
1876 Alston, John Tt M. ‘B. Edin., Mast. Surg. Edin., 455, Pitt-
street.
1877 Anivitti, J ome Artist, Academy
1877 Anderson, A. W., Tnion Club, Sydn
1877 | Anderson, H.C. ns M.A., Sydney Grammar School.
1876 ss W. D., Surveyor Gene
1876 — Cunningham cot oe o E, North Shor
1873 Ath n, Ebenezer, M.R.C.S. Eng., O’ ‘Connell- et
1873 hontai, ‘Heals, uatanaiod
1876 Backhouse, Benjamin, Ithaca, Elizabeth Bay.
1877 Baker, The Ho , Minister for Mines, Sydney.
1876 |P 4 Bark, — _ James, Lic. R. Col. Phys. Lond., MRCS. Eng.,
la.
1875 Bartels, W. C. W., Union Club.
1876 Bassett, W. F., M. RO. S., Eng.,
1875 Belford, W.J. G., MBS. fing ‘Bat Surgeon
1875 Belgrave Thomas B., M.D. Edin., M.R.CS. Eng., Liverpool-
str
1877 Belfield, Algernon = poe’ —
1875 | lisario, John, M.D. . yo ns’ Ter
1876 . | Benbow, Clement A., 24 College. pease?
_ 1869 |P2 Bensusan, S. L., Exchange, Pitt-street.
0 a ne oo a oy
x
Ce a a ee ee
”, ~ wow
ball eat, ate al ela a ee
NOTICE.
Members are particularly requested to communicate any change
of address to the Hon. Secretaries, for which purpose this slip is
inserted.
Corrected Address.
To the
Hon. Secretaries,
Royal Society of N. 8. W.,
Elizabeth:st., Sydney.
XXVil
ected.
1877 Bennett, George, Toowoomba, Queensland.
1877 Bennett, John, Victoria Theatre, Sydney.
1876 Bennett, Samuel, Little Coogee.
1877 laden, Thomas, Pyrmont.
1869 Bode, -Rev. G. C., St. Leo = North Sho
1872 Bolding, Hioals PM., Neweastle and Union "Club.
869 Boyd, Sprott, M.D. £din., M “4 C.8S. Eng., Lyons’ Ter
1874 Bowen, George M. C., Ke ston, Kirribilli Point, North ‘Shere.
1858 Bradridge, Thomas H., Town Hall, wee ge -stree
1876 Brady, Andrew John, Lic. K. & = l. Phys. ‘frel., Lic.
Coll. Sur. Irel., ge Infirm
1871 |P 1| Brazier, Joka, c MZ aes Windmilles
1868 Brereton, John Le Gar, M. D288; sues L.R.C.S. £din.,
Lacquarie-street.
1874 Brewster, John, George-street.
1876 Bristowe, E. H. C., 435, Crown-street, reel
1876 Brodribb, W. A., F. R.GS., te “te Bay
1876 Brown, Henry Joseph, New
1875 Brown, ‘ho —_ Eskbank, manedils and Australian Club.
1877 = mr ae pain Victoria-street.
1876 5 Hen , Hunier-stree
1875 Busby, The Ves: William, M. L (One Redleaf, South Head Road,
Hahra.
1875 estan: pam and, Land ning ee Elizabeth-street North.
1877 Burnell, Arthur, Survey Offi
1876 swe rbd Vegetable Creek, Posi England.
1876 adell, Thom: s, Wotonga East, St. Leonards.
1876 fas ell, ‘Alla an, L.B.CP., Gla Rode Yass
1876 a The Hon. Alexander, M.L.C. , Woo llahra
1868 wie ot The Hon. Charles, MLO. Pine Villa, New tow)
1872 H, The Hon. J obs, M.L. &; "Campbell’s Wharf, Sones
door ge-8t he
1870 Cane, Alfred, 8 tanley- ana
1876 Cape, Alfre ed J., ser “izabeth Bay.
1876 Chandler, Alfre d,1
1876 Christie, Wm., Ls - int Cd tics Glen Innes.
1850 |P 18)/+Clarke, Rev. W. M.A. Cantab.,. ¥_.RS., F:G:8., C.M.ZS.,
R.GS., Mem, "Geol. Soc. France, Corres. Imp. Ro oy. Ge ol.
Inst. Austria, Hon. Mem. N.Z. Inst. Cor. Mem. Roy. Soc.
Tasmania, Fellow of St. Paul’s College, Vice-President,
ite, St. Leonards, North
1877 pie bt , B.S. & A. C. Bank, Pitt-street.
1874 iam French, M.A., Cantab., M.D S yd., M.R.C.S. Bag.,
Yellow of St Paul’ 8 Dol, North Shore.
1876 Clune, aw ‘Joseph, M.A.,Lic. K. & Q. Coll. Phys. Jrel.,
es Lie Coll. Sur. Trel., 4, Hyde Park Terrace
1876 Codon Sahn Freik. M.R'CS., E. ; Lie. RC. Phys., L.;
Lic. R.C. Phys., Edin., Orange.
1876 Colyer, John Ussher Cox. A.S NC mpany, an.
1856 Comrie, James, Northfield, ably aes Heights
1876 Conder, Wm., Survey Office, Sydney.
1874 Coombes, Edward, Bathurst.
1859 |P 1] Cox, James, M.D. Edin. C.M.Z.S., F.L.S., Hunter-street.
P2
XXVili
Cracknell, E. C., Superintendent of Telegraphs, Telegraph Office,
e-street.
Creed, J. Mildred, M.R.C.S. Eng., Scone.
Croudace, Thoma =, Tanita on.
Cunningham, Andrew, Lanyon, Queanbeyan.
Daintrey, Edwin, Molia, Randwi
sy sino V., Telegraph Ot, deg sed -street.
Dansey, George Frederic 2k, eC , London, York and Mar-
et Str nan. Wynyard Sq
caine i To hn, M.R.C.S. Bags ; "Wyo yard Square.
Dangar, Frederick H., Greenlinosres, Darlinghurst.
Darley, Cecil West, Ne eweas
Darley, F. M., M.A on Club, Sydne
Davidson, L. Gor don, M.D., M.C., cheek Goulbusn.
es — Feild, MD., 251, Macquarie-street.
rge i, Bayfield, Woolwich Road, Hunter’s Hill.
De Tinea, ‘Alfred, Pitt-stree
De Salis cay Hon. rece Fane, M.L.C., Cuppercumbalong,
meth
De LW. ., junr., Strathmore, Bowen, Queensland.
Dibbs, sy R., M.P., 131, Pitt-street.
ight, nd
— ty Rctieetcm, E. R.G.S., Rialto ‘Terrace.
Eales, John, Duckenfield Park, Morpeth.
Egan Myles, M.R.C.8., Eng., 2, Hyde Park Terrace, Liverpool-
street.
Eichler, Charles F., M.D., Heidelberg, M.R.C.S., Eng., Bridge-
reet.
Eldred, W. H., 119, Castlereagh-street.
Evans, George, Como, Darling Point.
Evans, Owen Spencer, M.R.C.S., Eag., Darling-street, Balmain.
Fache, Charles James, yg ome House, Redfern.
Fairfax, Edward R., 177, Macquarie-street.
+Fairfax, James R., Herald Office, Hunter-street.
Farnell, J. Squire ire, M.P., Ryde.
Fischer, Carl F., a “a8 F. L.S., Soe. Zool. Bot. Vindob. Socius.,
251, Macquarie
Fisher, Chas. Marshall 182, Pitt-stre
i ld, R. D., F.L.8., Surveyor pace Office.
"=
Flavelle, John, Geo: sie
| Forde, W e Carlton Terrace, Wynyard Square.
. Fortescue, G., M.B. Lond., F.E.CS., F.L.S., Lyons’ Terrace.
GN att ee RE a ne ne eae eae aR REE SF
fae Se I ae ee eee
ONT EES ESD RGA SS RL Se Ra ee eee
i
1876 |
1877
rd
Ie
Fraser, A. C., 235, estes street
Frazer, Hon. John, , Quirang, gb acme
Frean Richard, ee
F: Lay Bernard Austin, 130, Po ta Rear et.
h, Rey. Frank, Wesleyan Parsonage, Waverley.
Garnsey, Rev. C. F., St. James’s Parsonage, Sydney.
Garran, eet LL.D D. Syd., Herald sa Hunter-street.
Garvan, J. P 0, Elizabeth- street, Sydn
ilchrist, W. E eth Bay.
Gilliat, Henry Alfred, ee ges
illman, Thomas ta 'y ., M.D., Queen’s Uniy. Jrel.,
n’s Univ. ee, 20, College- -street..
yen
se George, ALB. Univ. Bick B.A., M.C.L., Eversfield
se, Cam
Gra eg Hon. Win, M. L. C., Stratheam House, Waverley.
Greaves, ale.
Griffiths, Neville, The reece Sydney. ‘
Grundy, F. H., 183, Pitt-stre
Gurney, T. T., M.A., ded-ondin of Mathematics, University of
Sydney.
Hale, Thomas, Gresham-street.
'y, J.. Hunter-street.
ris say Lawrence, 94, Upper William-street.
m, L. a pga tig
Hewkon H. 8., M.A., Balmai
Hay, The Hon . Joh n, M.A Glasg ow, M.L. _ President of the
Legislative Seaseail, Rose es ay, Woollah
Heaton, J. H., Town and Country Office, Pitt-street.
Helsham, Douglass, York’s a , Glebe.
Henry, James, 754, George-
eron, Henry, 4, Rialto st rrace, ce, William -tret South.
tHill, Edward 8., C.M.Z.S., Rose Bay, Woollahra.
Hindson awrence, Careening — North Shore.
79
Holt, The Hon. Thomas, M.L. C., Th ge near Sydney.
Holroyd, Arther Todd, M.B. Can M.D. Edin., F.LS.,
micene eagle A yale Sherwood Scrubs,
Parra:
Horton, Rev Thombs Ina Terrace, Woollahra.
Hume, J. K., Cooma Cottage, Yass.
Icely, Thos. R.,
Carcoa
Innes, Sir J. George Ia; ik Darlinghurst.
Elected.
1876
XXX
J = Henry William, L.R.C.8. Edin., Lic. R. Phys. .» Hdin.,
0, Phillip-street.
Senkins, Richard Lewis, M.R.C.S., Nepean Towers, Douglass
ar
Jennings, P. A., Edgecliffe Road, Woollahra
oo Bs, W. 2 K., B.A., Mining Department, Sy dne
Jones, Jam 3 Aberdeen, Lic. R.C. Phys,. Bain., “Dookie street,
Balma ie,
Jones, s, Richard beige ages - D. Sydn., L.R.C.P. Edin., Ashfield.
+Jones, P. Sydney, M.D a, BRO. 8. E ng. ys College-street
Jones 4 aioe ~~ Loy yd, 345, cong: street, Sydney.
Jo nes, James
Jones, Gr iffith a Buseell BA, Syd., 382, Crown-street,
Surry Hills.
Josephson, J — rent F.G.8., District Court Judge, Enmore
ad, Ne
Josephson, J. P., "253, Macquarie-street North.
Keele, Thos. Wm., Harbours and Rivers Department, Phillip-
street.
Keep, John, te Leichhardt.
— Hugh, B.A. Oxon. Registrar of the Sydney Univer-
Rhig: Philip G., William-street, Double Bay.
Kinloc h, John, M.A., Hyde Pa rh Sydney.
Knox, E Edward, jun., ‘Fiona, Double Bay.
Knox, George, M. Pee wei = street.
Knox, Edw ard, 2 4, Bridno
Kopseh, @ 8 Bridge- ieee
Lang, Rev. John Dunmore, D.D., M.A. Glasgow, Jamison-strect.
Laripiay, W.E , Herald Office, Sydney.
Latta, G. J, O’Connell- street,
Laure. Tou Thos., M.D. Surg. Univ. Paris, 131, Castlereagh-
tLeibins, “Adotph Ph. D. Heidelberg, moe te te to the
Sydney Branch of the Royal Mint
I aothen, Meade er Computer,, Sydney Otero tory.
tLiversidge, Archibald, F.0.8.; F.G.S.; F.L F.B.GS. ;
Assoc. R. Mines’ “agg ; Mem: Phy: Soc. Towtane Mem.
: d Irel.; Cor. Mem. Roy.
Tas.; Cor. Mem. Senc ban viene Institute ¥ rankfurt Cor.
Mem. Soe. d’Acclimat. Maurit ye. Soc.
Lond.; fet ore: of en nr Mineralogy in the University
of Sydn tary, Uni
Living, John "Maran, North Shore
Lloyd, Geo fred, M.P., F R.GS., a can aa
Lord, The on. 5g se M.L. 0; North 8
praca Lee, Woolloomooloo.
aes W., M.R.C.8., Eng., Wollongong.
{
|
:
ll
1873
1874
rg
rs
P 2
ia)
=
XXX1
acafee, Arthur H. ma York-street.
oe een, meen Road.
M‘Culloch, A. H., re 165, Pitt-s
a mer Warner, Assayer sees Sydney Branch of the
Royal Min
MacDonnell, William, ie
acDonnell, Wiliam J., F.R AS, ihe orge- arti
MacDonnell, a oe. 326, George-street, cle
M‘Guire, W. H., graph Office, George- sae
Mackenzie, J ohn, ry ei ay Examiner of Coal T sale Newcastle.
Mackenzie, W. F. M.R C. 8., ae Lyons’ Terrace’
sae
Pie;
Mackellar, ‘Chas. Kinnard, M.B., CM, Glas., Lyons’ Terrace.
M‘Kay, Dr., Chureh Hill.
Maclaurin, "Henr y Norman, M.A., M.D. Univ., Hdin,, Lic, R.
Coll. S sin, si Misemes -street.
Makin, Ge E.,
Ma ~ibechene ‘Ba ay-
Manning 5: ames, Milsom’s Point, North Shore
Man ——. rick Norton, M.D. Univ. st. “Agd., M:R.CS.,
E Soc. Apoth. re Gladesvill
Mans LA, Pitt-stree
mane, ‘The —— Rey. Dr, mosses of Bathurst, Bathurst.
Marsh, J. M., Edgecliff Road, Wo
Marshall, George, M.D. Univ, ome. re R. Coll. 8. Hdin.,
Lyons ——
Martin, Rev. eorge, Victoria Terrace, Miller’s s Point.
Martin, John, “Adding ee de.
Mathews, R. H.,
Macias, James, “epee or oF Sydney.
Metcalfe, Michael, Bridge-stree
Milford, — as De a uM. R.C.S. £ng., College-street.
mest 8. F - Lan ds
Mi! siege N ewcnstle Grammar School.
6g am
Monte fiore, E. L., Macieay-trct
Montefiore, George B., F.G.S., 5, Gresham-stre
+Moore, Charles, F. L. 8., Director of the Golo Gardens,
Botanic Gardens.
Morehead, R. A. A ab O’Connell-street.
M.D. Brussels, L.R.C.P. Lond., 137,
ereagh-street.
- Morrell, G. A., ©. i, Dieatnent of Woe Phillip-street.
Morris, Wiliam: ee F. P.and S. Glas., Wynyard Square, Sydney.
tMullens, -_ F-R-G:S: , 34, Hunter treet.
*Murn xchange, Brid
., 52, Pitt-stre
ines
Myles, Chas. Henry, Wymela, Burwood.
Neill, William, City Bank, Pitt-street.
Neill, ALP. P., City Bank, Pitt-street.
Neild, John Cash, M.D. & C.D., Berlin, ae S. Hng., Lic.
Soc. Apoth. Lond., Elzabeth- street, Sydne
Nicol, D., Burwoo
Nilson, Aoi d, Depart tment of or
orton, James, Elizabeth-stree
Nott, ‘Thom > MED, rt HN M.R.C.S. Eng., Ocean-street,
Wooll ake:
Olley, Rey. Jacob, es Hill.
O'Reilly, W. W. J., M .» M.C., Q. Univ. Trel., M.R.C.S., Eng.,
Liverpool-stree
Owen, The Hon. Robert, M.L.C., 88, Elizabeth-street.
Palmer, J. H., Legislative ee
Parbury, Chas., Union Club.
arrott, Thowhe 8., A shfield.
Paterson, ona Macquarie- -street.
Paterson, James A., Union Bank, Pitt
edley, Porcival R., 1 ee = errace, Wyigki Square.
Pendergast, Robert ane str
eck, ¥ fey rig Oce diicooke bali vemz aie
College-street.
Pile, George, 62, Margaret-street, Sydney.
Prince, Henry, George- -street.
Quaife, Fredk. Harrison, M.D., Mast. Surg. Univ. Glas., Piper-
street, Woollahra
Quirk, Rev. Dr. d. 1 0.8.B., LL.D., Syd., Lyndhurst College.
Quodling, W. H., Burwood.
waar mgt F.L.S., Curator of the Australian Museum,
tRat ay 1 ea, New Caledonia
Read, Re ak Bligh, M. = CS., ting -, Randwick.
Read, Richard, M.D., Singleton.
Reading, E., Mem “Gant Soc. Lond., Castlereagh-street.
Reece, J. D., Surve eyor General’s Office
Renwick, Arthur, M.D. Edin., B.A., ‘Sydn., F.R.C.S.E., 295,
Elizabeth-street.
Roberts, J., George-street.
Roberts, Alfred, M. ro C.8. Eng., Hon. Mem. Zool. and Bot. Soe.
Vienna, Bridge-
Roberts, kar'é WH i, B. A. Dublin, St. Paul’s College, Newtown.
Robertson, Thomas, M.P., Pitt-street
North.
Raion, His Excellency ‘Sir Hercules, G.C. M. G., Governor of
New South W: ales, Government House.
EF Se ee ee ee ETRY
XXX
| Rogers, Rev. Edward, Rural Dean, Fort
P5 +Rolleston, Christophe r, Auditor Gi Ganda Taciie’: street.
Ross, J. Gra: ge-
fon, £4, Hividge
Rowling, gee.
P 12 tRussell, Henry C., B.A., Syd., F.R.A.S., F.M.S., Hon. Mem.
8. A
ust. Inst., Government Astronomer, Sydney Observa-
tory, Vice-Pre esiden
Sahl, Charles L., German Consul, Consulate of the German
mpire, Wynyard er eon
Saliniere, Rev is M., Gleb
Samuel, The Hon. Saul, C.M.G., M.L.C., Gresham-st
eer ati Rudol a D., Univ. Gottingen, Lic. Soc. leaks ‘Lond.,
treet
+38eat, Ter. “Willia m, M.A. Cantab., Hon. Mem. Roy. Soe. Vic.,
of St. Pau College, ‘Hon. Treasurer, St. Paul’s
Oa ey
Scott, A.W., M.A. Lada. he “= See Road.
Sedgwick, Wm, Gillett, M-R.C.S.,
Selfe, Norman, C.E., Roc cries ‘alia
Sharp, James Burleigh, J.P., n Wood, Yass,
Sharp, Henry, Green Hills, ree : an
Sheppard, Rev. G., Elizabeth- psy
Shields, oe M.R.C. S., Hd., Bega.
P., Wheatley, North Shore.
, Li
l¢Smith, Jol John, The — hn oe M.D., LLD., Aberdeen, M.L.C.,
F.C8., Hon Vie., Professor of P hys ics and
Chemistry i in the Uasveasay of ’Sydney, 193, Macquarie-
Smi ithe Robt -. B.A., Syd., Solicitor, —— -street.
i ; ra
Southey, H. E., Nig eae a ng.
Stackhouse, Thos., Comm: r R.N., Australian Club.
P1| Stephen, George a B. - F. G.S., Mem. Geol. Soc. of Ger-
many; Cor. ¥ Nat. Hist. Soc., Dresden; F.R.G-S. of
Cornwall ; rive Dock.
a aia William John, M.A. Ozon., 233, Darlinghurst Road.
topps, Arthur J., Surveyor General’s Office
re Wm, Edmund, M.D., Aberdeen, M.RB.CS., Eng., Liver-
Taylor, Chas., M.D. Syd., M-R.C.S., Eng., Parran
Tayler, William George, F.R.C. S., Lond., 219, Pitt-stroct.
ce
P5
kg
an
XXXIV
Tebbutt, a F.R.AS., Obs ee Windsor.
Thompson, H. A., O’Connell-
Thompson, Joseph, Potts’ Poi
i ag Thos. James, Pittateect, Sydney.
Thomas, H. Arding a ellan
Thoin, Wm. Smi ar C. ‘S., Eng., Wollongong.
Tibbits, Walter Hu a ubbo.
oohey, J. T » Melrose Cottage, eames street.
Trebeck, Proe r N., George-
routon, F. §.N. Com iar 8 Offices, Sydney.
Tucker, G. A., Superintendent, Bay a w Asylum, Cook’s River.
Tue ker, William, Clifton, Be > Shor
Tullo hf pimscie
Turner, a 3 Fitzroy echoes. Pitt- street, Redfern.
Vessey, Leonard A., Survey aie
Voss, Houlton HL., Union Clu
Walker, Philip B., Telegraph Ke George- -street.
Wallis, ee Moneur Lodge, Potts’ Point.
Ward, C.S. Eng., North Shore.
Warren, Wil Edward, M. D., M.R.C.S., 26, College-street,
Sydne
Wiktoode, J: 38 A. Syd., Pot 5 College, Parramatta.
Watkins, John Leo, B.A. Cantab., M.A. Syd., Randwick.
Watson, C. Roneh M.R. ‘S., gus ag sea Terrace, Newtown.
Watt, Alfred Jos oseph, Ashfield, faint Road.
Watt, Charles, New Pitt
Watt, John B., The Hon aL L C., 104, oe -street.
sae Tsaac, eo M.C., ZOD, Parramat
ebster, A. 8., Union Clu b. -
Weigall, Albert Piytioeaes, B.A. Ovon., M.A. Syd., Head Master
of the 8 Grammar School, College- et de
wert
Weston, W. J., Union Club.
White, Rey. James S., M.A., LL.D., Syd., Gowrie, Singleton.
a James, M.L.C., Cra nbrook, Do uble Bay.
Whit
| White, Rev. W. Moore, LL.D. Acoradsigh Terrace, Elizabeth-
st
Wilson, F. H., Newtow
Wisdever, Hon. W.c ML A., Syd., M.L.A., King-street.
Wise, George Foster, Giipigihien Office , Hyde E ark.
Wilkinson, ©. 8., Government Geologist , Department of Mines.
Wilkinson, H. To Pitcstet De — of M
ew
, Harrie, Under So Diawieey for Mines, Department of Mines.
Woodgate, .» Parramatta. i
oods, T, A. Tenison-, SS aban ones Sydney.
Weel F. B. W., 138, Castlereagh-street.
Wright, Horatio, G. ri R.C.S8., 5 ae -» Wynyard Square.
uss as re Ie i ce Sa Sitti ek . me
Pee Ee EN MO eo Oe Re EAE RET SD, Ste gap TE CaS Peek ay ee Vacs Le ae ey ee grt OER GSN he ee ie ee ee ea ae
XXXV
Honorary Members.
Elected, August, 1875.
AGnew, Dr., Hon. Secretary, Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart Town.
Bartex, The Hon. F., late Colonial Secretary of Western Australia.
peas mete A., “ L.S., Vice-President of the Queensland Acclimatization
risban
ise poeta B; wes. F.R.A.S., Government Astronomer of Victoria,
Melbourne.
peng oes oo Charles, F.R.G.S., Surveyor General of Queensland,
Haast < ulius von, Ph. E.R.S., F.G.S., bea Geologist and
Dive see of the se a Museum, New Zealand.
Hector, James, C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S., tcl hl ea Colonial Museum and
Geolo ogical Survey of New Zealand, Wellin
Sis Sas
M‘ Bishi tae: F.GS., Ba BO. cf 8, oe ‘ 8., Professor of Natural
: the Melbourne Univers Government Palseontologist, al
4 capa of the National 1 Mico, Melber
or Baron Ferdinand von, Sia me Phe D, EBS. FLS,
Government Botanist, Melbou
Senowncner, Dr., Director of as Botanic Gardens, Adelaide, South
Australia
4 Warznuovs, F. G., F.G.8., C.M.Z.S8., Curator of the Museum, Adelaide,
; uth Australia
“as Rev. Julian E: a — F.R.G.8S., Hon. Mem. Roy. Soc.,
Vic., Hobart Town, Tasmani
Elected, 6 December, 1876.
CockKLE, ine Oo Sir James, Chief Justice, M.A., F.R.S., Brisbane,
Queen
Dz tii ni M.D., Liége, Belgium.
Oxitvanry, 1877.
Elected.
1870. Allen, The Hon. George, M.L.C., Toxteth Park, Glebe.
1868. Fairfax, The Hon. John, M.L.C., Herald Office, Hunter-street.
1874. Pedley, Frederick, Wynyard-square.
tee
i
ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS,
By H. C. Russext, B.A., F.R.A.S., &., Vice-President.
[Delivered before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 2 May, 1877.]
GENTLEMEN,
At the commencement of last session it was your pleasure
to elect me one of your Vice-presidents, and in so doing to lay
upon me the duty of giving the opening address this session. I
wish your choice had fallen on some one with more leisure than
myself, or that we might, as in years past, have had the pleasure
of listening to our honored and senior Vice-president, whose
unceasing labours on behalf of our Society have earned nad him
such a high place in our esteem.
Fifty-six years have passed since a few (ten) earnest workers
met together in Sydney, and formed the first Scientific Society
in Australia. We are proud that we can trace the origin of our
Society to that early effort made to plant science on a new soil ;
and although there have been periods of depression—* droughts”
in our scientific world during which no progress was made-—yet
the Report you have just heard contains ample proof that the
young Society was: planted on congenial soil.
You have heard, then, what we have done during the past
_ year, and I need not dwell upon it, except on one or two points,
for which I ask your forbearance.
First, however, allow me to oe you upon our flourish-
ing condition.
With 132 members added to our number atic the year, with
seven working sections formed, with 1,000 books added to our
library, besides furniture and instruments purchased for our use,
A
2 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.
with a volume showing our year’s work larger than any which
has preceded it, with friendly exchange relations established with
_ no less than 107 kindred Societies scattered over all parts of the
world, with a growing spirit of work amongst our members, and
with a fair prospect that a liberal Government will help us to
carry out our purposes, we certainly have good reason to.con-
gratulate ourselves on the year’s progress.
The following list of papers read does not include those read
to the Sections ; but the number (15) bears favourable comparison
with the number (10) read the previous year :—
1. Anniversary Address. By the Rev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S.
2. Notes on some remarkable Errors shown by Thermometers. By H. 0.
Russell, B.A., F-R.AS.
3. On the Origin and Migration of the Polynesian Nations. By Rev.
Dr. Lang.
4, On the Deep Oceanic Depression off Moreton Bay. By Rev. W. B.
Clarke, M.A., F.R.S.
5. zaps Notes on Jupiter during his Opposition of 1876. By Mr. G. D.
6. On the Getty Ctenodus. By Mr. W. J. Barkas, M.R.C.S.E.
7. Part 2 of above paper, being Microscopic Structure of Mandibular
and Palatal Teeth of Ctenodus.
8. Part 3 of above, Vomerine Teeth of Ctenodus.
9. Part 4 of above, on the Dentary Articular and Pterygo-paldtine Bones of
Ctenodus.
10. On the formation of Moss Gold and Sitver. By Archibald Liversidge,
Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in the University of Sydney.
11.’ Recent Copper-extracting Processes. By Mr. 8. L.-Bensusan.
12. Meteorological Periodicity. By H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S. :
13. Effects of Forest Vegetation on Climate. By Rev. W. B. Clarke,
' MA, B.RB.S.
14. Fi ossiliferous Siliceous Deposit from Richmond River, New South Wales.
y Archibald Liversidge, Professor of Geology and: Mineralogy in the
coumuaaly of Sydney.
15. On a oe example of Coritorted Slate. By Archibald nsaingi
of Geology and Mineralogy in the University of Sydney.
Th sees = m above, four — read in the Astro+
m istry and —
Ses
ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 3
" five in the Microscopical Section, one to Fine Arts Section, several
read to the Medical Section (number not given in Report), two to
the Sanitary Section ; besides which, a great deal of useful work
was done in the Sections, and several of them formed a basis on
which they will be able to increase their usefulness during this
session. :
The work done by our Sections was therefore considerable, and
will appear still more so, if it is borne in mind that, owing to the
time lost in preliminary arrangements, they could not begin until
July. ;
When it was announced at our last Annual Meeting that Sec-
tions would be formed, some of the most sanguine amongst us
thought that not more than three or four could be formed on a
working basis; and I confess that I was not a little surprised
when seven out of the nine proposed were formed. Surely no
better proof could be desired, that the wish to be at work was
increasing amongst us. And the progress made last session justi-
fies the hope that, during the one on which we are entering, much
more will be accomplished. There are amongst us, no doubt, many
workers who have not the leisure required to prepare such a
formal paper as the Royal Society requires, who will find. in the
Sections ample opportunity for bringing their work forward.
And, if I may venture to make a suggestion on this subject, it is
that they should devote themselves specially to such facts and
phenomena as are peculiar to Australia, for by so doimg our
Journal will become of very great value in the estimation of those
to whom we send it in exchange for the valuable works which
they publish.
The Report has justly reminded you of the obligation we are
under owing to the liberality of our Government in printing our
Journal; but I cannot let the allusion pass without calling your
attention to the difficulty there is in getting much of the technical
matter we publish through the Press, and the obligation we owe
both to Mr. T. Richards, G t Printer, d to Mr. C. Potter,
Acting Government Printer, for their uniform courtesy and atten-
tion to our wants while getting the Journal through the Press.
»
4 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.
Another matter which should not be passed over with so short
a notice as is given to it in our Council’s Report, is the establish-
ment of exchange relations with no less than 107 other and
kindred Societies scattered over the world. By this means we
have, in return for 579 volumes sent out (our own and others
given us for distribution), secured at least 1,000 new works for
our library, very many of them valuable ones, which could only
have been obtained for use in the Colony in exchange for works
of a kindred Society like ours. This alone is no small matter to
record for the past year, and it reminds me of something I wished
to say. You all know how our Rules set forth that the “ object
of this Society is to receive original papers on scientific subjects,
art, literature, and philosophy ; and especially such subjects as
tend to develop the resources of Australia, and illustrate its
natural history and productions” ; and you also know how, in a
humble way, we have steadily kept to our purpose, but by adding
to it this year the distribution of our own and other publications
of a like character, partly for the return we knew we should get,
and partly with the object of spreading knowledge, we have, so far
as our means permitted, taken in this Colony the position held by
the Smithsonian Institution in America. That institution had, as
you are aware, an origin very different from ours, it is a monu-
ment to the love of knowledge and munificence of an Englishman
named “ Smithson,” who, on condition that the money was eae
for the “Increase and diffusion of knowledge among men,”
devoted his fortune (about £100,000) to found it. Right nobly
the work is carried on by the Regents‘or Council of the institu-
tion, in publishing new works, and in sending them, together
with all the scientific books they can get, the world over.
Sustained by ample funds from the endowment, they ean act
as their love of science dictates, while we who have only our
subscriptions to work upon, are following their example as far as
wecan. It isa laudable position for us to aspire to ; and I hope
that as our “Smithson” has not yet appeared, our Government
will help us to do this work, which is for the public good, until
ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. ie
The Report also alludes to two other matters which I should
like to bring more particularly under your notice. One is that
we have devoted a considerable sum of money to the purchase of
scientific periodicals for our library, and although it has helped
materially to reduce our Treasurer’s balance, it is a good invest-
ment.
The other is the number of valuable donations that have been
received from our members. Their names as donors have already
been laid before you at the monthly meetings, and will be found
recorded in our annual Journal, now on the table. I would like
to read them over, but the list is too long. I cannot, however,
refrain from calling your attention to one fact, that the spirit
amongst us which these donations evince is a most satisfactory
one to recognize. It is the source from which kindred Societies
in England and elsewhere derive so many valuable books and
instruments. And I have no doubt that when it becomes known
that the donors’ names are permanently recorded as benefactors
of the Society, and that such gifts in the hands of the Librarian
become extremely valuable to the members, we shall have many
more to record. From the three sources I have named, we are
collecting a library, which as many of you are esse is rapidly
filling our small council room.
I hope that I have not been tedious in making these remarks.
I have done so because I think we have arrived at a most
important period of our history, and much of our future
will depend upon the course we now adopt. For we have
grown’ to be a large Scientific Society; we have divided
ourselves into Sections,~and find many willing to work—
more even than we expected, and we have no elbow-room in
which to accommodate them. If this continues, it will be found
one of the most effective things in checking the usefulness of the
members, who at least expect a comfortable place to work in.
Indeed, the Society has always wanted house-room, and it may be
said, perhaps to its credit, that it has heretofore thought more
of its work than its home. And I hope it will continue to do
6 "ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.
so. But I am sure I am only speaking the conviction of the
majority of our members when I say that the time has
arrived when we ought to have, when we must have, a home of
our own. Every kindred Society that I know of is provided with
a home at Government expense, both here and in other places.
In England, the Royal and other Societies are provided with
splendid rooms in Burlington, House, which must have cost the
Government upwards of £100,000. They receive also annual
grants from the Government, and this year the Royal Society’s "
share is £5,000, a clear proof of the value of such an institution
in the community. Coming nearer home, the Royal Society in
Victoria received from the Government a piece of land in Mel-
bourne, and £2,000 towards their building, together with an
annual grant of £200. In Tasmania the Royal Society is pro-
vided by the Government with fine rooms, and has an annual
grant of money, and so in other places ; while the Royal Society
of Sydney has never received any assistance from Government
except the printing of our Journalsince 1873. This is not a fair
position for us to be in; and I am convinced that if we rightly
represent the matter, we shall obtain the assistance we need to
enable us to extend our usefulness. I will not here discuss the
question of how this should be done; but I think it is a proper
object to place in the hands.of a committee of the members.
With one remark bearing upon the subject I will leave it.
The question may be asked, does it pay to foster science? We-
have not far to look in the experience of other countries for an
answer, and their experience points unmistakeably to the fact
that science is the mainspring of advancement in arts an
manufactures. Let science keep in the back-ground, and art at
once becomes a machine, reproducing the same thing age after
age, with a gradual deterioration proportionate to the wear and
tear, as we seein Eastern countries ; but let science take its
legitimate place, let instruction and means be given to the
thoughtful workers in its fields, and it is soon found to be but
an easy step from pure science to pure art.
“
ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 7
Tt is not many years since England was the workshop of the
world ; and Germany, like some other nations, looked on, wishing
to share the profits, but unable to do so. Her rulers wisely
thought that the reason was a want of education in the physical
sciences, and they made her schools of chemistry the best in
Europe. Students flocked there—even from other countries—
and they came away full of the spirit of research, and ennobled by
daily contact with her renowned professors. "What is the result ?
Forty years since, industry in the arts could scarcely be said to
exist in Germany. Now England has lost one of her best
eustomers and found a rival instead ; and not to mention other
articles, in the newest European industry, that of the manu-
facture of dyes. Germany, last year, made more than all the
rest of Europe, England and France included.
So much for the culture of science, and it affords a lesson which
England has not been slow to profit by, for she is now devoting
money freely to science culture. And if we are to keep pace with
the world we must do likewise. As one of a gee men of the
dayhas recently said—“ There can be no doubt
be looked upon as a means of culture or asa means of commercial
progress, it is both our duty and our interest to promote it.”
Turning now to the scientific progress made during the year, I
feel that it is hopeless to try to condense within the limits of this
address what would fill a goodly volume; and the field is so large
that I fear even to enter itlest I should not get out before your
patience was exhausted, especially as we have another important
paper to read to-night. I will therefore try and select only a
few facts from the great multitude.
In spectrum analysis no great discovery has been made, but
much has been —? in ~ — ee Messrs. Roseoe
oe 5 iy | 4 "gs ; Lk a sult: bands
of potassium and sodium, aplis with Lockyer’s work on the
varying absorptive powers of metallic and metalloidal vapours
under different temperatures, and especially with regard to
calcium, which gives two distinct spectra—are most valuable
contributions to science.
8 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.
Mr. Christie, using the large spectroscope of the Greenwich
Observatory, has confirmed Dr. Huggins’s marvellous discovery of
the proper motion of stars, but he has not been able, any more
than Dr. Huggins, to find proofs of motion in the nebule. No
doubt this is owing to the inherent difficulty of getting exact
measures of the bright lines of faint spectra. Dr. Huggins has
this year made another advance in the examination of star spectra,
and has succeeded in so improving his apparatus that a star can
be kept on the slit of the spectroscope until a photograph is
taken ; and he has secured the finest photographs of star spectra
yet obtained. The advance thus made is most important, for the
spectra can now be measured and compared at leisure, free from
all the difficulties which beset the direct analysis of the star-
light.
In the magnificent physical observatory which has just been
constructed at Potsdam, near Berlin, no expense has been spared
to provide it with the best optical instruments. Dr. Vogel, the
director, says that the spectroscope made by Hugo Schroder, of
Hamburg, is a splendid instrument, and its twenty-one single
prisms, combined into a system on Rutherford’s plan, will enable
him to measure one-hundredth part of the space between the D
lines, and shows in the same space nine fine lines. When I saw
this statement recently published, it recalled the information I
had given you in November, 1875, viz., that nine fine lines had
been seen at Berlin between D 1 and D 2 with the spectroscope
then in use; that some years previously (1868) Dr. Huggins,
using the great spectroscope at Oxford, saw twelve lines in the
same space; and that Colonel Campbell, with a spectroscope
made by Hilger, had in London seen nineteen lines between the
4wo Ds ; and comparing these statements with my own experience
here, using a much finer spectroscope (also by Hilger, of London)
which shows me seven lines. between the two Ds, I was led to
think that these differences must be due to atmosphere, and not
to the quality of the spectroscope. If so, it is a most important
question to determine; and I have therefore carefully examined
these lines with our large spectroscope, which has a dispersion
4
ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 9
equal to eighteen, 64° prisms, while Colonel Campbell’s was
only equivalent to eight. The measuring apparatus of mine
also admits of measuring one three-hundredth part of the space
between the D lines. In order to identify the lines I have
numbered them 1 to 7, beginning at D1, and their positions as
determined by a number of readings with the micrometer are as
follows :—
3 Saree 2 3 4 5 6 + a. DS
000] 41] 67 | 124] 151 | 173 | 213 | 232 | 291 | 299
4 is the nickel line always seen ; 7 is the position or very near it
of the zine line; 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6 are evidently atmospheric
lines, as they increased in distinctness very fast as the sun neared
the horizon; 4 also seems to enlarge as if there were an atmo-
spheric line coincident with it, and 6 increased faster than any
other; when the sun was near the horizon it was as thick again
as D1; 7 did not increase at all, and almost disappeared when
the sun was near setting.
The line D3 has not, I think, been described before. It is a
difficult line to see, and only to be made out with high powers.
I have not reduced my measures to wave lengths, because the
results obtained by Dr. Huggins and Colonel Campbell are only
recorded in drawings, without measures. I have’ had prepared
enlarged drawings of those obtained in Oxford and London,
with a careful plot from my own measures, which I now show
you.
There are not many of the lines which agree; but as Dr.
Huggins used bisulphide of carbon prisms, and Colonel Campbell
only eight prisms, some of the differences might disappear if all
could be reduced to wave lengths. On closely comparing the
drawings, it will be seen that five lines were recorded in London
between my 7 and D 2, two others between D1 and No. 1, and
three between Nos. 2 and 3. These spaces appear in Sydney,
_ even under the most favourable conditions, entirely free from
lines, or any sign of them. It would appear, therefore, that
there must be some gases in the atmosphere of Europe, and
10 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.
especially of London, which are not presentin Australia. What-
ever these may be, they have eluded chemical analysis, and they
may prove to be of importance in judging of the purity of an
atmosphere. If it should prove so, it will be rather curious that
we are obliged, after all, to use our eyes to see what we breathe.
Whether these lines indicate substances which make the difference
between health and disease, cannot yet be decided; but there is
no doubt that the air at times contains the cause of disease in
such a subtle form as to elude all the ordinary modes of investi-
tion.
Astronomers have this year to chronicle another temporary
star, showing spectroscopic evidence of a sudden and extraor-
dinary increase in its temperature. The new star, which was
-discovered on the 24th of November last by Professor Schmidt,
of Athens, was of the third magnitude, and not far from Rho
Cygni. Onthe 2nd December it was spectroscopically examined
by M. Cornu, of Paris, and found to give a spectrum of bright
lines, the positions of which were fortunately determined,
although the star was then only of the fourth or fifth magnitude.
‘Eight lines were measured, and five of these were found to be
almost exactly coincident with C, D, E, F, and G of the Frauen-
hofer lines. So that the principal lines in the star spectrum
coincide with the brightest lines of the sun’s chromosphere seen
in total eclipses, which seems to prove that the materials of the
star were ina state of incandescence. It will be remembered
that a still more remarkable star, giving a bright line spectrum,
appeared in 1866—T. Corone Borealis—and in ten days faded
beyond the limits of unaided vision.
Mr. Crookes seems disposed to give up the theory that the
radiometer motions, or any part of them, are due to light only,
for he says :—*T have recently succeeded in producing such a
complete exhaustion in the radiometer that I have not only
reached the point of maximum effect, but gone so far beyond it
_ that repulsion nearly ceases, and the results I have thus obtained —
seem to show conclusively that the true explanation of the
action of the radiometer is that given by Mr. Johnstone Stoney,
v
ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS, 11
according to which the repulsion seen in the radiometer is — to
internal movements of the molecules of the residual gas
On the othiels hand, a French savant (M. Ledieu), in a paper
read before the French Academy, remarks, that the theory which
explains the action of the radiometer by saying that light falling
on black dises becomes heat, and so establishes a difference in
temperature between the dises and the gas in the case, which
produces the motion, expressly requires that there shall never be
an equilibrium of temperature between the discs and the gas in
the case of the radiometer ; but this cannot be admitted, for the
arms keep revolving at a uniform speed so long as the light is
present. He had tried many experiments, and in one of them
the instrument was heated nearly to redness, and the discs began
to move, but the speed was sensibly accelerated by the momentary
presence of a single flame, which joined its action to that of the
radiant heat ; and he had obtained perfect rotation in an instru-
ment in which both sides of the dise were equally polished.
It will be remembered that in 1872 Herr Groneman, of Génin- -
gen, propounded a new theory of the origin of the aurora. His
hypothesis is that there are in space streams of minute particles
of iron, revolving about the sun in the same way that meteors do,
and that these, when passing the earth, become attracted to its
poles, and from them stretch out as long filaments into
but as they meet the earth’s atmosphere with planetary debit,
they become ignited, and thus form the luminous aurora, giving
with the spectroscope a greeniron line. He has recently returned
to this theory, and brought forward much additional matter in its
favour. In connection with this subject the researches of Pro-
fessor Nordenskiold are very interesting. He has been examin-
‘ing the purity of snow, both at Stockholm and near the North
Pole. To north-west of Spitzbergen he found the snow con-
taminated with minute black particles, which proved on examina-
tion to be exactly the same as those found at Stockholm, and con-
sisted of particles of metallic iron, phosphorus, cobalt, and rt
ments of Diatomacee. ‘
12 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.
_ From observations made in June last on two bright spots seen
on Jupiter, Mr. John Brett infers that such spots have a proper
motion on the surface of the planet, and that they are globular
bodies almost as large as the earth; and he further infers, from
their gradual disappearance as they approach the limb, that they
are wholly immersed in the semi-transparent material of the planet.
The rate of proper motion assigned to them is 165 miles per hour.
A most interesting inquiry is opened up by this observation—
viz., whether there are such bodies revolving about Jupiter. The
white and black spots so frequently seen, though better defined
in outline, would seem to belong to some such system. Analogy
of course would teach us to expect such forms as the results of
cyclones in the atmosphere of a planet, in consequence of its rota-
tion. But the rate of motion—165 miles in a hour—is certainly a
difficulty, as the motion of storm centres on the earth is only
4 to 6 miles per hour ; but it must not be forgotten that there
are some barometer waves transmitted through our atmosphere —
at the rate of 50 miles an hour.
Professor Hall, of Washington Observatory, using the great
26-inch refractor, recently detected a small well-defined white
spot on the planet Saturn. It was reported to six other American
observatories and carefully watched ; the mean of the observations
gives a rotation period to the planet of 10 hours 15 minutes,
which agrees very well with Sir. W. Herschel’s determination,
made in 1793-4, of 10 hours 16 minutes 0-4 seconds.
Professor Langley, of Allegheny Observatory, has just pub-
lished some results of his solar observations, and gives it as_ his
opinion that the solar atmosphere is proved to be a thin stratum,
which cuts off one-half of the heat that would otherwise reach
the garth. This, he considers, is proved by its action in produc-
ing the dark lines in the spectrum, or, in other words, stopping
the light and heat of the sun; and he calculates that should this
envelope be increased 25 per cent. in thickness, the mean tem-
perature of our globe would be reduced 100° Fahrenheit, and
possibly some such phenomenon took place in the glacial period.
TRESS Pree SPE OT eee ‘ Ba ‘ ces ae
a, Bh ie Ne RN a a a ee eet See NO ae OS oe Fr ie ee: sa not sa
ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. _ 13
Mice gach — a = been carried on in .
ical Survey since 1865 have
been reduced at Kew, and, it is pert offer incontestable evidence in
confirmation of the hypothesis of a diminution of density in the
strata of the earth’s crust which lie under continents and moun-
tains, and an increase of density in the strata under the sea.
‘The progress of meteorology during the past year has not been
so rapid as many persons desire and think possible, but there can
be no doubt that the widespread interchange of ideas and obser-
‘vations is tending to place meteorology in the position of a true
science, from which We may expect a complete account of the
_motionsof the earth’satmosphereand ocean, as wellas of the various
other elements which form climate; as well as the relations which
subsist between them ; and the cosmical phenomena which, with-
out doubt, have much to do with the changes we see. Each step
in advance seems to bring fresh proof of the intimate relations
which subsist between the earth’s atmosphere and the sun’s sur-
roundings, and of the necessity for combining the study of these
branches of science.
How far the former is a result of the latter no one is at present
prepared to say; but the many efforts which have been made to
show the dependence of meteorological changes on sun spots, and
the amount of evidence brought forward to prove it, show how com-
monly the belief is entertained by those who reason on the subject.
Meantime meteorology is rapidly extending its practical side,
and the great success of weather maps and storm warnings in
England, France, and America, especially the latter country, has
led to their adoption by other European States ; and there seems
little doubt that Europe will soon be covered by an international
system which will afford as much information to the seaman and
the farmer as the weather-map of America does. In Australia
we may congratulate ourselves on having made a beginning ; and
the weather-map that has been published daily in Sydney since the
3rd February, 1877, is only the first of a series —— = be yer
lished daily in each Colony ; by which
is now being freely exchanged by the four Colonies, South Aus-
14 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.
tralia, Victoria, Queensland, and New South Wales, will be placed
“before the public. As the method of producing the weather-map
here isnoveland different tothat adopted in England and America,
perhaps a few words of explanation may be devoted to it. In
England, after the telegrams are received, a map is prepared by
hand for lithographic printing, and 500 copies are printed by.
3 p.m. each day, and distributed to subscribers, who pay a moderate
sum for the information. Several. of the daily newspapers repro-
duce portions of this map by engraving it on a block, and taking
a cast from it, which is again stereotyped ; such at least was the
method when I last heard. In America a stock of outline maps:
of the States is kept ready to receive the weather information.
Such parts of it as can be given in type are set up and printed
on the outline map. The isobars are then put on a lithograph
stone and printed on the map, which is then transferred to the
stone containing isotherms, and there receives its fourth and last
printing, and is ready for distribution early in the afternoon ; but
it is not, so far as I am aware, reproduced by the newspapers.
About 2,000 copies are distributed daily by post, and must of
course take days in reaching some places.
In Sydney the map is prepared in this way :—A block of metal
of the size of the map, and one-eighth of an inch less in thickness
than the height of ordinary type, has fixed upon it an electro
outline of the coast and mountains of the eastern half of Aus-—
tralia ; the electro is just of the thickness required to make it type
high. At the position which each station occupies a hole is cut in
the block, of the right size to receive the wind symbol, and the
type necessary to prem. the —_ of — height - barometer,
letter for rising or falling b the Spaces
are also cut out to receive the list of temperature and rainfall,
also for the explanatory matter. The rest of the block is flat,
and, as I have stated, }-inch lower than the type. When the
telegrams have been reduced and corrected, they are given on a
convenient form to a compositor, who in a short time makes all
the changes that are necessary to convert the figures of yesterday
into those of to-day.
a
ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 15
The compositor has also a set of sea symbols, wind arrows,
words, &c., to express any information that is to be given on the
map ; these are simply glued on to the block wherever they may
be required, and as they are only 3-inch high, they just come to
the height of the type. If any curves are required on the map,
they are bent by hand from strips of soft metal rolled }-inch
high, and are glued on to the surface in the same way as the
other symbols. As soon as this is done it is ready to print from
in an ordinary press,*and a few copies are printed off for distri-
bution. The map is then sent to the Herald Office, and there
stereotyped for the morning’s paper, after which it is returned
to the Observatory for next day’s map. In this way it is thought
that the information reaches the public sooner than it could by
any other method. There is, however, nothing to stop the issue of
copies each day soon after noon if thought desirable ; for it is
evident that the time required to prepare this map is less than
others referred to, and printing from type can be done much
quicker than from a lithograph stone.
Turning now. to other matters: it will be remembered that
experiments on the amount of sunshine were made in London,
by placing a globe of clear glass in a hemispherical cup of wood,
‘and estimating the amount from the wood carbonized. The
method was, it is true, éxceedingly rough, but .it yielded an
interesting result ; unfortunately itturned out that no satisfactory
estimate of the amount of energy could be obtained. Dr.
Roscoe invented a small machine to get over the difficulty, by
exposing, at regular intervals during the day, small pieces of
sensitive paper, with the object of calculating the sun’s heating
power from the amount of silver decomposed, but it has not
been found to give the information required, that is, a continuous
record of the sunshine. Mr. Seott, Director of the Meteoro-
logical Office, London, has now designed a modification of the
original instrument. Instead of wood to be burnt he uses slips
of cardboard ruled into hours ; these are placed daily at the back
of the. glass bulb, and cach es therefore has its own record.
This is a great improvement, but we are not told how the effect
F
16 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.
is now to be measured ; and there is some difficulty in the way,
since the weight of the cardboard would vary with the state of
the weather, and this would be a serious difficulty if the sun’s
effect is to be ascertained by weighing.
In connection with this subject, it will be remembered that
about seven years since a French inventor, M. Mouchot, exhibited
before the Emperor a steam-engine worked by direct sun heat.
He has been working at the machine ever since, and some of his
recent results are so good that it seems probable that direct sun
heat may in warm, fine countries become an economic source of
power. .
The machine is thus constructed :—A mirror in the form of a
truneated cone, 74 inches in diameter, has its axis converted into
a boiler 11 inches in diameter and 31 inches high. With this
the mirror makes an angle of 45°, so that all the rays falling on
it are reflected into the boiler. To prevent loss of heat by
radiation, the boiler is covered with an air-tight glass case. This
apparatus is placed on an axis parallel to that of the earth (a
polar axis) and then turned so that the axis of the cone points to
the sun. Clock-work is then connected to the polar axis, and
keeps the mirror turned to the sun. The results obtained in
ordinary weather are as’ follows :—4 gallons of water introduced
at a temperature of 68° Faht. at half-past 8 a.m. were turned
into steam of 380 lbs. pressure per square inch in forty minutes.
The pressure was then allowed to rise to 75 Ibs. on the inch,
which it did in a few minutes, but the boiler was not strong
enough to carry the test toa greater pressure. The steam was
used to drive an engine and a pump. At another trial the
machine distilled a gallon of wine in fifteen minutes.
These are surprising results to be obtained in the climate of
France, and seem to make the experiment. worth trying on our
sunny plains.
Another use, however, might be made of it. Such an instru-
ment, properly constructed, might be kept at work always, and
made to deliver the water distilled into measures placed at fixed
eee
ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 17
intervals.(hours or minutes) during the day, and the water so
collected would form an exact measure of the sunshine,
Mr. Glashier, in a paper on the mean temperature of every
day at Greenwich, from observations taken there from 1813 to
1873, has made a valuable contribution to science. . The results
have been plotted intoa curve, representing amongst other things
the variation of the temperature throughout the year. From
this it appears that in January the curve is normal, but in
February there is always a considerable rise between the 5th and
the 10th of the month, and a fall between that and the 15th
The curve is rather unsteady during March and April, and in
May it shows a remarkable depression between the 10th and the
15th, which Mr. Glashier thinks is probably due to some astro-
nomical cause. The curve also shows rather sudden depressions
about the 30th June and 8th July, and is then normal until the
5th or 6th of November, when a remarkable depression sets in
and lasts about three weeks. (During this time the earth passes
through the November meteor shower.) During December the
curve is normal again. Considering the length of the series
from which these results are obtained, it would seem probable
that all the irregularities in the curve are due to some external
cause; or, in other words, to the intervention of something:
between the earth and the sun, which for the time adds to or
absorbs the sun heat.
Turning from these interesting mean results, we find that
during the year extremes have been reached. both im the earth
and near the pole. A remarkable series of observations on
underground temperatures have been taken in a boring made at
Sperenberg, near Berlin. The bore was carried to the extraor-
dinary depth of 4,172 English feet. The first 283 feet of it were
made in gypsum, with some anhydrite, and the remainder’
entirely in rock-salt. The greatest depth at which the tempera-
ioe mapeitiained wee 401 Seah as athe ait part of a bore was
+n nrovent
£
convection of heat. "Tho et tempersire ma taken at 721 feet
from the su
Boe 1
18 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.
temperature of any part of the bore. First, in sinking-it, when »
the temperature was to be taken, a smaller bore was driven in
_ advance for several feet ; into this the thermometer was lowered,
and a wooden plug driven into the top of the small bore, so as
to prevent convection affecting the temperature. After the ther-
mometer had remained in from twenty to thirty hours, it was
withdrawn and read. The other method was, to cut off by means
of two plugs sections of the well, in which a thermometer was
Kept about the same number of hours. I give the results of
these measures :-—
T t - IT
Depth se Difference. ina - for posieare, Difference. rors :
Faht. scale. 100 feet.
|
#48°2
721 206 POO a. OE | saaves
927 206 743 374 Ny
1,133 206. 79°6 53 2°7
1,339 206 80°4 0-8 0°4
1,5 84: 4-0 20
1,751 206 87°6 3-2 16
1,957 206 91°6 40 2°0
2,163 206 96°5 4:9 25
3,491 1,328 115'8 19°3 ° 15
* Mean temperature of air at the well.
This gives an average of 1° Faht. for every 51°5 English feet, and
_the increase for the last 1,300 feet was not so = as in the
higher levels.
Turning now to the other extreme, we learn from Captain
Marham’s letter to Commodore Hoskins, re Polar Expedition,
that :-—
“The cold up tothe end of February, 1876, was not felt
severely, although the temperature was ranging from — 30° to
— 60° ; but during the last few days of that month and beginning
of March the cold was intense, the temperature falling as low
as — 74°: This, I believe, is the lowest that has ever been
recorded. In this temperature glycerine became perfectly solid
“and quite transparent, rectified spirits of wine became of the
2
.
| Gal es Ba AP RD tee Tals 50h RE aay) Sale EO Oe Ee SPIRIT coc BE) vi eR ea
Se ae Te a ee ee ee
Sa
ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 19
consistency of hair-oil (for want of a better simile), whisky froze
hard, and we were able to break off pieces and eat it. Concen-
trated rum, 30 o.p., also froze hard in a shallow saucer, and in
a bottle resembled frozen honey or molasses in regard to thick-
ness. Onchloroform, however, no apparent effect was produced.
The lowest mean temperature for twenty-four consecutive hours
was — 70°3); for thirty-six consecutive hours it was — 69°93, and
for six days the mean was — 60° or 92° below freezing point.
Latitude of station, 83° 20’ 26’. May 12, 1876.”
It will be remembered that the lowest temperature ever
recorded in balloon experiments was 44° below freezing point
— 12°, at six miles high (32,000 feet), on September 5, 1862.
I have already detained you too long, and with just an allusion
to an interesting question raised by Mr. J. A. Brown, of London,
I will close. Mr. Brown, in a paper on simultaneous variations
of the barometer, shows, from observations made in Europe, Asia,
Africa, America, and Australia, that during the week, March 31
to April 5, 1845, all the baromefer curves exhibit a maximum’
near the beginning, and another near the end of the week, with
a minimum near the middle; and he asked whether there may
not be ‘other causes of varying atmospheric pressure than a change
of the mass of the air; in other words, whether the attraction of
gravitation is the only fone concerned in barometric oscillations.
Admiral Fitzroy strongly objected to the theory that the curve
of the barometer indicated the height of atmosphere over it, or
that it represented atmospheric waves; and he thought these
effects were due to the action of the polar and equatorial currents
on each other, and showed that these waves of pressure travel to
north-east and south-west, and are quite distinct from the local
changes in pressure due to storms, &c. Their rate of motion
also is quite different from that of storms, which make from 4 to
6 miles per hour only ; while these waves of pressure travel here
over south-eastern Australia at the rate of 20 miles, and in some
eases 50 miles an hour. They are a very warked and interesting
feature in our meteorology, and their uniform progression over
the whole of south-east of Australia at the rate mentioned seems
.
.
20 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.
to me at variance with Fitzroy’s theory that they are caused by
air-currents. A glance at the curves, plotted for a year over the
whole Colony, shows that these waves uniformly travel from west
to east, and in most cases so rapidly that the crest appears all over
the Colony on the same day. Such a rapid translation seems to
me to point to some external cause ; and on comparing Sydney
barometer curves for 1873 with those of Greenwich for the same
year, I was struck with the number of coincidences in the
character of the curves. In many cases the points of elevation
and depression occur on the same day at both places, and in
several instances the curves follow the same form for more than
-amonth. There are great temporary differences, due no doubt to
‘
_tMany ways, and notably by Mr. Glashier, in the paper I tate
local causes, but the similarity is very striking.
Tt is somewhat difficult to see what could make a simultaneous
loss of atmospheric pressure in the two hemispheres, unless it be
the heat of the sun acting more intensely on the equator, and so
making a great demand onthe trade winds which are supplied
from temperate latitudes, and would, in that case, draw aff the
pressure. The fact that such a loss of pressure causes an in-rush
of polar wind seems to confirm this view. That there are such
sudden changes in the sun’s heating power has been shown in
alluded to to- —
21
The Forest Vegetation of Central and Northern
New England, in connection with Geological
Influences. —
By W. Curistrre.
[ Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W.; 4 November, 1876.]
tn venturing to consider the subject of forest vegetation in con-
nection with its geological influences, I purpose limiting my
remarks to that portion of the Colony with which my ordinary
avocation has, by bringing me into daily contact with it for the
past few years, made me the more familiar, viz., Central and
ee orthern New England.
by rst consideri
3 ve beaters" to compile my notes
on the Shee. fe g that the question in its entirety involves
- 22 FOREST VEGETATION,
i
so many and varied considerations, which are intimately blended
one with the other, as to render it almost impossible to even touch
upon them all in a brief paper like
H
this
aving been disappointed in arrangements which I had made’
for the illustration of my remarks by photographs of portions of
the characteristic forests of this district, have adopted what I
conceive to be the next best course, viz., that of igen
them with specimens of the principal timbers and soil. The speci-
mens number about sixty, and I trust will give a pe tien e clear
idea of the various combinations of soils an I
purpose to consider. Of the genus Eucalyptus, which occupies
by far the most prominent place i in the forests of New England,
T have collected twenty species. The total number inhabiting
elevated and colder regions of New England, and many varieties
which are common i n the region to the - west of the tauleuat do
“not encroach npon its sitar defined limits, there are yet some
which, I believe, are peculiar to it. Those are, at any rate, not
found on or below either of the slo es, nor have I'seen them
in any other part of the Colony north or west of Murrurundi.
Asaninstance of this change of species, which oecupy ap-
ntly the same relative positions in different localities, and as
chawinge the difficulty of defining any general conelusions from
observations in any one district, I will mention the river gum
of the interior - rostrata). This tree, ee to ie Woolls,
does not oceur at all to the east of the Dividing Range. It is,
the waters from the Mooki and Namoi Rivers north to the Duma-
resq. It lines the banks of those rivers to within a few miles of
the plateau, when it esas sigs its place to the river —
one of the Casuarine. On the plateau, re the
which occupies the place of BE rostrata under exactly the wane
conditions, so far as soil and geological form pe are concerned, is
wn by the I 8
0. 8).
name is probably a corruption of Z. saligna. (Ido not think,
however, that this is the species which frequents the low grounds
about Parramatta, as mentioned by Dr. Woolls in his “ Flor
ustralia,” p. 231.) But on the eastern waters a species distinct
ct .
appe TO; ese ree
10w that they are not esd influenced and kept seithin their own
SE eee ee ee
FOREST VEGETATION. 23
proper limits by climatic iufltences, but that’ the sae inthe
of the atmosphere by the salts of the ‘eer aE e in the
division of the forest i soaiproate What that share is, or what
influence the climatic effects exert, is de nd the obj ney ae this
communication ; but they may be incidentally refered to, where
2 comparison between the occurrences on the plateau and those
in its vicinity may tend to eliminate any point in the inquiry.
The greater portion cf Central New England is composed of
granitic formations. These occupy very large tracts, and in the
which in wet weather it is almost impossible to travel. The
granite for the most part is similar to specimens rg Q, and
the soil formed from its detritus retains a ve rge amount of
oisture ; so that if the wheels of a vehicle breale thiongh the
outer crust, the aig eins matter from below spirts up “and is
of which it is ceaauk impossible to be
exteaitod’ N arapseath sehets of such country as this eat about
G
Severn and Mole Sasi is composed almost a ee of such
the more rugged tracts, ie Pep. rmint becomes more and more
the proslinaiaiart timber ; and i i
than in other growths on tuiide Se: On the banks of the streams
in such localities the sally occurs, and occasionally enters into
combination with the peppermint somiut for some ea distance back.
pn = mall-leafed shrubby tea-tree, Lept ifoliwin
in the bed of the eta but is te found beyon d
the limits of of the bank. In t tracts in which the granite
, Vario
contains a a oe DE rapht of Aamir than that deseri
g ‘sig
ee the genus-
Eucal: oe mix in the forests. The most common of these are
the white gum (specimen No.9), Eucalyptus hemastoma, the
grey gum (No. 7), Eucalyptus sp., red gum (Nos. 2 and 2a),
20, TL, 1 , The white hoes so far as I have seen, never occurs
on — soils. A species of yellow box (No. 50), however,
appears to be peculiar to granitic, elvanite, and sandstone forma.
numerous among the combination mentioned, and it appears that -
the more sandy the detritus from the granite is, owing to the larger
amount of quartz contained therein, the i er the holbara of
this genus, meer the eg the liability to the intrusion of trees i
of other chara ankgia inlegrifolia (No. 38), Acacia, =
q
24 FOREST VEGETATION. ‘
this district in which I have seen = Banksia “srowing mal
fobs
With pehenriale to the * 2 Ae disease,—a selector about two
ori pointed out to me a small plant which he mat the
ig it. oh plant grows fo gh of rom ours,
aaa
ee
FOREST VEGETATION. ' 25
bearing a small pink flower ; and having had my attention thus
directed to it, I watched it ¢ eines on every opportunity that
offered, and ‘find that it is carnivorous, preymg upon gnats,
mosquitoes, and such small winyeee sat it is botanically known
as Drosera peltata.
eed, however, grows on swampy or damp granitic or
elvanite fate and it is in those localities that the “aiaig disease
is generally contracted. Whether the plant really has
to do with it, on cannot of course say ; but I think it se likely
hat ihe disease arises from the auimald 3 inhaling some miasmatie
atmosphere aetna in those localities to which the plant is
peculiar.
The apple tree (Angophera Linas velutina) occurs in some localities
petiole of from half to three-quarters of an inch in length, givin
the tree the appearence of having been influenced by hybridization.
In other respects I have been unable to trace any differences
between
setters ver,
the vegetation is characterized by plants which seldom, if ever,
occur in granitic soils. The yellow ironbark (No. 17), Eucaly, tus
leucoaylon, and the common ironbark (No. 18), Eucalyptus side-
rophloia, occupy the most conspicuous ce pick in the forest, and are
frequently accompanied by a stunted red gum (a smooth-barked
ee ae
tree, attaining a height of fifteen to twenty feet, with a diam
i ), a
seldom exceeding twelve inches), and occasionally by stringy-
bark. In the warmer porhons, such as at or near the base of
Dumaresq Rixer, and whext the chatacter: of the rock merges
hibited by specimens N os. Ol an
i timbers generally on this ae of soil are bala and do
not attain that luxuriant growth which marks most of the
: vegetation | occurring on granite. This is frequently more marked
t
~
26 FOREST VEGETATION.
in those localities contiguous to soils of a more fertile kind, such
as where basaltic formations overlie the pace and — timbers
generally appear to dwindle and lose reat portion of the
limited vigour which they attain ata porns Sadinne from the _
better class of soil.
In localities where the prevailing rocks are micaceous quartzose
granite, with numerous outcrops of quartz and dykes of slate
(as specimens R, 8, and 1), such as on the — Range between
Dundee and Gle n Elgin, scrub oak, and two r three species
e
part of stringy-bark red gum. Forest oak is of frequent
occurrence on the adjacent flats in this and the preceding forma-
tion ; but this timber appears to be more common about their
New Englan ie a es Lee of its prosperity to the influence of
its extensive tracts of soil of basaltic origin, sap extend over a
very large portion of its western slopes, form those rich
alluvial flats which offer so great an sbtesietin ma the agriculturist,
and the good sound ridges, so excellent as sheepwalks.
On those soils the effects of climatic change on the forest
vegetation appear to be more visible and marked than oh any
and ; h v
in different localities, and Satta the variations are distin-
pondin
0 shot
ade for ‘hs. most part of large pon with a slight =
mix peppermint. On rich black basaltic soils it is a
wholly replaced as we approach those warmer regions below the
falls to the west by the white box (EZ. hemiphioia). The pepper-
mint init feurish altogether on peel the same class ie soil on
“Ds ‘ie ate ie ie. colder regions the prevailing timbers are
this — of white gum, with selina the vegetation in the © “
FOREST VEGETATION. 27
warmer is usually composed of white yr and a inter-
mixed more or less with yellow | box (sp. No. resstiom bicolor (?),
5a lyptus z
rich red friable basaltic oles such as specimen marked @
appear vee be always characterized by a forest growth, consisting
for the most part of stringy-bark (36), with one or two specimens
of half-barked trees, such as mes —_ or blackbut, with a a
undergrowth of wattle, _— and wild hop (Daviceia latifolia).
very large tract of this class of soil occurs to the west o ce
elk
Although those localities a considerably in elevation above
the sea level, and thei oe es vary quite ser aid to show
their effect on the fore i eecdie so far as other timbers
concerned, they are al! characterized by the sapsli kind of vegeta-
tion ; and 'T have pba micas ed a any tunbers on one of them that
are 1.0t found on the others
he white box rt to grow chiefly on stiff red or black
trappean soils, and while it occupies the largest portion of the
ridges and elevated exgand the ic anyone (Angophera subvelutina)
predominates on the flat e gum (specimen No. Pe how-
ever, occasionally grows in = st situations—in fact, so far as the
particular region in question is concerned, this een app
t
ent
E. resinifera, which for the most part eoune ‘onipoor s
On —_ soils-the Darling pea (Sw mia 'galogifolia ap
to flourish luxuriantly. This pest is is gradually but surely satay
its way “ie to the table-land from the warmer and richer regions
flockmasters.. heard ears ago this plant was comparatively rare
on the Rock un, which is situated to the east of Ashford,
and just with i an confines of New England ; but I was informed
by l at
the crying capac of the Fun by nearly one-half. aa
.
28 FOREST VEGETATION.
yet observed this plant on the table-land, and I trust that many
years will elapse before it makes its appearance there.
The Bathurst burr (Xanthium spinosum) and two oe s
thistle have, however, not only made their appearance on
as specimen marked @, whic h is from a con celtmassiih range which
have traced for more than 30 miles, and is almost all of the
ame aanets ter, with occasional pisolitic nodules scattered over
the aoe the ma throughout stringy-bark, acacia,
tion is in all cases mie different to what it is on ‘the ormer,
bei hite gum—specimen No. 5—(#. Stuartiana ?) and
apple-tree (Angophera), with cccmaionas aceacia. The line of
ween those two soils is usually very a defined ;
and although the patches of the latter, which con
entirely of pisolitic nodules, with very little real aaak may be
pore ecapon by other vegetations, they are seldom if ever
croach em.
ve reviewing the various facts which I have endeavoured, with,
I fear, but inadequate success, to lay before the Society, with.
reference = the connection between the indigenous forest vege-
tation and the principal geological formations of Central and
N aoe New England, it will be observed pene xi aces many of
the ti are common to various soils, and some are common
every formation; so also is th o Sangre in some of its
ry
oe and nd many, aKa trees of Sides
e es
ie moister regions. — OVidichies of iron-bark—the pecaeat
Catemse scoparia) and grass-tree—frequen nt elvanite and por-
FOREST VEGETATION. 29
phyritic regions, and are seldom found on any other; while the
white gum (specimen 5), #. Stuartiana? Daviesia, the wild hop,
limited district will probably not afford sufficient information on
pares to determine what that law is, ap I venture to think that
co ison between its effects in a few districts where, the
ional s being known, their effe on may be considered in conjune-
tion, will so far illustrate its general princi “ as to render an
acquaintance with them of great practical u
any of the effects of this law diffes ‘to 80 great an
recognized significance in pastoral and agricultural matters.
Such phrases as “ Box Forest,” “ Iron-bark Ranges,” “Apple-tree
Flats,” “Stringy-bark Ri dges,” “Myall Plains,” &c¢., haye all
had their own respective associations in the minds of those
tions resulting from those observations were thus early arrived
at because, involving as they did a large amount of pecuniary
interest, the observers were much more numerous than they
otherwise would have been ; and while those results which imme-
— affect individual 1 prosperity are well known, all the
appear to point to the same geologi
te over the other’ forest vegetation as contro] the few
examples named, which, although i te certain local varia-
eit arising from climatic or other considerations, are regu!
when the value of those causes of variation is eunadened and
allowed
or.
80 FOREST VEGETATION.
sa
- The following are descriptions of twenty-one a of the
genus Ewcalyptus found in Central Finis Northern New England.
Specimens were exhibited at the meeting when ie paper was
d:—
Srorren Gum.—Group Leiophloie fe seiner No. 1 and 1a. )
—The bark of this tree is smooth, but more of a lead colour than
most of the ordinary species, and is ititied with light and dark
atches, caused by the falling off of the outer skin. Leaf: The
eaves are lanceolate, from five to six or seven inches long, and
alternate, supported on petiole 1 inch in length. The midrib is
eligatly. above oie Lgeos of the par and the marginal nerve is
distinct ; a distinct nerve runs und the outer edge of the leaf.
e
Ww
seventh stands u big in the centre. The operculum is three
times as long as the capsule, and is conical, the pedicle about a
quarter “9 an inch long, and peduncle about pet same length.
wood i is hard and jedi, and is said to urable as
granite or sandstone, this tree would be foun der ini In some
localities this is very much defined. At the Nine-mileCreek, where
one ridge is basaltic and the other granitic, a tin miner informed
me that he worked as far as the line of gums, and that the stan-
niferous washdirt never encroached on the ground occupied by
them. The s there are of this species, and I have observed
pre ore always in ‘this distriat grows under those conditions men-
—Group Leiophloie air cna Nos. 2 and 24).—-
The bark of this t ember is of . greyish-brown colour, and the
wood is red, and very hard an a: britéle. It is a durable timber
for fencing material. Sadssosaslc The umbels contain from
seven to ten florets. The operculum, which is conical, is two and
times
fully developed seed-vessels. er red streak runs rund
junction of th e et with oe capsule. It sometimes ke a
is prominent on under side. inal nerve is well-define
abits, §e.: This tree is found generally on ane of poor
elvanite outcrops, among basaltic soils, in com h box and
pony ©:
apple ; but where the soil is granitic with elvans, its som nation
Se ee eee eee Se
FOREST VEGETATION. $1
is stringy-bark and iron- bark, with various undergrowths. e
parasite Loranthus aurantiacus edi frequently grows on
this tree in ag latter kind of so
M.—Group Lei vophlate (specimen No. 3).—This tree
is very atlae in gene tk appearance to the spotted gum and red
um of this district. It is difficult to distinguish reac the
ew of those three timbers. The wood is hard and brittle, of a
deep red colour, and has a high ache: gravity. The |
ovate on this species, whereas on the other two named above
lanceolate. It is of a bluish-green iia slightly gnc; the
midrib is prominent on both sides of the leaf, and the
very distinct. Generally alternate, but sometimes 0 ane
leaf is from 4 to 5 inches long and 1 wide, apport: on petiole
3 inch in length. Seed-vessel: The -vesse ers
considerably from all the other species on New England e
systematic arrangement on peduncle. Many of the florets appear
as if they had been stuck on at random. ‘The operculum is two
and a half times as long as the ca mea: and is of about the same
dimensions throughout, having a blunt, rounded extremity. _ The
capsule is thicker than the operculum, and forms a defined step
' at the junction, looking as if the operculum had been stuck into
Th
the capsule. e pe simile} is three times as long as the ;
and twice as long as the capsule. The vessel, after parting with
the operculum, has a well-defined lip ro ny
hich the valves, which are very pointed, protrude. It is some-
times e an times four celled. Habits, /e.: Grows
chiefly on poor soils, partly granitic and partly elvanite ; accom-
panies iron-bark, stringy-bark, an n the
swampy portions "of such soils a plant known as Drosera peltata,
or bottle-weed, which is a flesh-eater, grows.
Buive Gum.—Group Leiophlioe (specimen No. 34).—This tree
in the arrangements of the florets in the umbels, is somewhat
similar to the previously described blue gum, and the barks are
it appear to be so hard. The | more ceolate than that
of the tree nam e midrib is prominent on both sides of
the leaf, and the m: ] nerve and vei nd well-
nec e kai are on The cee is three-fourths
ripening
The —— is about as long as the opereulum and
calvas ether. The umbels generally start from of
toget
leaf the’ but not cette bosie eon in some way to depend
the
upon of tree. és, §c.: Grows on similar soils
and in similar situations to ae previously described.
82 FOREST VEGETATION,
Brown-BaRKED Gum.—Group Leiophloie — No. 4).—
_ Bark reddish brown, smooth ~ eee mottled. The wood is
red and hard. The leaf is is fro 4 inches long, and 1 wide,
numerous, ight bluish-green in colour, and very glaucous. Seed-
vessel: The umbel generally contains seven florets, six of which
radiate, and the remainder stand in the centre. On t e young
vessels the pedicel is short and thick, we as the calyx becomes
more developed the pedicel becomes thinner nele is
shorter than the operculum. The glaucous SBEs ance is very
observable on the young seed-vessels. The calyx is os aiid
three but sometimes four celled, and the valves poi
flower is of a yellowish-white colour. Habi, shnoeh need
rally on patches of ee soil, on priindeci pre count ; such,
for instance, as about p itic or elvanite dykes, or outcrops in
basaltic formations. In such situations it mene has an under-
growth of dogwood (Jacksonia scoparia) and a little grass-tree.
Wuire Guau.—Grou — 0i@ ee No. 5.)—Bark
els of three florets; the operculum is slightly longer than
the capsule; the pedicel is a as long as the peduncle ;
some capsules are rt and secu | and the valves
agen slightly. Habits, Se.: timber generally grows in
rich red basaltic soils which are rowatncase, woven company
with apple
wkep-Barkep Gum.— —Group Leiophloie apes No.6.)—
This tree attains a height of from fifty to six feet, and
diameter = fifteen te sctie / inches. The bar. is smooth
of
of three florets, on het thick —- wee peduncle tos doreth
of an inch long. ene operculum is equal in h to the capsule.
calyx is as: ently three as four celled, and the valves
protrude. Leaf e leaf is long, _ rather thick, and the
midrib well ee te the aa nore mh cate, and close to
cad
rae
See ee eS ee
a ah a ee a i
FOREST VEGETATION. 33
Habits, §c.: Frequents basaltic soils, generally, in the warmer
parts of New England, in conjunction with box and apple, _
occasional native ¢ iformis). The tr
is of a rather us habit, and is not common in New England
Grey Guu.—Gro come ha (specimen No.
Smooth, blotched dark ft light lead colour ; ns slightly f Sirves
Rough for —— six feet up ood : Light-coloured, so
and heavy ; fairly du mg as fencing materi ae Leaf: Five to
six or seven inches long ; e alternate and some opposite on
same ome ‘petiole half an inch long ; eras 4 Serene
and well ed. marginal nerve is narrow,
three irelkideRined ‘iaegikeaial veins run parallel ve ‘the ‘midnib
on either side ; the transverse veins form with these a lattice.
Seed-vessels : Are arranged in umbels of three, four, five, or six
gum is generally indicative of poor soil ; it enters into combina-
tion = all the timbers found on granitic formations.
—Group o. 8.) —Bark : Rough
at butt, iat after a height of a few "feet, it is smooth and of a
= green colour; it is thinner than the generality of t
£ the genus. “ood : The wood is ost useless, except ri
fuel it is usually very much eaten oy ligidinahatiel
ae aborigines frequently cut up sm:
those grubs. : The is alternate. On
slidcit from the root it is almost circular and large, but in older
trees it is from three to four inches long and about one inch
wide, and is lanceolate. It is ribbed very much like the leaf of
the E. coriacea. Seed-vessel : The peaepancemess are about one-
of an inch m diameter, and are arranged in umbels of
— florets, on short pedicels ; the calhenaiae is not more than
th of an inch long, and ‘about one-sixteenth thick.
capeuleri is three-celled, and the valves -_ and operculum short.
Habits, §c.: This tree usually does t exceed a diameter of
erous
which assume a diameter 0 spreiente inches or more. The latter
are of rather a —— habit, and are pretty trees; but the
smaller ones appear too straggling to be beautiful. It frequents
argillaceous
granitic soils with slight mixture of the detritus from
rocks, and never grews - m watercourses. It is is very
common on the banks of the Henry River, the Mann, and Mitchell
Rivers, also on the Severn, above Dundee. All those are cold
localities in the most elevated portions of New England, and I
have never seen this tree in warmer regions, nor haye I seen it
growing in the Rema, of river tea-tree.
¢
o4 FOREST VEGETATION.
Waitt Gum.—Group eee (specimen No. 9).—Bark :
Wack at butt for a few feet, but above that is smooth and
they are nearly i oposite Petiole, about an inch long, tanasolat
Wood : wood is soft, and is not cons mene rable. Itis
four feet, it is imposs ary to clear land by burning off, as the
eavy logs cannot be kept alight. bar vessel: The seed-vessels
are in umbels of thr ree, four, or five florets, supported on ve
short pedicels. The pe eduncle i 18 bat three-tenths of an incl
: ck and Rive aheeey: in the colder re
Innes ; but the white box mixes largely in the forest a pth as
soils in warmer climates, as on parts of Strathbogie Run. Those
combinations, however, are chiefly on oo as the gum as
the prevailing timber on the flats. It also grows on grani
soils, where pepper Jacek mixes with it sliokt tly. On basaltic ar
the parasite Loranthus aurantiacus (mistletoe) frequently grows
on this tree.
Yerrow Box.—Group ‘Siam ye No. 10).—
f£ ree narro
0
Sesion range ‘of soil than the latter, which gro in
argillaceous or granitic formations. They are both detec
by a bright saffron-coloured undercoating to the bark, which
: The um
contain seven ober rets ; the pedu ts is twice as long as the
icel ; the capsule and operculum are about ig in lente
six-celled, and the valves ne sunk. Habits, §c.: The narro
FOREST YEGETATION. 35
leafed variety enters into combination with ‘almost every kind of
timber growing in New England. On all its soils and in every
clihate it appears to retain its general characteristics with Aa
oe po Yen but the broad-leaved yellow box grows only
n the e poorer soils in cold localities ; they both, sa a pretee
high are vid Poop. 2 ) ve
Bra
usually oe Habits, §c.: This blackbut grows gene mally
‘on granitic soils, but it frequently occurs on the junctions of
basaltic soils with those of poorer formation. It combines with
pipiens iron-bark, oak, and various kinds of gum
Wurst Box.—£. Hemiphloia ; nage Heniphvie (12).—
The average height of this tree is from 50 to 70 feet, and the
diameter from 18 to 30 inches. The Park 4 is persistent on trunk,
and branches smooth. It is light-coloured and slightly fibrous,
and is used for covering outbuildings, huts, &c.; but it is much
more liable to crack than the bark of the EZ. oblique, and is not
nearly so durable. The wood is hard, iy i and d yeh it is
y t. It
nt, as also th
are nerve ; and e veins gee better defined and further
apart than in most other leaves of the genus haa a e
width of the leaf is about 2 inches, and length 5. The petiole
seldom exceeds } an inch in length. On some trees the leaves
appear to be partly alternate and partly opposite. The alternations.
on all ¢ are e irregular. Many of the leaves on saplings are nearly
it, are concave, as though the internal portion of a
saf__srew more rapidly than the margin. els
winbele ge wortnapd contain ig fiorets, six surrounding, cae
e. edicel is very short, and appears
tr oP
be be shah the termination of the calyx. peduncle is
early } an inch long. The calyx is Misse Sines Se tae ss the
and before = latter falls off, the former is marked:
iy four or five -iaamaoees ribs. The vessel is-four or oy called
*
36. FOREST VEGETATION.
rather a bell vsti _ Hae ae : This tree occu
thetan MINT. Group ua nits No. 13) ies as
Rough and wrinkled, similar to that of the apple-tree (Angophera
subvelutina), but more harsh and solid. Of a dark brown colour,
slightly fibrous. Wood: Light-coloured, soft, heart reddish-
brown. It is ees said to nat unfit for use as a timber,
lanceolate 25
genie.’ popitin being as much as 6 or 8 inches in many cases) ;
dark green colour ; midrib well defined ; narrow marginal nerve;
veins dont petio tiole half an inch to an inch long. Seed-
vessel: §& : some trivalved and some quadrivalved on same
The umbels contain four, five, or six florets ; the panes
timber grows on eosin Soils, as t Ben Lomond ;_ but it is
formation. On pu rely granitic formation it forms open forests,
but on the peaben it is generally in combination with yellow box,
kk.
peppermint. The bark so much resembles that of the box that
the tree is spequently mistaken for that timber. It is, however,
thicker than bark, and on being cut with an axe pieces
peanaay break off with a conchoidal fracture, owing to the
unt of sappy substance which it contains. ‘In the grai
it is posse 17: like peppermint bark. Wood: The wood is ey
and ae coloured, very _ sock ape Te Le gg RS sgeaploa
lite aps contains more moisture, ieee
oe from both the peppermint and ws “i is generally much .
longer and more lanceolate than either; some are 10 inches
FOREST VEGETATION. 37
long; they are alternate, and the petiole is from’? to 1 wd
long. The veins are similar to those of pepperm
unable to detect the difference, if any, between them. In fact
the general similarity between the two trees is so great that the
only apparent difference is in the bark, and this might be called
ron white cena much more appropriately than box mess-
, as there are no real points of similanty between it and the -
tee farther than the acu vo ney bark, and further they belong |
different groups in the
Bastarp Box.—Group “Rhy ytiphlox. —Bark: Rather li ter
in colour than that of at come resembles that of blac
is narrow and veins well defined; petiole ? of an inch tong.
Seed-vessel : Small, ovate, truncated ; the calyx is about half as
long again as the operculum, and ‘the umbels contain seven
florets. Wood and free in grain, easily worked, but will
not bear muc to the weather. Habits, This
§e.
timber is never found in rich soils—generally in swampy granitic
, in pean: with peppermint, grey gum, banksia,
black and occasional tring: task. Feria mix with the
5 aly soils on which I have seen this timber
are formed of the detritus — quartz ‘ite.
TRINGY-BARK (L. ob — Group Pachyphloie (
\}—tThe bark of this tree is Bloons and diel Seough-
out, and is thick. y used for the purpose
tbuildings, and if properly stripped and put on it forms a very
Ts. e wood is split or
branches, it is ee pe: request by splitters and fen nee
eaves are alternate, Junge oes ref ht, gl :
= varnished ; the midri et
>
eontracted a
Pte) FOREST VEGETATION.
geuice. ie is trivalved, and the lee protrude slightly. Habits,
C. ee grows in all classes of soil except black alluvial ;
on the fed friable soils of the basaltic formations about Vegetable
Creek it is a large tree, frequently exceeding four feet in diameter ;
on those soils it is alw ays accompanied with wild hop (Dodonea)
and wattle (Acacia); on granite and elvantta soils its under-
growth is generally saplings of stringy-bark; it is sometimes,
however, on those soils accompanied by BT its timber com-
binations are iron-bark and various kinds of gum.
ELLOW Jron-BARK.—Grou aagss ( Gaia Na. 17).
—The bark of this tree is much less wrink
af: L lat ; midri ent o er side, as are
also the marginal nerves ; ee pas ae and the petiole is
about half an inch long, alternate. Seed Th
ce.
The capsule is ‘sxcelled, a the Rai es are 8 sunk ; the orifice is
Be canial y a I-defined lip; the peduncle is about a quarter
of an inch long, Hey 8 is thin and tough. Habits, fc. : Frequents
poor granitic soils ; scrub oak generally grows in company with it,
also stringy-bark, plackbut, and yellow box; the ne gum also
‘grows on. this soil. In swampy patches the plant known as
bi pero weed, ” a flesh-eater, Drosera peltata of Narain occurs.
Ir —Group Schizophloie a Sg No. 18) is
tree aenrally inhabits soil of a very poo character. On New
mente: it arabe onelvyanite ridges most amen y; not often
on pure oF ses ¢ country, but frequently about the junction of
— wi 7 The! bark i is very thick and ; the creases
eep an its general colour is aa brownish
winch, but ee the creases it is reddish. The wood is very
ere is more evenness in size between the
nam of young and old trees than is usual between those of
ost other species of the ee Eucalyptus ; they are about three
toes long, and half-an-inch wide, of a bluish-green colour ;
dark and sombre looki ‘foliage. They are alternate! ti in pairs,
the Frama 30 between ihe on one side of the twig being
| r than those of the other; after two or three alternations
we Aart is Opposi petiole i tenths of an inch long,
and the midrib is well defined, but does not stand above the plain
; ee dehies @ uel generally
et or Ee
a EONS Fe al ih tee ae
Se ee ca bee ee ee ae ie Tan Naar sys 0,
FOREST VEGETATION. 39
and -bar. gum st '
bark, with a little seanted apple. The unde reriwie are chiefly
Jacksonia scoparia (dogwood) a species a blackwattle, and
n ll shru
16) in the leaf and seed-vessel more than in anything else. The
leaf is of a dark-green colour, and the young ones lack the bright
glossy appearance of those on the former species. The petiole i is
half aninch long, and the midrib well defined and slightly pro-
nent. The operculum i is two-thirds as long as the capsule, and
<9 pedicel is short and very thick. The peduncle is about four-
tenths of an inch i and is also thick. The leaves and floret
resembling crag Usually there are five flor ets in the um
some of which are bigver that others, and finish flov before
the others are open. ‘Some of the fally-developed seedvenels
attain a large size ; they are three-celled, and the valves form an
timbers peculiar to this class of soil.
Bastarp YELLOW-JACKET.—Group Rhytiphloie (specimen No.
20).—This tree is very similar in bark and wood to the white
box (E. hemiphloia), but the leaf is similar to that of the yellow
box. It is of exactly the same size and appearance as that of
imch : seed-vessel is in umbels of three , four, five, or
six florets. The pedicel is short, and the duncle ‘one-fourth of
an inch long. “The operculum is very small, and is one-third as
long as the rk and almost flat In rit young state, before
parting with the operculum, the seed-vessel is not more than one-
sixteenth of an inch in diameter ; after flowering it is about one-
tenth. The calyx is sometimes three and sometimes four ae
| ._The excrescences may be caused by
Habis, ze : dial gicinee hee and elvanite soils in
ee ee a a ee Se ee ea ee
i lll
41
On Dromornis Australis (Owen), a new Fossil Bird of
Australia.
By the Rev. W. B. Cuarxe, M.A, F-RS., &.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 6 June, 1877.}
ovis the year pai a letter of mine appeared in the Sydney Morning
rald on as at of some interest to Australian naturalists.
Appen vie:
A discovery had recently been made of the fossilised femur of
a bird resting on a block of granite, at a depth of 180 feet in the
+ 2 gaan beds of Peak Downs, in Queensland, about latitude 22
S
This femur was submitted to examination by the Curator of
the Australian Museum, and was compared by him and myself
with New Zealand specimens of femora of the genus Dinornis.
We came to the conclusion that the bone belonged to-a species
of Moa. Ragen ee No. 1.)
This w rwards stated by me in a communication to the
Radtegical imide foal vi, p. 288), in which I dwelt, perhaps
maturely, on the supposed sees offered by this bone of a
connection New Zealand and A ia, inasmuch
th
hat connection in another light. (See Appendix No.3.)
Professor Owen, to whom a cast of the bone was sent (the
original sti ag in the Museum),
me that it had some characteristics agreeing wit with those of
Dinornis, but ~— ra led to the re an it did not
yr to sont ea s, having nearer relation t
ce that in the uximiethi of the Zoological Society,
ie ie learned Profesor Kagan a description and figures of the
no one was better able to make
mpariso
rear himself. (See ‘agancillie No. 4.)
In that memoir he says: “Of the femora of Dinornis, 1 have
selected that of Din. elephant opus (Transactions Zoological
Society, vol. iv, P. sa pl. 43, fig. 1) as nearest to the present
fossil m im regard to length, 13 inches ; the breadth of the shaft is
the same, or in the largest examples of D. elephantopus exceeds
y by 2 lines.
42 ON DROMORNIS AUSTRALIS.
Here we have some justification of the opinion I had ventured
bone in the Emu than in the — and that the characters in
which it more resembles Dino are concomitant wit and
we may infer that the species manifested dinornithic strength
swifter wingless bird peculiar to the Australian contine
“From the proportions of the femora of Dinornis I infer also
that Gives of the tibia and metatarse would be longer and more
slender than in Dinornis elephantopus, and in a greater degree
f
omornis would be greater in proportion to the solitary bo ‘bone
by which we know it than is that of the Disorwis elephantopus.
é may, therefore, have a comfortable assurance that it indi-
cates the former existence in Australia of a bird nearly of the
stature of the ostrich, but with relatively shorter and stronger
hind limbs. * * * * From the a ee not un-
forms of e Aust ian continent and the intinct ones of the
uropean oolitic beds, together with the massive mineralized
condition of the ornithic and mammalian fossils found deep
in the enormous superficial accumulations of drift and trappean
tinent, but that it may have been subject exclusively to the sub-
aerial conditions of change a the a of the oolitic deposits
misphe us rni
paca e been ‘contemporary with the i osname of the ornithicnites
of Connecticut.”
These sae of the illustrious paleontologist are not without
bearing on other points of inquiry on which I have ventured to
speculate elsewhere
—_ as my object in this communication is to show what
ance has made in the history of Dromornis, 1 must go
further into the anlioet.
have been on the look out for additional evidence
as to ‘Teco. but not “ 1876 ng I meet with any.
In January of that year, when at Goree, near Mudgee,
‘received intimation i a a large bone had been disinterred from
depth of 200 feet at the C: Canadian Gold Lead. On going that
ose with my friend Mr. Lord, I found the bone in the posses-
sion of Mr, Deitz, a nae corre — of mine on mineral
petal but not ( eS Se
—
PL ee ee es & ae
ON DROMORNIS AUSTRALIS. 43
- to me) a femur or other limb bone of ec ae but a
ment: of the pelvis of a bird, which was consi <8 Paden
8
,a on-
clusion that it had also resemblance to ‘scien but was not the
pelvis of the tru
Photographs of it were — sent yf me to Professor
en, and a model of it was made by the taxide muse hae
Museum fort that institution, from the Trustees of which I received
a co
The 0 riginal pelvis I sent on to Professor Owen by Captain
Pile, of the “ Patriarch.” The latter had not reached its destina-
tion on the 31st January, 1877, the date of the Professor's last
letter to me; but ina former letter, under date of August 1,
1876, he wrote thus :—I have to-day received your note of 9th
June, with the accompanying photographs. I make out the left
acetabulum and a parts of the pelvis of a bird about
ny size of Dinornis ingens, but differing in certain proportions
parts.”
On the 5th December he writes: “ As to the big wingless bird,
the eg de bone yielding information testified against its Moa-ship.
Your later pelvic fragment (in the photo.) does not speak
decidedly proor con. This gossiping commencement will
till I receive your kindly transmitted box, when its contents wil
have my best attention, and the results will be annexed.”
On 31st January he adds :—“ I will not "actors defer posting
the previous note with this supplement, because, since writi
on 5th December, I have had the lower portion of a tibia, found
in the Gambier Ranges, sent from South Australia. It corre-
sent a description of it, with ie aaaral drawings, ‘to.
Zoological Society. This bone determines beyond question the
fact of the rai existence in the Australias of a wingless or
flightless bi ste the size of Dinornis eg but of a genne
om
he
trary be had, as parts of Dromornis Australis. And we now have
oo of the former extensive range of the bird on your great
The be bone from Wellington Valley w: was mentioned in the
“Memoir on the Queensland Femur,’ and was described and
44, ON DROMORNIS AUSTRALIS.
in the “ Paleontological Appendix ” to Mitchell’s Mie -
1838 ol. 32, figs. 12-13) :—“ The length of that bone was thirt
are the breadth of the middle of the shaft was not = shee
inc
Whether any further communication from the distinguished
Cagceigs sa or confirm his present er cine remains to
be of this most Briers fact we may be assured
that, in Peliditn to the gigantic marsupials of which the publie
are generally aware, there ies existed in past days over a wide
region of Australia a gigantic bird, or birds, of which we shall
soon kitow more ; and then we shall see fresh proof of the extra-
ordinary fact which | noticed in connection with the Queensland
femur (Address to Royal Society, N. S. W., 1870), that in all the
tracts of land in the southern hemisphere, insulated or conti-
nental, flightless birds have roamed over extensive regions, and
that, as in New Zealand, so in Australia, there were ornithic giants.
Whether, reeset the inquiry be respecting Dinornis or
Dromornis, Australia comes into the no with the Moa of New
Zealand, the Byiornis of Madagascar, the Dodo of Mauritius, and
the Solitaire of Rodriguez, all of which are now extinct.
In oe ae this brief account of the Sangha 2 inquiry as to
cl
no tooth, or portion of jaw, or fragment of skull of the contem-
porary great land lizard (Megalemia) comes to hand. Vertebre I
receive from time to time, wath their evidences of extinct mam-
mals. But there must be an end in finite working, and I am
therefore sending the ‘Sananchils on the Fossil Mammals of
Australia’ to as binder.”
I may here conclude with an cerned request that gold-diggers,
and others nt woik in deep soils and river banks, or in caverns, °
| preserve and consign for scientific examination all fragments
tho es :
this
known in which evdluiBlo welioe of of the kind fav been mutilated
and thrown away by the discoverers, as having’no comm
value to themselves. It is highly probable that the gold ben in
the neighbourhood of Gulgong, Home Rule, anc
fragmen
sidered bird bones sci ‘sek to me at the Canadian ; and since,
a portion of the jaw of a marsupial has been found in Mr. Lowe's 3 |
ock, and this has kindly been forwarded to me by him.
*
Behar i ete nae Shanta.
ON DROMORNIS AUSTRALIS.—APPENDIX. 45
APPENDIX.
No. 1. <
To the Editor of the Herald.
Sir,—The Rev. W. B. Clarke called kei the Museum a few
nights ago with the “shankbone” of so e gigantic animal dis-
covered 180 feet below the surface, in aa cniahiocsan of
Rockhampton (I think). We com tit the fossil with some of
the Museum specimens, but as Mr. Clarke was otherwise engaged,
the bone was left with me for further determination. I informed
Mr. Clarke the next morning that it was the bone of a gigantic
ealand.
IT must confess that I have never seen or the remains
of a Din ustralia ; and when I suggested
Clarke that it could not well be any other t a bird bone, I
was almost afraid that I had made a mistake, owing to the solid
appearance of the specimen under examination.
anks to the splendid collection presented to the Museum by
Dr. Haast, F.R.S., the well known New Zealand geologist, I was
enabled to convince air that the bone is the right femur of a
species of Dinornis, which will be fully described hereafter
Iam, &e.,
May 18th, 1869. GERARD KREFFT.
No. 2.
Dryorn
To the Editor of ee Herald.
Sir —I am glad Mr. Krefft has annou unced the femur of ate
in this day’ s Herald, as too many of our discoveries are fi rst made
known in Englan
ie bone in question is a rer important discovery. But it
is not mine ; it was brought to y a penton who states that
it was found in sinking a well on Peak Downs, between the
heads of Theresa Creek and "host's Table Moun
examination, some bones of a Trionyx 2% teeth of Crocodile
Fe in pena Creek. That district is Gierefire of a very
er.
bone was found under 30 feet of alluvial clay
and mud, covering 150 foot of drift, anal rested on what is said to
c a granite rock, which, however, was pierced in the a
of finding water, but of which only a little was reached.
I am enabled to state, from having broken up many hundred
pebbles and boulders, that, besides any oyu deposits in that
region, there i is. an enormous amount of fragments, some only:
46 ON DROMORNIS AUSTRALIS.—APPENDIX.
partially rounded, of Silurian, Carboniferons, and Secondary ages,
as well as those belo onging to local igneous rocks, among which
“ Tertiary river,’ which was explained differently by me in a
correspondence T had on the subject with the late Gold Commis-
sioner at Clermont.
The Dinornis bone leads to the inference that views long ago.
expressed by me of the former connection of New Zealand with
- this country were correct.
But I am bound to say that this ee is not the first evidence
of the existence of birds in Australia in oe ge aes ae for
on reference to the Catalogue of Te ust Products of New
South Wales, exhibited in the Australian Mckews in Noveaiee
1854, and afterw: ards in Paris, you will find enumerated in the
i s (Co yern). a
South Wales has prece eiled aeoaaet in the discovery ‘of bird
bones of Hieiesna age.
RH
RQ
©
ro)
=|
Rm
fe]
Lond
oe
re]
@
@
yee
i}
a
cae
g
a
2
8
Qu
3
A,
-O
oO
Q
=
a
©
<E
W. B. CLARKE.
~ Leonards, 19th May, 1869.
s, in r. Krefft, ards, more
ears with yee s Maite sak deseripalodh of Dinornis, lead
me refft’s opinion , and as I have since com
ddubs as to the genus.
W.B.C.
No. 3.
Drnornis AN AUSTRALIAN GENUS.
To the Editor of the Geological Magazine.
uu 40! etween
Table Mountain and wey a of Theresa Creek, near the track
The well passe cheng 30 feet of black trappean alluvial soil,
$o — im pene which rested on 150 feet of drift pebbles
ON DROMORNIS AUSTRALIS.—APPENDIX. 47
and boulders, on one of which (at that depth) rested a short
thick femur, so filled in with mineral matter, eale spar, and iron
ites, as to give the internal structure more the appearance of
a reptilian than an ornithic bone. I have never yet seen any
bone in Australia so much mineralized and yet retaining its dis-
tinctive osseous features. When placed in my hands it
already Sarg a in two, just as a bird’s bones would be likely to
break. t besides this, there are two crushed-in fractures of
ancien — which have broken in the surface of the bone, and
if not made in the life-time of the bird, deo probably made by
the violence of the heavy drift in which it was foun
T had an opportunity of comparing it hastily at et Australian
Museum, in company of Mr. Gerard Krefft, our wr Curator,
and was convinced of its being a bird bone, allied t NOT Ni
to which opinio was afterwards re saunas to the
writings of Professor Owen. Since then Mr. refft has com-
— it with a collection sent over from aa Zealand, by Dr.
and has — enabled to determine it to be a bone be-
areal to Dinorn
I take sence of t he departure of the mail to-morrow to
announce this fact, jeaihil for a further account of the specimen
from Mr. Krefft.
The Peak Downs were ert ete Leichhardt, in his famous
expedition to Port Essington in
Since then the district has ees Laine by Mr. Gregory, to
_ whose journal as well as to that of Leichhardt your readers are
refe
The Peak Downs are now settled, and a considerable popula-
tion has been digging gold on Theresa Creek and in other places,
and mining for ae has made advances to the westward at
Mount Drummon
elle d Tertiary, but that ton were pebhles of probably
ulation, consisting of Silurian, Carboniferous,
and Secondary rocks, with the a 9 rocks of the nei ighbour- -
hood, which latter may be in part of T
Fig sg of the creeks running more to the sou th-oabeatd from
the Peak Downs, and like resa Creek, belong
48 ON DROMORNIS AUSTRALIS.—APPENDIX.
The naked fact of the discovery of Dinornis in this country is
of — value as to geological inferences.
may add, in a that I look ei to further dis-
coveries in the vast accumulations of drift that encumber some
of the localities in aes neighbourhood of the ri rivers watering the
Leichhardt district, where, among other relics, are those of the
Carboniferous formation, which now —- only the wreck of
ais BL CLARKE, F.G.8.
St. Leonards, New South Wales, 19th May, 1869.
P.S.—I haye omitted to — re in the collection I exhi-
bited at Pi Paris in 1865, No. 49 co ted of osseous breccia (bird
bones) from the Coodradigbee ieee in New South Wales. So
Dinornis, ‘aie new, is not the first of the order.
No. 4.
Extract from the “Transactions of ee Society of
London’’—vol. viii, part
On Drvornis (Part xix): se a description of
Femur indicative of a new genus of large Wingless Bird, Dro-
MORNIS AUSTRALIS, Owen, from a _ post-tertiary deposit im
Queensland, Australia. Read June 4th, 1872.
[Plates LXII and LXIII.]
In 1836 Sir Thomas Mitchell, F.G.S., Surveyor General of
Australia, discovered in the breccia-cave of Wellington Valle
a femur, Serene: the lower om mutilated, and incrusted wit
oser ities.
ee views of this fossil, of rather less than half the natural
size, formed the saline. of pl. 32, figs. 12, 13, of my “ Palzon-
tol oor ppendix ” to Mitchell’s work.
of this fossil was _ parr the breadth of the
nit of the shaft was not quite :
nches
_ In 1869, the Rey. W. B. Clarke, F.G.S., made known the
well was sunk t 30 feet of the black eaameael
alluvial soil common in that part of ior and then through
150 feet of drift pebbles and boulders, on one of which boulders
(“at that depth,” 150?) rested a short thick femur, so filled
RE a Fe eS ee ee
ON DROMORNIS AUSTRALIS.—APPENDIX. 49
with aa gr matter (cale spar and iron pyrites) as to give the
al s
intern ructure more the appearance of a reptilian than an
ornithic con
Mr. Clarke submitted this fossil to the able Curator of the
Australian Museum, Sydney, and states that “ Mr. Krefft had
compared it with a collection = over from New Yealenrd by Dr.
Haast, and has tein enable sau bang it to be a
longing to Dinor The communication is accordingly heated
ss ap 30 an Avates lian genua”
So exceptional an extension of New Zealand fonns of life to
the Australian continent greatly added to my desire of further
and more intimate acquaintance with this second evidence of a
poe extinct Australian bird, more especially as the femora of ©
inornis received from New Zealand subsequently to the pub-
Vioation of Mitchell’s work led me to perceive, from the ante-
posterior compression of the shaft and the sessile position of the
head of the femur from the Wellington Valley cavern, that t it
resembled that bone in the Emu rather than in the Dinornis.’
My wishes on this point, as others connected with the paleon-
tology of Australia, met with a prompt and hearty response.
The Trustees of the Australian Museum directed the wniaae
one
cast.
Mr. Krefft was so ee as to aa three photographs taken of
the fossil: one showing the bae ew of the bone, three- e-fifths
of the nat size ; ‘the two tind the front views of the
proximal and distant halves of the bone, of very nearly. the
natural size.
i iQ, Bo} C
104 ue;
‘4 a i2
51
e Part V.
On the Sabet Cranial Bones, a and
sed Ear-bones of Ctenodu
By a J. Barxas, M.R.C.S.E., L.R.C.P.L.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 6 June, 1877.)
Leavrne the bones that enter into the formation ef that portion
of the buccal Tose connected with the teeth, we come next to
a
the endo-skeleton not in our possession were cartilaginous, and
therefore me ge of foasilination. among the latter are the
vertebre. ot any vertebral segments have been connected
poner sa! with Ctenodus, in this respect Cfenodus seemingly
ing with Ceratodus, the vertebree of which are cartilaginous.
‘ Tf this fossil fish had possessed a bony spine we should certamly
have discovered numbers of the segments, both in conjunction
with undoubted bones of Cfenodus and either single or in masses,
for other portions of the osseous system are comparatively
a sue
Rhicodopecs Megalichthys, Strepsodus, Clacaithes, Archichthys,
all of which are found in the same coal shales, Looe osseous
vertebra, aiid which having become prese rved i shale, are
now obtained just as frequently as any other bones of hides fishes.
is absence of osseous vertebral segments in Cfenodus and
Ceratodus at once removes these fishes from the Ctenodipterines
a sites eo Bis gaa may still pertain to that group, as its
vert
The sphenoid or or biiead bone occupies the ete in the base of
the cranium caused by the otra of the pterygo-pilatine
bones as they eons om the symphysis. Judging
posterio:
. from the great length of the ae I so aati it must have pro-
"jected much beyond the floor of the c um proper, much further
than this bone does in Dipterus or even in Ceratodus, in which it
reaches — back as the third neural pe In the case of
Ctenodus the posterior projection is very produced, much
more so ee nt in Ceratodus, while in Diplo exten extends very little
52 ON THE-SPHENOID, CRANIAL BONES, OPERCULUM,
than the sphenoid of Ceratodus, ao possesses ae |
mental contormation. This bone was first pene ivy Ve Mesiate:
Hancock & Atthey in the “ Trinehotionie” I have :
occasion to refer to, in a paper entitled “ A few remarks on
Dipterus and Ctenodus, and on their relationship to Ceratodus
Forsteri, Krefft” ; but they did not give any illustrations. Mr. ;
arkas, F.G.S., in his “ Coal Measure Palzontology,” q
merely mentions the fact of some sphenoid bones being in his ‘4
ssion, and portrays one in an excellent lithograph. Messrs. 4
rae & Atthey thus describe the bone in the paper mentioned '
above :—* Thé sphenoid is a much elongated depressed bone, with
Wile a expansion near the anterior extremity ; in ;
"6
et
a4
5
a:
=
a
Ro
ct
=
®
=a
a
— 3
°
ae
2
Op
v3,
®
°
ane
ce
or
©
ween
ro)
5
B
0 jo)
?
a
5
rs)
Qu
7
a)
=
=}
TR
S
=
Rtas by CID gt OM eee ta gS eee
ining to o conical at the extremity, and fits in between the
aoe bones that support the dental plates. The lozenge-
ormed expansion lies partly behind these bones ; and t
a considerable distance further : e large species for
nearly five inches. * The basi-sphenoid at its junction —
with the lozenge-formed e expansion is usually thick ast nearly ;
circular ; elsewhere it is flattened.” A specimen in my cabinet 2
point Oe rises into a hgh erest on the buccal surface. I n en
also in my specimen a point not mentioned by Messrs. Hancsel
& Atthey, and it is that on each edge just posterior to the lateral
swelling in centre of the basi-sphenoid is a small oval ed pe
jike the pee rpc of an articulation, and I am inclined to
sider that it is the remains of a joint between this bone and "thi
first rib, jane as we see is the case in Ceratodus. I am not aware
that the rib has ever been discovered in situ, but pana would
one to infer that my conjecture is correct. For
cavities are im' It is > ae
ar me to add that the hedtae oiiie extension of
EEE NIT TT
AND SUPPOSED EAR-BONES OF CTENODUS. 53
nee hich: covered rei petal +The ate aol ot
argent Dipterus, Asterolepis, Osteolepis, Coccosteus ge rey
which baie: the xed proper of osseous fishes. All piped to
classify them, therefore, can only be approximate; and, followin
as closely as I am able the plan of lemuhcaiien furnished by Prof.
uxley, I venture to indicate the following omological relation,
od in between them. The cranial ae of ir per-
haps most closely approach those of Ctenodus, but i
the parietals are between the occipital and frontal, wig are in
close contact with each other, while in Ctenodus the parietals are
separated from each other by the width of the broad occipital
plate.” The groups of cranial bones mentioned ate Mises
ted in t . Att
pitals, parie’
ae posterior or lateral or skin bones, and dhe ie that at thete Sones
the same bones in erus
on they might be ‘tnkear:t to belong toa gigantic —— of that
genus”; but on this point it will be noticed that Mr. nes a
ence between these two fishes in the arran arrangement of the occi ital
a Dipterus having the parietals between those
54 ON THE SPHENOID, CRANIAL BONES, OPERCULUM,
Mr. a. may rhe correct enough in his statement, if I may
Mr. Atthe
. taking the nomenclature of Pander, Mr. pakke that of ian
On a slab in my possession are two masses of head-bones, oe
on each surface, as though they had originally been united i
one shield, and before fossilization some catastrophe ha i
pened and bent the roof of the cual ee the middle, but
whether this is so or not, the two masses are certainly head-
bones of Céenodus, as they present the pitted and emule —<
ane in the Ceratodus’ skull, but this latter fact may arise from
the fragmentary nature of my specimens. By comparing one of |
my specimens with Mr. Barkas’s figure pl. x, fig, 244, however, I
ecespital; median occipital, epiotic, parietal. ther ent
a cranium there isa bone wi re an arrow a projection pire
may corrompond d with Mr. ’s occipital, which is thus
age and has a wedge-shaped. process in the centre.”
supra-occipital, epiotic, and median s. It must nik be
ten that in these names I am onl se i conjecture.
In all the erania that ha have been ie rape the o urface of
me 0: ne i
distinct as see te long depressed arborescent streaks are
the bone, the surface thus having a peculiar d aspect, and
om one the impression of a cartilage sian become fossilized
was advancing; a microscopical examination, how-
ever, shows, that the bone is osseous throughout. The bones are
always small compared with the size of the cranium; vary muc
in “again but in size they are pretty uniform, no bone predomi-
uch over the others; they unite te with each other by
fuilicteatod sutures that have ve appatently become anchylosed early
=e ife to ate hy com) shield. ee
reula are of comparativel: uent occurrence in
dees aie the N Northumberland coal —— They vary greatly
ee ee ea eS eee ee
AND SUPPOSED EAR-BONES OF CTENODTS. 55
in size, Mr. T. P. Barkas figuring whe in his “ Atlas of Carboni-
ferous “Fossils” bee carteaecien 62 i inche in one pti aude and 54
roopectirely. Mr. Atthe importa an operculum of C. elegans which
is only 5-16ths of an inch in its longest diameter. I n my
possession two Pe ema being 3} inches in its begets daunotag:
and the other 2 ine The sizes of these opercula being so
variable necessarily hindi us to infer that they pertain to different
species of this genus, and in this conjecture we are strengthened
by the facts that these bones vary also in their conformation and ~
thickness ; my observations tending to prove that the larger the
operculum, the nearer it approaches to the circular form and the
thicker is s the plate. The large opercle in my possession does not
ear much
he sa 2
smaller one has a great similarity to the plate figured - Giint ther,
* Philosophical Transactions” for 1871, pl. xxxv, fig.
The literature concerning this bone is not lar rge, Mh 2. Es
Barkas describing isolated specimens in the “ English Mechanic”
and “ —— Opinion.” Messrs. Hancock and Att ey, in their
paper on “ Dipterus and Ctenodus,” refer to it at some lengt
and in the oat ail words: “The opercula resemble those of
ipterus ; they are large, stout, slightly convex, irregularly cir-
cular pla ates, with one side of the margin a little flattened; and
Paired produced at each end of the flattened space ; the surface
is punctate and granular like the cranial bones We possess six
or eas different forms of th rs, two of which have
been identified as belonging to C. elegans and C. obliquus respec-
tively.” e only illustrations that have been publish
y refe
Before entering upon a description of the bones of the body of
Ctenodus, I must refer to certain bodies that are supposed by Mr.
ff ‘et Barkas to be otolites, and, as he considers probable, otolites of
enodus. Concerning these bodies I do not feel in a position to
commit myself to an opinion as to their nature, although I have
xamined numbers of them alge externally and internally, as I
have never had an opportunity of investigating the apes of
an undoubted ear-bone of either a living or a fossil fish. —
refore, allow rkas to speak in his own X wie, which
from his “ Coal Measure -Palzontology
“Fig. 175 represents a rare and little iets fossil, pro:
lies eee otolite or ear ear-bone of a fish. Fig. 176, a
anal In
stediis ‘that Thad five specimens of this fossil, I said, ‘ In external
appearance these specimens closely resemble each other, but,
a
56 ON THE SPHENOID, CRANIAL BONES, OPERCULUM,
when mounting a specimen a few hours ago, I found that, in
structure, it very See differed from that I had previously
pared for the microsco The first supposed otolite which I
mounted was beautifully fesiatelaccie of a deep — colour, ai
appeared, when examined by objectives of high pow o be
fectly structureless. ‘The present otolite, like thet. peor
described, was very hard and difficult to reduce to a a proper degree
of thinness. Its structure is marked and peculiar, and its colour
is a very deep red. Whatever these bones may be, they por:
lo nd s
' fishes of a different genera, or, at least, 0 ifferent species.
tu Among those masses of nodular lines are seattered a
ecstlbie of small circular discs of various degrees of transparency.
“ The fossil remains in the Coal Measures are generally some-
what heterogeneously mixed together, and, in some cases, the
i i i one
=
Fe
e
m
ie)
5
o
=
co
is jn}
ct
2°
wR
°
5
ia]
la)
val
A
a>)
SPO
bs a
ot
i
Le)
a2 8
Sn.
iS =a
i¢>)
(oF)
=
Rm
e
i)
——s
®
mn
io)
Ph
S
~
8
:
hi
belonge ate a Ctenodus, and that it is ote nro as, aii
ire
“T have in my possession upwards of 200 — and lower
und teeth of various rigs of Ctenodus. It is impro-
=
®
=
=
ct
RD
2B
9
pes
ag
is]
=
n
i=]
a
2
a
et
[a9]
S
o
<=
&
& 8
+
8
ae)
mn
the
53
rl
~
large and easily recognized, nm the otolites may the shale. The over-
e.
inion,’ |
ma the ‘nual ‘and Magazine of ——- Hitors:
em
Oe
AND SUPPOSED EAR-BONES OF CTENODUS. _ 57
as —s are not otolites, but ‘arene fungi, to which they
have n the generic name x —_ which indicates
that thes resemble, hardened fossil ‘amaeae Their chief
arguments in favour of the “eure nature “of the fossils are
the minute structure of some of the specimens, which resemble,
to some extent, the structure of certain fungi ; and the fact that
while fossil sua are easily destroyed in nitric acid, the
they consider to be fungi. These fossil bodies are supposed
Messrs. Hancock and Atthey to be fully dev veloped plants, pro-
ducing spores, and related to the higher fungi. th
have overlooked the fact that this “doubtful” (Berk.) production,
which led them to take this view of these bodies is only a Myce-
lium-tuber, the fructification of which is yet unknown.’
“Tn minute structure these fossils vary, and, as some of them
ear to be entirely structureless, structure alone is not suffi-
pa to a serge their being considered vegetable. Lily ae
tot nitric acid on the fossil, my e
that nitric acid does not visibly affect the forms of epee su
otolites: while it decomposes teeth and other remains o ihe
and repti
into ies Bri ong n, it appears more probable that the Tosaincure are
oto. ites Oo o- talber than hardened
hear 8 5 deneriptiva of ~_ fossil are, to — henson
' bodies are em does nok an ey) ¥ etable remains,
ing
to be said on both sides, we must, therefore, for the present con-
sider the nature of these bodies as obscure ; they may be otolites
of Ctenodus or other fish, or they may be fungi
58 ON THE SCAPULA (?), CORACOID,
Part VI.
On the Scapula (?), Coracoid, Ribs, and Scales of
Ctenodus.
By W. J. Barxas, M.R.CS.E., -L.R.C.P.L.
this provision, rete I shall enter into its
i a ie I may state that it has not to my knowledge
been either described or figured.. The bone is pear args in
— the — being much thicker re heen awe r than the b
ole
with a horizontal te tendency, but miehind does it present the reti- *
culation found in other fossil fish or reptile bones. Such being ©
the conformation of the bone, I infer that it pertains to the
Ct r any ot ish.
resent one great point of ser mire the T ive int of
is 0}
0 wane A er
8 has ar ined both - ae T. P. Barkas an foe
tthey, but its ssasiiel ‘is comparatively rare. When discover
it is generally vanianed with other deunaiies of Ctenodus that
are undoubted ; in fact Mr. Riieny Specie tint te bal ee
ee ae ————
ae ee eee a.
RIBS, AND SCALES OF CTENODUS. . 59
ortion of the body i prasad obliquus in which the pair of
nes are in situ. The coid was referred to by Messrs.
Hancock and Atthey in thee paper on Ctenodus and Dipterus,
but it was not figured. I - ie ree that Mr. Barkas has
esrenamngs any account of i he ecimens in his
binet. r. Atthey’s deqrbtion resembles the specimen in
my possession I shall quote it. “ r general character is that
of a flattened elongated bone, with one end a little expanded,
arched sli a ttle t and gradually thinned out to a fine edg
angular process at the narrow a been: The Liseeak are four
inches and three- eighths, and the ainaltoat five-eighths of an inch
in len The ace i on is a as it does not ae to
the elenoid cave at the owed extremity oat is formed
its capes eee been removed s wa a | close porn Sevag
there is, however, not any sign of a suture in the coracoid of
heya rtebral column of Ctenodus, ‘as I have mentioned in.
Part V of f those papers, was probably cartilaginous, as no remains
of them have been disinterred.
Jugular plates, we may infer, for the same reason, were absent,
The ribs of this fish are osseous, and are found in comparativ
abundance both disassociated and associated with , head-
s, &e..; Messrs. Atthey and Barkas having great numbers in
bone
their cabinets They have been figured by Mr. T. P. Barkas in this
Atlas.” Mr. Atthey thus describes them: “They are well archeth
towards the proximal extremity, which is considerably e
central channel is quite small, the cylindrical w a
ification of t is, in faet
60 ON THE SCAPULA (?), CORACOID,
the structure usually found in the fra of a reunited bone ;
a full account of this structure was given by Dr: Embleton in a
ea read before the: Nosthutibarlaid and Durham Medical -
ciety.
“The exo-skeleton may still be res rs in a state of doubt,
as the chief authorities, Mr. Barkas and tthey, differ. Mr.
Atthey asserts that he has discovered the ime of C. elegans and
in the following words, quoted from his “ Coal Measure Paleon-
tology ”: “ Alt hough nearly 1,000 teeth of Ctenodus have
been fi bai in the Northumberland Coal Formation, and a large
pro of those teeth of considerable size, and a though
many nt of the Ctenodi have been discovered in Staffordshire
and el ere, it is a remarkable fact that, up to the present
time rong single specimen of a large scale has been-found at all
resembling the reputed scales of C. elegans, and there are not
any uninterpreted or undescribed scales discovered in the Nor-
a or Staffordshire Coal Measures that can with
assigne scales
proprie e assign i) 18. are vastly
more nu than teeth, if 1,000 teeth of néated fishes
have been discovered, and each fish had only four or six
teeth, it is surely improbable that all the scales belonging to
those fishes would have eluded discove
Ba EN 8 a eae
seen that -his own fare “Ginectetles disproved his deduction. =
The rae scales of C. elegans are thus described by Messrs.
Hancock and Atthey, in oe paper on “ yard and Ctenodus.” :
In Ctenod elle
wi “ae aap though imbricated, can scarcely be year trul.
sdcbba al bation on.” These scales were obt ined fiom
snr ‘onsered to be a sunaplete fish 4 pee or, i se
was “much crushed and d ha species
atthe | afin publish of a fossil dives a? give cake at ee
of founding any discoveries upon it. The scales of C. obliquus
appear to have better pestnnes in their favour, for the above con-
joint authors state, in a foot-note to a paper entitled “ Deserip-
tive Notes on Fish Remains found in ¢. the Coal Measures at New-
sham,” that they had obtained “a fine specimen of the greater
portion of the cranium and part of the trunk of a large Ctenodus
a a a i On i le i
Le ee ee ee ee ee
RIBS, AND SCALES OF CTENODUS. 61
with the opercular plates attached ; a considerable number of
the ribs are exhibited in connexion with the head, poned i in
natural order. Everywhere re mixed up with this interes i
ting speci-
"men these iar scales are found, much broken, indeed, but
h
<a oth sides of the body portion a the fish, in such
a manner as to leave no doubt on the subje e scales are
very similar to those described in the text, dering only vagred
y> the margin being wider ; the sm mooth central area has
me
The a the Se lszest vat most ee eatiat specimen, measures
two inches and a half 1 and upwards of two inches wide. The
sides are parallel, the scab extremity is alittle arched out-
wards sterior or exposed extremity is rounded; the
and marked with minute Ese strie ; no growth lines are
visible ren the if wien border. On "examination with the
is minutely granular. a
is is only tf e cast of the b/g surface that is seen; and at this
point it is evident that rged an
sabes ag as to form pies and very irregular vermic’
anterior tony the sails sete rounded ; the border is vide
and distin
by several concentric lines of growth, and five
minute ting strie, as in the ine spree ie central area
<ctbowine similar ; but the minute -structure is finer, and
the bor network has the meshes drawn out in the in axis of
bh ae reieaaerg o a oe
peng Air rages pidhaeok eo io es long, and one
inch and one-eighth wi
“ The t Bc ind age phish toa boat the greater portion of the
or extremi is in other respects imperfect,
is is upwarde ofan inch daa fies tonstk long ; it seems to have
%
eae ON THE SCAPUnA (?), CoRACOTD,
been more nearly square than either of the other two forms, and
is characterized by a very narrow border, which shows only one
. Th
bony network of the central area is fine and indistinct, with a
longitudinal peieoniiern of the meshes, as in the second species;
the punctures are numerous, rather large, and longitudinally
oval.
vi
“The last i is apparently of a mere cast of the under
surface ; but a small portion of the scale, exhibiting the upper
surface, is sdhcrent, and proves that it is minutely striated in an
irre en manner — strie for the most part having a
“The peculiar tectannndiar form distinguishes these from all
the cycloid scales with which we are acquainted; and they are
uch thi
cca ted on the surface, aa usually “atthe concentric lines
of growth over the whole surface ; it is also generally found split
open, exposing to view the int ternal structure, when the con-
seen with the internal structure thus exposed: at least we have
never seen the concentric lines of growth and radiating strie pass
beyond the eigen the. under surface being usually exposed to
view. This is shown in our second species, the specimen
being one on one slab i in relief, the cast of the under-side
in intaglio on the other
wh
other parts are comparatively ¢ common, x nting, then, that Mr.
Atthey’s discoveries are correctly diagnosed, for t T have never had
the opportunity given me of even seeing these imens re
can be no hesitation in affirming their close similarity in form to
the scales of Ceratodus. Reasoning from analogy would certainly
lead one to infer that Ctenodus had scales
The forms of pions: fins and tail are xin unknown to me, but
Mr. Atthey, from poor rae crushed specimen of ©. elegans he
possesses, and to which I referred in speaking of the scales,
PO en eee es ee ae ee
a ae ieee
*
RIBS, AND SCALES OF CTENODUS. 63
thinks that “ the a fot far cw the noes be nar = in C. elegans,
a e tail fin real and
which any trace of a fin or tail 8 a oak detected, rg as it is
acknowledged to be much injured, it will be advisable to leave
this portion of the fish’s struc mieegey to be determined by the in-
vestigations of future 1 Fs
T have now entered & ag detail into = oe fossil remains
a
one eag into the igen: of the upper portion of the cranium
3E fits = Senet tise bones that are
todus in its fundasiental construction, so far as it is known, even
in those parts that yet may be considered somewhat doubtful,
such as the scales. When we take into consideration the distant
period in which Céenodus lived we can hardly expect that the
type could — been handed down to the present time, countless
, Without a few alterations of structure due to
probably sufficient. Then when this fish made its way ou
the waters on to the dry lands or upon the swampy coasts, its iif
would be in danger from the huge Batrathians that. swarmed ;
eoracoid for greater muscul tachment. Finally, the much
te of “Ct s would necessarily require a larger an
r surface for the attachment, of the powerful muscles that
Por some of the species ‘were ack over six feet in length.
With none of these dangers has the modern fish had to contend ;
therefore, in the great battle of the “survival of the fittest”
less strength has been required of it, and consequently in the
process of time an alteration would take place in the skeleton,
to render it com compatible with e: siveimetion neces.
64 SCAPULA (?), CORACOID, RIBS, AND SCALES OF CTENODUS.
_ With regard. to the food of Ctenodus oy can be
tained, as fossil gs (coprolites) has never been found sociated
with its remains, but from the shape an devia
teeth we can meee infer that it fed upon crustaccous and te
ceous animals, and probably upon some of the smaller fishes “ike
al me amount of certainty is given to this guess by
the fact that the coprolites of fishes that swam in the same
waters as Cfenodus have been obtained, and in them we find
remains of the above forms of animal life
SE ee I eae SS eee ee eS
ss
On the Tertiary Deposits of Australia.
By Rev. J. E. Tenrson-Woops, F.G.S., Hon. Mem. Roy. Soc.
N. 8. Wales, Hon. Mem . Roy. Soe. Victoria, Tasmania, and
Linnean Soc. N. 8. Wales, Adelaide Phil. Soc. &e.
[Read before the Royal Society ees N.S.W., 4 July, 1877.)
: iety
of New § South Wales. Owing ‘eo ga very scidlenes development
of the palxozoic, metamorphic, and volcanic rocks on the eastern
cordillera of our continent, the tertiary formations have escaped
ustralia cover at least a fourth part of ‘ts surface. e
interest they possess, not =o for ourselves but urope, can
ar as they have been. studied er
ms Lor of the present state of Australian tertiary geology. Such
an epitome g been wanted, not only by men of science
but by the public generally. e time is not far distant, let us
hope, when a eau ile gers of A geology can
sufficient, or nearly sufficient
While a awaiting “this, nck I here nate the notice of t
Society may serve as a contribution to the subject, and I am
encouraged to the task by the fact that most of what I shall state
is new to the c ublie.
Before I refer to what has been done, I beg to draw attention
of various ages; but their nature and position have not been
‘endied- : :
all
attention of sp in Australia. This has not been owing
alone to the special attractions they must ever have and the
erg for their study, but also because no satisfactory attempt
the correlation of strata can ever be made until something
iike a ae has been established by fossils of the relative position
pa.
the following paper, which I intend as a brief
~~
66 ON THE TERTIARY DEPOSITS OF AUSTRALIA.
of marine strata. But as on the east and south sides of Tasmania,
so in New South Wales, tertiary marine strata are not known.
This is a significant fact, which has a far more important influence
on our geological history than is supposed. But while marine
strata are not visible, volcanic strata, freshwater deposits and
drifts, all clearly tertiary, are abu ndant. No attempt, or at least
no successful attempt, has been made to poetic them. It is
i that nothing short of an actual and careful survey would
veal the age and relative position of these “ets yet something
otter be done even by amateurs. at all our volcanic rocks
possess features of their own, by which they may be recognized
almost as surely as if they sacred oe is a probability
which investigation is daily raising t rtainty. In Victoria
the miscroscopical ae paateuaal pe caxtlins of Mr. Ulrich have
revealed astonishing facts. Already the augitic dod hornblendic
rocks are found to arrange themselves chronologically, and, as far
as the learned mah “googie mineralogist has gone, show an
important bearing on the question of auriferous rocks. It may
be said to be sins coiathinhe d that no voleanic emanations
— ss cover a whoté or very nearly the whole
uthern ' the Australian continent, from about the
125th to fhe 1 Listh. meridian foes east longitude. There an in-
terruptions to these beds, more or less; on the east side the
formations get more and mie narrow ly confined to the sea,
until they disappear altogether. On ho” Australian Bish they
are uninterrupted, and extend very far from the t line.
peculiar ot of these shells will be dealt Vi presently.
he interruptions to the continuity of the te wa beds are of
much ‘aba Throughout their course on "the e
they are continually broken into by islands of red granite rocks,
the deserts. Besides these sail interruptions there are moun-
tains, notably two large ones. The first, on the eastern side, is
the South Australian chain, beginning at Cape Jervis at the
euch « of St. Vincent’s Gulf, and terminating in what was
formerly ee regarded as the horseshoe bend of Lake
$
ie as os eer ai Mes eek Eg te
Tac : : ; i
thd Mites MS A a i gaa CEO, 78 to a Ee Oe A ee
Te ee ee ee eee
a ia ee all
ETT ESE "
ON THE TERTIARY DEPOSITS OF AUSTRALTA. 67
Torrens. A a further ¢ on the eastern side of this range the
borti
nk er lias or fas Pigels = ye Cratigian and Victoria
ran The rivers rock still maintains its ——— near the
nent,
much in the way originally represented on the very clear sketch
of the places mar there as silurian in South Australia are
‘really occupied by mea tiary rocks, notably the eastern side of the
shores of St. Vincent’s Gulf, north of Willung: a,
; an n i
fossils. Strezelecki was the first in the field, but om ord re.
sulted in the determination of a single species. The next attempt
was that of — ‘Busk in 1859 Prcuiisige "Geologied
68 ON THE TERTIARY DEPOSITS OF AUSTRALIA.
_ This was confined t 0 Bolys zoa. My humble efforts
occurring in the Mount Gambier formation, with a few EHchino-
dermata and some conchifera (Pectinide). These were published
and the figures lithographed by me in the Proceedings of the
ate to be he oe in the figures or aie of the spear
the decades include other esis tertiary
. M. ed
that the great tertiary formation of Australia extended to the
north-west portions of Tasmania ong well recognized forms
nd interesting species all new to science,
and I therefore described them, the figures being executed by
write several most interesting vob the on the deposit, all of which
i i the Royal Society of Tasmania ;
=a and so ¢ eam a
eighty fossils new to science, a very few of which pa been
hitherto found in Tasmania alon
In the meantime the Geological Survey of Victoria has been
very active, and a series of reports and papers have appeared
with important papers on the fossil, from Professor M‘Coy and
Baron von Miller. Mr. Ethe ridge, jun., of the English
Geological Survey, has also taken an active interest in the matter,
roceedings) he has described a new Hemipatagus—H.
i (Lovenia, var.?), and then given a complete résumé of
ON THE TERTIARY DEPOSITS OF AUSTRALIA. 69°
all that a tne anh mons it on the subject of the Australian
i inodermat In the second (Annals of
new da. it
place them in full before the Society, but that I know Professor
Tate is preparing a monograph for publication on the same sub-
ject, which will shortly be accessible to all.
I will now proceed to notice how far the investigation of the
fossils has thrown light upon Australian geology, and what
relation our tertiary beds bear to similar et sense in Europe.
And first as regards the term of the fo 9 not pretend by,
that term to recognise many of the fossils wees as identical wit
though hanily complete as We ie rine life is concerned,
sufficiently so to enable pataisitiin Hy — with tolerable mccusitig
what percentage of fossils in any given bed belong to species
which still exist. But in Australia our tie wledge of marine li
is almost confined to what is called the littoral zone. to:
make this partial knowledge still more disadvantageous, I have
“not met i ittora ies, in.
all the tertiary beds I have examined. Neither have we ath
formation preserved to us, as far as I have been able to
which can be ge the remains of a coast or litjorsl dineesk:
is cireumstan — us “hee to to apEly > percentage
test, and sl asic en us of 0!
or aia’ senha with roan kg atte ae which aond justify
Fu
70- ON THE TERTIARY DEPOSITS OF AUSTRALIA.
the employment of such terms as oligocene, miocene, &c. This
Professor Duncan has pointed out, and has suggested the employ-
ment of the word cainozoic as a general term to distinguish
those lower tertiary beds which contain the commencement of
our modern fauna or new life. While quite agreeing with the
learned professor in this, my long acquaintance with all the
tertiary formations and my familiarity with the fossils induce me
to offer a few suggestions which I think may carry our know-
ledge a little further. If we cannot apply the percentage system,
e can, at least, form general conclusions from superposition,
distribution, &e., as to the chronology of the series—if I
speak. And m
oa
fauna of widely separated seas, which have scarcely any
ommon, ve a resemblance, in the
onal of certain genera in certain habitats. Thus I
Suppose there are no seas where some forms of Littorina,
Patella, Trochus, peer ae Cardium, Pectunculus, and Mytilus
do not inhabit the rocks a sands. And some of the species het
so close a general cosine that it is only after a careful com-
arison we can sée specific differences. Now, we ought to see a
we go further back in time, so we a wider range for species,
until in the earliest deposits we find little specific variety all over
the-world. Iti is es quite so certain, however, that where wide-
p ver specific identity oo fil, rb close affinity s
ows
mo rovinces, all united ng one general Australian foes
yet all with distinct characters pec eculiar to each. To
the °
eri net shee i Eucla to Cape Leuwin. Now each of
these provinces cies of its own and ies in common.
Observation as yet will not permit us so far to say with certainty
how many of the species now identified are no more an local
varieties. However, we can be certain that for ‘hike species
ON THE TERTIARY DEPOSITS OF AUSTRALIA. 71
which have a wide distribution, we see a great difference between
red T
specimens gathered in different provinces ake for instance
Mytilus latus, k., or the common Australian mussel, which is
one of the few ett ie alarge a New ealant
time. But from those or other instances that might be alleged,
we find pretty certainly manifest at the present day local differ-
ences of form, character, &c., in otherwise identical species.
eed it seems to me that there is not the same variety in our
rtiary beds, and that this greater or less variability in remote
dietricte might be made to form a valuable guide to the chronology
of the te One hin sidlon seit is certain, which is that
ary
rather that of the aminarian zone. 2nd. That colour, “which. is
an important element in ae variety in existing shells, is
absent from the fossils. 3rd. The tertiary area at our disposal
for investigation, though wide, is not nearly so extensive as the
area of the provinces scare ar by me. Still, making all those
have in our ormations a much ter uniformity i
marine life, pecies more constant in character, than what is
witnessed in — Fag Australian seas. may seem of
This fact
small importan timating our chronology, but I venture to
submit that it i isa the which will lead in the end to valuable
data ether we could ever hope by its aid to erect sub-di-
visions in our tertiary formations may appear doubtful, yet it
must be of importance until: the percentage system can be
applied.
t mere external resemblance. Som he f cl
in character the fossils known in the English by
what the learned p is te “mimetism.” The m-
blance is so close that some might even suppose the identity of the
fossils. This is especially seen in Voluta antiscalaris, M‘Coy, and
72 ON THE TERTIARY DEPOSITS OF AUSTRALIA,
V. anticingulata. But these fossils, it must be added, are also
found in newer formations, such as Table Cape in Tasmania, and
aoe Creek in Western era Poin ge es character of
just dre aoe up ies the deep. The clay in whieh; the
found is of a light blue or ash grey colour. Foraminifera are not
common, at least not so common in this finely levigated mud as
in many of the higher beds. Polyzoa are also the exception.
Podicillate corals are, however, numerous, few of existing species,
but of characters similar to those now livi ring in the Japanese and
China seas. There are none peculiar to this formation, at least
as far as the beds have been explored, and that, it must be ad-
auld is only slightly. An undescribed Nisso, and a mpg
ell
ippl
by Professor M'Co
Above those met and not separated from them by any
very clear line of demarcation, we find a series of different
deposits of some thickness and very wide spread. The charac-
teristics differ in different localities. In the aps _—
and then westward from Cape Otway to Warrnambool, w
with clays and muds, sometimes interca eonspe
and a long succession of horizontal or slightly inclined stata.
e precise number of the beds exposed has not been clearly
ascertained, but they Se nor a very long series of —-
and an extensive period in our tertiary geology. To the n
of Warrnambool they are found wie a place called Hamilton, or
as, when wells or shafts are ‘sunk to any depth, , if they pierce
through the oe. the polyzoan limestone
then we find outcrops of granite, but even > habe traces of the
terti appear. Ata creek near H
Victoria, about 600 feet above the sea, we find, on the slopes of
on, a thin clay of a few inches thick, full o:
ous fossils. The rh and have
evidently owed their preservation to their ferruginous ¢ er,
€ wherein they were on tie oe have Shieh is disa:
ON THE TERTIARY DEPOSITS OF AUSTRALIA. 73
Geelong. beds, such as Cucullea corioensis, P. yahlensis,
(Tenison- Woods) ; Cassidaria reticulospira (Coy); ‘Pacotrochus
deltoideus (Dun
Not very ee go it would’ have been difficult to name many
of the fossils found in this immense series of deposits, but since
the labours of M‘Co ube, Duncan, eridge, al re-
ferred -. ane my own humble efforts, so large a number of the
organic a ranged and classified that it would
pro
ubliah pone, hone in the fates a list of the names,
oak and exact references where they may be found, as an
d to paleontological researches, which is very much required.
“Tn Pasmanin we find the same deposits, but under different
iealilions: The matrix is rather a muddy gravel than clay, and
contains fragments of what are mR BS A the remains of a
rock. There are also an immense number of rounded quartz
grains, and the whol formation mone the proximity of some
eranitic and basaltic rocky shore. The fossils are not different
ro
e ow. In dese
ninety fossils from those beds, I did not meet half-a-dozen similar
to those now existing on the ea and those es of shells which
are now of rare occurrence. atenata (Crosse) is
a case in point, and one or two wis: are “doubtfully
pecies in cee a ” —
Dendrophyllia, two species Denildtg ool very widely from any
known forms. In Victoria no reef-building coral was found, but
e
Me
fe
me
e.
&
e
o
Le
3
ee
a
ip
ae
foe ing near ee aps ie two or sage be three’
— of Trigonia are found, but ee are rather abnormal forms..
been discovered at. ‘Table Cape, Tasmania, one almost
oat skeleton of a wallaby, Halmaturus (?), imbedded in a soft
£
74 ON THE TERTIARY DEPOSITS OF AUSTRALIA,
yellow sandy ad full of marine fossils. They cst pm
small Turrite T. Warburtoni, mthi, and other Ther
nothing Dicstivee to lead one to suppose that the siivtcl was “40
deposited at the same time as the shells. It may have ee
earried out to sea — a flood from some coast stream, or it m
have been dropped into the sea by a bird of prey. There it Ties
however, firmly imbedded among the fossils, a land animal among
marine shells. I was not able to ascertain whether the remairis
At Portland, ari’ on thers bes limit of Victoria, we have
a commencement of a newer tertiary — known as the
Mount Gambier or Polyzoan limestone. It is e different in
character from the lower strata we have pti considering, and
has been fully described in two publicatioris of m i
—viZ.,
ze case Observations in South Po leyrias ‘aud 23 Tico Lovole
Por i in the
refer to some features which wa ve “ar been oeeg noticed.
First of Pa ‘the deposit is is Set gruel by the abundance of
Peet
scarce, except one urchin. This is Lovenia Forbesii (Woods and
‘Dunean).* This lies on strata a few inches thick, with no other
fossil, showing how curiously they must have flourished in the
days of their existence. Now that we have the deep-sea dredging
as a guide in estimating the conditions of — at great — on
the ocean floor, we cee: understand what w see here. Some-
times the dredge of « Challenger” woul « come up full of one
kind of echinide, as fa there was nothing else to be found. Here
we see a similar thing in former times. There are also a few
.* ‘This fossil urchin was first eel bes pes as Sion but ag
The sa
SG area UGS ia aly 1 Ue a ee ere
RE a a
|
4
4
;
QN THE TERTIARY DEPOSITS OF AUSTRALIA. 75
The tertiary beds are found almost univ oan unless where
interrupted by the volcanic rocks, granite hills, or islands, as we
_ may call them, until the Great South Australian chain or Adelaide
Range is reached. They are, however, very much c oaeeren near
— eem to me as older than even the Western Port beds;
but my opportunities for examination were verylimited. Professor
Tate informs me that he has found characteristic apes mesozoic
fossils among them, though he regards the beds as t
I find ng at a meeting of the Geological Society of Leiaden:
February 7, 1877, a paper was read from Professor ‘Tate, on new
species of Belemnites and Salenia, from the middle tertiaries of
a —o fossils were named by him JB. senescens
and S. tertiaria. were obtained at Aldinga, where, he said,
the fossile one for the "most pce identical = those of the
M nec was hithert supposed to be
extinct, and a paaeran c form. tar a living species
had been dredged up by t * Challenger zi Int aes
upon the interest attached to ba cana of this -Hélemaite,
which added another to - curious examples of the survival of
older forms of life in Australia. He thought it could hardly
have been derived from secondary strata. The Salenia was evi-
dently tertiary, and, as it was somewhat cretaceous in its aspect,
76 ON THE TERTIARY DEPOSITS OF AUSTRALIA,
is and similar discoveries showed the im-
oseibility of eee Australian and English strata on purely
ontological r. J. 8. Gardiner remarke , in connec-
— with the aa ae of cretaceous forms still living in modern
times, that American cretaceous beds may be like our eocene.
If a 1 Bel emnite lived on into the tertiary period, this might give
uite another reading to those a ceo cretaceous beds, whose
termination rests mainly upon their flora r. A. W. Waters
— cam: to the ecretaceous forms which had outlived the
8 period.
Belemni
tertiary, the evidence must "be considered incomplete. These
Belemnites were like liassic forms, but very unlike those dis-
e Rev. J
cove Vv . Blake said that Professor
Tate’s m re like oolitic than cretaceous form
and they certainly did not belong to the genus Belemnitella
e ing on of cretaceous forms into oe times favours
form iti beds, a
tinuous succession of life in rip than in Havope: Profes-
sor Rupert Jones said that in 1857 Belemnites found in a tertiary
deposit north-west of Germany were exhibited at the meeting of
the Naturalists’ Association at Bonn. Professor Seeley remarked
that it was impossible from the material before the Society to
determine the species to which the Belemnite belonged. The
characte e i
rican cretaceous shells to those of the English tertiaries.
Professor Duncan reminded Mr. Blake that there is a sharply
defined cretaceous formation in Australia.
If I should venture to suggest anything in this matter, it
would be that our-tertiary formations are older than the period
hitherto assigned to them. I do not rr eitherthat our cretaceous
formation, which is near the equ uator an remote from these beds,
that the southern analogues would be so very different from our
lower tertiary beds, though I am far from saying that they would
be the ric ar may, however, be nearer to each other than is
at t
rachnoides parte Lovenia Forbesi sit). en are well
known forms of the Murray River beds, and perhaps they occupy
Reni cate te
|
|
|
|
ON THE TERTIARY DEPOSITS OF AUSTRALIA. 77
the same geological horizon. aig completely, or almost co
petals Pon the ee: veins, which are in true homblendie
or dioritie dykes. e deposit olen widely iehiedk on Yorke’s
Pe
Weatwnca of these deposits we have the thick fossiliferous
formation of the great Australian Bight, which extends for 300
leagues in an unbroken wall, sbenttions on the ocean at heights
ging from 300 to 600 feet, and all one mass of fossils. pi
se ve ilar forms
from Victorian or South Australian beds. I should imagine,
from the description of the beds themselves, and the fossils
submitted to me, that oft were nearer to the Mou A mpgatvinie
i e river M
slow and gradual upheaval would ¢ There is very strong,
nay conclusive evidence, that the ean of the miocene period, or
rather the dawn of the existing fauna, ushered in by exten-
sive voleanic ance; and this, no doubt, ¢
changes of level and upheaval, f which was clearly sudden
and extensive. It is difficult to interpret the facts in any other
way. It seems to me pretty oi oe that the Heme
central parts of the aay = _ rn Australia were almos
suddenly upheaved from th
I now append a few ioe on ithe Brachiopoda of the tertiary
in Tasmania which has formed the subject of my inquiries for
re
submitted all the specimens to omas Davidson, Professor
M‘Coy, and Professor Tate, and L append after each species their
‘ks.
c Rhynchonella caelata, M‘Coy MS. : Janie 9a trigonal, with a
ne “From s
miocene beds in Victoria.”—M‘“Coy. “A ae Beautiful species,
very closely related to 2. nigricans, from New Zealand.
in external shape cannot be distinguished, but I have not
on any recent &. nigricans such prominent and strongly
marked imbricated strie. The fold and sinus seems more strong.
delica oe ans.” —T. Davidson. “ Aldinga, one
axiockanaell a Profomsor
73 ON THE TERTIARY DEPOSITS OF AUSTRALIA.
Tasmania, but n hat has exactly the same shape. wo e
well to compa avescens. Itisa new but allied rt
d has also a little resemblance to ag W. Garibaldiana, altho
—T. Davidson.
‘= “The « commonest st Brahiopod i in en date aia o the ‘Marry
cliffs.”"—Prof. Tat
No. 2. Tiny of preceding, T. Davidson. Professor M‘Coy
did not recognize it with certainty. Professor Tate meri it may
be a Terebratulina common to Aldinga and Table Ca
No. 3. Waldheimia Sern , M‘Coy, MS.: “I a. t+ know
this species ge a broad depression on the smaller aie lt
seems to me e quite new.’’—Davidson.
: Rrcectale: gambierensis. Ether. epee Nat. Hist. 1875. “A
biplicated species approaching to ‘the Italian tertiary T. pede-
montane, but still distinct, being more si rly oval. It is
however, very difficult to distinguish the numerous closely allied
biplicated Lerebratule from the Jurassic, .. Oreta aceous, and Ter-
tiary periods. It is singular that, ee biplicated species of
Terebratule are so abundant in the Jurassic, Cretaceous, and
ry periods, that hitherto on a single species so construct
has been found alive or in the recent conditions.”—T. Davidson.
“Common at Aldin aaa variable species, Soa
oe biplications. Professor Tate.
No. 4. Lerebratula bstrenndegs; n.s. A small, rp i orbicular |
Fo
algae with very conspicuous concentric lines ‘of er wth. ra-
name this fossil privasanally of
hick Mr. Davidson says, “This is another of those undecided
forms that resemble many things described as distinct species.
It has some apg nee to T. vitrea or to L.0 ps onlaie Sequenza.
ik
would not to assign it positively to any of the species,
sing = I would not assign to it any very distinguishable fea-
t aos should publish a. description and payee 0
, Tevebratats Tateana,n.s. Small, smooth, ance ribs
or ‘ae closely allied to 7. compte (Sow.) Beak somewhat i
duced. The Pha sent to Mr. Davidson too small o
perfect for determination,
ee oe i ee eee eee
79
ON THE TERTIARY DEPOSITS OF AUSTRALIA.
ul
uae ‘, MOLA 4ULOAy 0 ‘OATBA [BAqUOA g ‘ATVA [RSLOP BF opootsguiy DHMoUPIOAL + ‘ON
“ALVIG 1O NOILYNVIdXI
Sen ee ee ee ee a ee ee ee. ae ke eee ee ae
Ee Ee ee oe wee! SM
ON THE TERTIARY DEPOSITS OF AUSTRALIA. 81
Discussion.
CuarrMan said the paper was particularly eeorong ve
things
ae
him, and the discussion of the subject pi ee
his remembrance. He was born on the tert iary ack ation af
East Anglia, and had lived for years in the tertiary district of
ough
had one other remark to make respecting the co oasts of Aust ralia.
e great banks of tertiary ss a along the Australian Bight
overlie granite. In his “Notes on the Geology of Western
Australia ” (see Geological Mevaiins: <0) iii, p.503 and p. 551),
will be fo statement mad by the late Captain
Stanl N., respecting « th of water off th ight
amounting to nearly four miles, which in his “ Notes’’ he shows
to be ol le. This might o, even if elevation has since
ake ac ween Cape Howe and Ca ork no marine
schon ok New Guinea. Along ‘the cast coast thee 4 sso neke
n be
explained, in accordance with the Barrier Reef th ae of Darwin
Probabl this has been the case in earlier zis tertiary times.
with the district between Sydney and the elevated area the
lue Mountains at the back of 'th, and e ih teh on the
Blu
coast, an us notwithstanding elevations, there have been
8 ences.
W. Scorr moved a vote of thanks to Rev. Mr.
oods. This was the first time they had had a paper read by an
Sobtirary member.
The enesie was carried unanimously, te na Chairman con-
veyed the es 3 of the Society to Mr.
Re oops, in reply, “expressed the pleasure ¥ felt in
havin ving ‘ang part in the investigations of this Society. refer-
ence to Mr. Clarke’s statement as to the belemnites cstnty
they were —— fossils. It was said that no such interpenetra-
*
§2 ON THE TERTIARY DEPOSITS ‘OF AUSTRALIA.
tion was admissible. If they were derived, we should expect to
id them under different conditions. What he had seen con-
ing
opinion. As to the depth found by Captain Stanley, he (Mr.
ys. ad hea be a gradual
shelving; but there was evidence of great rapeibenné: or of
uphea val,
On some New Australian Polyzoa.
By Rev. J. E. Tey1son Woops, F.G.S., &c., Hon. Mem.
Roy. Soc., N.S.W.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 4 July, 1877.]
Tue following two new species of SERIALARIA belong to the
amily Vesiculariade (order InrunpisuLata, sub-order 3.
t,
Mr. W. H. Archer, F.L.S., &., I was able to deteniiee its
character. I may say here that Mr. Archer made all the neces-
sary investigations with the aid of his very extensive a
me and the drawings were made by Mr. Y. Gold-
stein of Warnambool, under the direction of Mr. Ar
lateral, Aten in close parallel Pscon met in ee at
SERIALARIA AUSTRALIS. bit noy
S. polyzoarium with the internodes 2: occupied by
seven to ten tubular cells, sind to one aia endicular to
Tiderndden serial, or giving off two others at right angles. Two
long ligulate processes proceeding ———, from the terminal
cell mouths of each internode. These are about twice the length
of the internode. Mouth of cell mane crescentic, with a —
thickened margin.
Found after storms in masses amongst seaweed in Guichen
eajgebel South Australia. It is of light brown colour, and very like
s of aphides. e transparent fis ranches, whence
and only asional in 3 dior. See Johnston
lst edit. (1838), Pe 251, fig. 40. In Ellis’s Nat. Hist. of’ the
84 ON SOME NEW AUSTRALIAN POLYZOA.
vesiculis ex unoquoque geniculo sic dispositis, ut syringam Panis
referent, Fu ne ag hae rie cuscute instar un-
plexis. Nit Coralline. This extremely small climbing coralline
arises from very min tubes by whic it adheres to fucuses and
other marine~bodies, and is sposed from its jointed shape
that it climbs up an nd runs over other corallines and fucuses as
dodder does over other plants. The vesicles have the appearance
+
om Mr. ce in
The small vesicles closely-jointed together in little spe eck-like
gures among the irregular capillary branches gives us some idea
of that form.” I may add that the Australian. species does not,
as far as I am aware, climb over sea-weed as above described.
er ewe SPIRALIS. sp. Noy.
twenty to © twenty fot, aepheod ‘spell round ithe axis of the
times as long as
provi vided at the mouth with two Siveereni hallo spines half as
long as the cell.
ommon at various places on the southern coast of Australia
inguishes
scope it seems at first like a series of little ate one pace
_ one within another, and surrounded with spines. It is not easy
specie: Colour, dark
It is to beremarked that aidan of the above species polarises,
whereas the caleareous polyzoa all show well defined peculiarities
of strnetinel under the polariscope. It would be an interesting
inquiry to determine the nature of the substance which we call
horny in these organisms.
EN Ee ee eee ee ee
ss aa la a a a Na
:
SerraAtaria Austrrais. TZenison-Woods.
(Highly magnified.)
ae
On the BecutteticE of Chalk in the New Britain
By Arcuinatp Liverstpe@r, Professor of SeOney and
Mineralogy in the University of Sydney
[ Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 4 July, 1877.]
e specimen which I now pee e the ‘sas to lay before you is
not Pails interesting in itself as an example of what is known as
an Sol. nebo forme rock, since it is built up almost entirely of
calcareous skeletal remains of organic forms, but it is inter-
Tenors east eats) certain grotesque figures of men and
animals, which had been carved by the natives of the above
islands out of a soft white somewhat pulverulent material,
having much the appearance of plaster of Paris or chalk.
Some of these figures were deposited in the Museum, and a
fragment broken off from one of them was placed in
for identification.
On examination, the remains of numerous foraminifera are at
once detected, the ‘forms of the larger ones being plainly visible
even to the unaided eye; under the microscope the mass
of the rock is seen to be almost entirely composed of the shells
and fragments of shells ve foraminifera, the remains of globige-
rina being most abundan
To obtain the shells a the foraminifera free from the cement-
surface specimen with a soft tooth er
a stream of water, when the whole surface of the ent
submitted to the operation dily becomes studded with the
speedily
minute shells and fragments of shells of foraminifera, now left
gg out in relie
To obtain the foraminifera perfectly free from the acco mpany-
ing mde it is sufficient to dry the collected debris and to place it
86 ON THE OCCURRENCE OF CHALK
on the surface of some clean water contained in a glass beaker or
ther vessel ; the larger and more cavernous foraminifera float on
the surface of the water, while the broken fragments, much of the
der, and many of the denser seri oT are
deposited at the bottom of the vessel as a sedim v
light and finely oe — are got rid of by epaieint the
milky geet liqu
n the ent ite aren reveals the presence of the
smaller Eamiacaiion, of a few sponge spicules, and minute grains
of what are evidently siliceous nae igneous rocks.
The further examination showed that the material is limestone,
having a yery close resemblance to a both in chemical com-
position and in physical properties colour it is not the
dazzling” ioc cacboat ts torn e — ut rome a closer resemblance to
ERS., Tyne, who
devoted himself to the study of fo venunaifrows deposits — ie
ized as one of the first authorities u thes
irst, let me speak of your chalk from the New Britain
eer I suppose you have ascertained that it is a cretaceous
and not a friable tertiary limestone. All a foraminifera,
so, are south Atlantic recent deep-sea species, Globi-
gerina bulloides, Gl. inflata, Paleinatin Menardii (a t thick
variety which I do not think is yet named), P. omen
and probably P. Macctia, Pullenia spheroides, Nonion won e-
pressula, Bulimina Buchiana, fragments of Dentalina. Beigori
&e.; also a characteristic pulvinulina with thick shell and oney-
mbed surface, not yet described, of which I haye quantities
the “Challe er” material * * * The whole of the “Challenger ”
foraminifera have been handed over to me to work out.”
answer to a question as to the locality and mode of occur-
rence e of the material used for the carvings, The Rev. G. Brown
to me as follows :—
“The chalk of which the figures are formed is, I am informed,
alr found on the beach after an earthquake, being cast up there
pieces by the tidal wave; it is only found, as far as we know
at present, in one district on the east side of New Ireland.”
Spe a ER a i SS a a in ae ees
iba et
2
RF eT rod FE GIRS PRN Sa SES, oe a re Ce ML Eon A ees woe te Neh SLL GN gy Cs as a ee ee RSS ae ot oie ye SS a Stel Ro A ae Re oi oe ie ee ee ee eee ee Rs bur Omer Lk Sk bl aues
ee
IN THE NEW BRITAIN GROUP. 87-
We have now to consider its chemical composition in some-
ers mse ae and to cokes the results furnished by it on
h those yielded by specimens of typical or true
Chemical Composition of Specimen from New Ireland.
Hygroscopic moisture, @.e., water driven
off it, 100° C 1:202
’ Carbonic anhydride Ee .. 35°337
Tron sesquioxide... an ves a
Alumina ... bes vs on 8 131
Silica ms sis 7-933
Phosphoric acid . te Minute tut
eo protoxie i a “62
Lim vais — 45°278
Magnesia. wen mn ar te “476
Potash ions <a none i “B08
Chlori a i.
Combined water and loss. ne a= ee
100°000
geste gravity, 2°199 at 59° F.
e specifi vity was taken from a mass weighing about 73
grammes, which was allowed to soak in water for about one hour
and a half, in until all air bubbles ceased to evolved ; a
small quantity of the block mapa off when immersed in the
water—a correction for which had t
1e abov ires show that in acter mbers about 81 per
cent. of the specimen consists of caleium pack onate ; thus it is
undoubtedly a far less: pure limestone than the ordinary white
chalk, as the following figures indicate :-—
Chemical Composition of Chalk from other Places.
A specimen of chalk, from near Gravesend, — was ro
by Mr. W. J. Ward, yi ielded the following results
Calcium carbonate... ne es 98: “52
Magnesium carbonate .. : fae ‘29
Calcium sulphate i at vat "14°
Manganese binoxide ... ats = 04
a oh ot i -«- traces
Racdalioon cna hte chiefly silica we
88. ON THE OCCURRENCE OF CHALK
Mr. David Forbes, F.R.S., also examined some specimens of
chalk, the analyses of which are here cited. The first analysis
shows the composition of a piece of white chalk from Shoreham,
ah al and the second of a piece of grey chalk from Folke-
White Chalk. Grey Chalk,
Calcium carbonate ah ... 98°40 94-09
gnesium carbonate ... re ‘0S “31
Phosphorie aci :
Alumina and loss “ite 42 trace
Sodium chloride ... ed ree —_ 1:29
Water... ie: c =e — -70
Insoluble rock debris... oo) BGS =i 3°61
100°00° 100-00
(Vide “ Geology of England and Wales.” Woodward, p. 239.)
Another sample of chalk obtained from a well at Driffield was
found by Mr. 'T. Hodgson to have the ene composition : ge
Calcium carbonate... nae ... 93:30
agnesium carbonate Hi ees 15 «
Iron ee and alumina i 20
Silica a was sie ig RR
100-00
The specimen from New Ireland closely resembles in chemical
composition the chalk-like rock occurring in New Zealan
r. Hector, C.M.G., F.R.S., Director of the Geological Survey
of ave Zealand, publishes i in his aries Report for 1875-6, the
description and analysis of a limestone made by Mr. Skey,
chemist to the Survey, as follows se No. 1,767. Chalk, con-
tributed by Mr. H. Hispiascs. from South Canterbury, very
closely resembles some taken from the same distritt by the
Survey some time since. Thesg samples, as to their physeet and
chemical nt their general appearance, exactly repre-
ecurrin in
sent the ¢ he cretaceous formation as oce
land,”
ae
Carbonate of lime __.. ae .. 9412
Carbonate of magnesia ite oe eee
y aia oi See
Iron oxides and. alumina, soluble inacid 121
~ 100°00
RS ee 2 oe eet ne te RES ae
ee ee ee ee ee
IN THE NEW BRITAIN GROUP. 89
It is, however, far less impure than the “chalk mud” of the
Addautie, es — ve 5 ince by Professor Sir bm ae Wyville
omson, F.R.S., in
substances.
The same author mentions that the typical ager is free from
silica, and so it would appear to be ee e above quoted
analyses ; but the “insoluble rock debris” < of Ko ae he wagons
David Forbes, F. R. S., pro agar consisted largely of si
find any reference occurs in Professor Dana’s work on “ Corals
and Coral Islands.’’ See p. 308. But this even is not true
chalk ; it is merely a recent limestone derived from disinbapeel
corals, and whie sapesinios chalk.
r. Dana there
mi The formation of chalk from coral is known to be exemplified
at only one spot among the reefs of the Pac
The coral mud often rege as if it might be a fit material for
its production. Moreover, when simply dried, it has much the
appearance of chalk, a fact pointed out by h pries w? Ngee in
his memoir on the Bermudas (1834), and also by Mr. Darwin,
and suggested to the author by the mud in the lag of Honden
Island. ey this does not explain the origin of chalk, for, under
all circumstances, this mud solidifies into compact lime-
rn Santee of chalk, a result which would be naturally
What condition then is necessary to vary the result
il set aside the ordinary process !
“The only locality of chalk among the reefs of the Pacific,
referred to above, was Py found on any of the coral islands, but
in the siesvated reef of Oahu, near Honolulu, of which reef it
forms a constituent sift It is 20 or 30 feet in extent, and 8 or
10 feet deep.
“The rock could not be distinguished from much of the chalk
of England ; it is equally fine and even in its texture, as earthy
in its fracture, and so soft as to be used on the blackboard in the
native schools.
“Some imbedded shells look precisely = enalk fossils. It
contained, according to Professor Silliman, 92°80 per cent. of
carbonate of lime, 2°38 of carbonate of © smarts besides some
a, iitile of iron, silica, &e.
“The locality is situated on the shores, quite above ihc aceoars
level, near the foot of Diamond Hill. This hill is an extin ct tufa
<— nearly 700 feet in height, rising from the water's dee: and
ts origin it must have been partly ——— li is one of
the lateral cones of Eastern Oahu, and was thrown up at the
90 ON THE OCCURRENCE OF CHALK
time of an eruption ates a fissure, the lava of which appears
at the base. There was some coral on the shores when the erup-
tion took place, ur evident from imbedded fragments in the
; but = hs nai — chalk wen to have wate
« The fine earthy texture of the material is evidence that the
deposit was not a subaerial sea-shore accumulation, since wr
sandstones and conglomerates, with rare cicnanel of more
- pact rocks, are thus formed. Sand-rock making is the pectic
prerogative, the world over, of shores exposed to ae or strong
urrents, either of marine or of fresh water. We sh infer,
ae a “that the san se ra was produced dithers in a con-
d area, into which the fine materi ach may have
agen cy of fire in the result cannot “a oved, it is b ean
improbable, from the — of the mp of chalk, that a one
have been a hot sprig at the spot occupied by it.
“That there was se peculiar cineumstances distinguishing
this from other parts of the reef is evi
is, if a true conclusion, is to he. however, only as
one method by which chalk may be made ; for there is no reason
microsco
Sissies, or of anything distinct “ organic, in the sere
The entire absence of any remains of foraminifera must, I
venture to think, neoisieack, destroy any claim for tie! ‘Ozh
limestone to be regarded as chalk proper.
Neither can the Atlantic ooze, rich ‘thoagl it be in coecoliths
and the s vo of foraminifera, be regarded as chalk. It is true
very — one. When conso converted
land, instead of forming a brilliant white chalk a
compact — or ates: slaty limestone may be
e true white o familiar to Englishmen is found over
an area csesileng from the southern part of Sweden ux,
a in round num miles, and again the
Lam, of co gprs nt merely of the soft
white Ii Serene known tically as chalk, wae to the areas
etiam Sen eine ee
a = eS Cee
IN THE NEW BRITAIN GROUP. 91
coe by — sp itech of rocks which are classed with
aelel es are collectively known as the rocks of the
chalk or mr period, from the fact that they contain
certain fossils in common
Rocks belonging to the chalk or eretaceous period have a very
wide distribution, being found in Europe, Asia, Africa, America,
and in Australia from Western Australia to Queensland, and
It may; perhaps, be mentioned as an argument in favour of
the pro ability 0 of the New Ireland limestone being pro i
regard retaceous see that we have cretaceous rocks in
Guschaland as far north as 11° S., and in New Guinea, still
nearer to New Ireland, we “i rocks which undoubtedly hela
to the mesozoic or secondary period, for amongst the geological
ene brought by Signor D’Albertis from the Fly River, and
submi to me for examination, there were belemnites, an
ammonite (this ammonite- bears a very close resemblance to a.
liassic oem) and other fossils, such as carcharadon teeth and ssmne
all of which may or may not belong to the cretaceous age.
It would be by no means a startling thing to find that these
secondary beds had an extension to the New Britain’ group 0
Islands, a distance of only a few hundred miles, which would
comprise an area by no means equal to the extent of country
occupied in Europe by the typical white chalk.
Tt should, however, 4 mentioned that no true white chalk has
yet been found either i in yer or in New ——
%
93
On a Method of Extracting Gold, woe and oceans
Metals from Pyrites
By W. A. Drxoy, F.C.S., Cor. Mem. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 1 August, 1877.]
Some three a since, Mr. Wood, Under pec pers for Mi ines,
suggested to me that the extraction of gold from complex
minerals was a subject well worthy of nae and one
which if brought to a successful issue would be of great value to
metals, that none vo the o nay oe of treatifiont extract
more than a very small proportion of
ing on this suggestion, I obtained some pyrites from
Meneses Reef, Gympie, which in the rough yielded on
analysis
‘Ce oc ee GB per cent.
5 ee eee cee ‘19
Gold... ... ... 802. 8 dwta 2 grs. per ton.
Silver ... ... 32 oz. 9 dwts. 3 grs. per ton.
Another oe sap from the same reef, after being ground
and washed so as to remove as much as possible of the quartz,
which was found to sect to about 60 per cent. of the rough
mineral, gave—
Copper .,. ... 17°02 or pone a woe wee 48°45
Rig 00 nage: wae? DOR on op gest OO
Antimon ver BO Gal ove ok
at and silver .. “22 Sulphide of antimony - «=544
Tro . .«» SLAL Sulphide ofarsenic ... ‘68
Balpbur ... « 37°86 Gold and silver ae
niet coer role esi: ace eae
Arsenic and loss "42
100-00 100°21
Gold .., 12 oz. 10 dwts. 0 grs.
Silver... 62 oz. 9 dwis. 16 crs, | Per ton.
G
O94 ON A METHOD OF EXTRACTING GOLD, SILVER,
I bad also a small lot of copper pyrites from this Colony con-
taining 24 per cent. of copper, and gold equal to 78 oz. 8 dwt.,
and silver 4 oz. 2 dwt. 10 grs. per ton; are pyrites con-
taining when thoroughly roasted 11 ozs, 18 dwts. O grs. per ton;
iron pyrites containing when roasted 5 ozs. 6 dwts. 3 grs. gold per
on.
As much attention has been given, by others more conversant
than myself with mechanical manipulation, to the extraction of
presence of heavy spar, &., or of tenacity from the presence of
clay, seriously ‘reduce the yield of precious metals, consisting in
their case principally of silver; and that nearly all the gold is Tost
in the tailings, with about 15 oz. of mere reury per ton of ore treated.
e loss of silver by amalgamation, he are with ores con-
sidered suitable for that process, has been found to va r-
many from 5 to 10 per cent. of the dcniaaaad quantity.*
With the gue cri ores in Ban igT the ips is 12 per
~ by barrel amalgamation, whilst with pore same ores by pan
‘Att the Port Phi ip Works at Clun r - Latta reports that
the average loss of gold by amalgamation of seven
years was 6 O grs. per ton, the highest ie being 7 dwts.
dwts.
15 grs., the lowest 4 dwts. 8 grs., ths pyrites being free or nearly
80 mort ees
and le.
Le treatment by fasion it is found at cosas ges in beta P
dwts
that after repeated fusion slags carry away 1
‘ auriferous silver per ton; and in Lower Sesion by a similar
_ loss is in the slags 1 oz. Po cages - ton, besides a
does not exceed 65 per cent. of the assay, which is itself open nto
losses. Acco to many Rage gas experiments, the lo
arsenical pene to more than 50 per cent. The loss ae
aren working on a large scale is less than in laboratory assays.
att’s Dictionary of Chemistry, article 8
+ S.A. Pillip Mining tnd Metallergy ot Gold and Silver.
} Trans. R. Soc., Nsv S.W.
Te Pe en te RE EME BSE NT oe Ret et Se ERED te ETSY
AND OTHER METALS FROM PYRITES. 95
ntage oe assay may ex r cent.; even when the metal-
lurgic method is quite perfect i t as por a met
far from , the difference is still
m
of no p
only give an outline of the a aed ado opted with a few results
ected from i
erous ex
e quantity of material o ested on in all cases was 3,667
—_ from which quantity Poniap reece grain represents re oz. per
"The first process which suggested itself for the extraction of
gold was to take advantage of the solubility of sulphide of gold
in solutions of alkaline sulphide, for if this ay be effected it
would render the roasting of the ores unnece
In 1859, Henderson included in his ange foe the extraction
of copper, a process for extracting gol phide. His -
tions are that the pyrites be fused to pr srt a matt which is to
be fused with two parts of salt cake (crude sulphate of sodium),
and the matt run into pigs. These. placed in water crumble to
ieces ; and the gold is obtained in solution, whence it may be
recov ered by precipitation with an acid.
, ® process was patented in America for the extraction
of mold. by “ sulphur and its wales: - wat of this I have no details.
The _ rst experiments were made by treating portions of each
ore with solution of sulphide of sodium containing a slight
excess of sulphur. The ex eriments were varied in. ‘concentra-
bs
regulus here et in atrah as descri im, bs
two trials, obtain any fer in ogenerg sl i
modified, with oe eS a Blige:
sulphide of sodium npr with ats 7; ie Mi ie
by Satie finely powdered ore to a dull red
=
by Price, who, in January, 1857, patented i ica
for the extraction of gold from its ores by fusing them with
sulphide and lus with aqueous chlorine
* Rivot Ann. Min. [6] vu. 1. Watt's Dict. Chem., Second Supplement, p. 572.
*
?
96 ON A METHOD OF EXTRACTING GOLD, SILVER,
oran acidified hypochlorite. This introduced a source of diffi-
eulty, as the chlorine- would have to convert the sulphide into
ferric sulphate before any gold coul uld be obtained in solution.
_Ziervogel proposed bree — pyrites with chlorine, and
process was us
This process was esr nana in the United States by
G. F. Deetken, in 1863, and has been used with tolerably satis-
factory cee in California in two establishments. The process
is there carried out as follows :—The concentrated pyrites are
| when sul
am
chlorine gas from a generator is admitted below until it is seen
floating above the material. e tank is then closed, the current
of gas stopped, and the whole left at rest for ten or twelve hours,
when the cover is removed and waterisrun on. This rae the
chloride of gold formed, and the solution is run into earthen-
ware or glass vessels, where the gold is precipitated as a bronze-
black powder by the ‘addition of a ckilie n of ferrous ee
e disadvantage of the chlorine method of extraction is, that
with ores containing copper, the whole of that metal has to be
removed before the chlorine becomes available, and also all the
sulphur which otherwise becomes first sede to sulphuric atid.
With a view to removing ie vel I vote roasted a
quantit “of ore in a mufile, at a rn eat, with constant
sulphate e dried residue was found to contain 1°5 per cent.
of sulphur, and I therefore recalcined the whole for seven hours
longer, and extracted the copp efore, when the sulphur
was fonnd to be reduced to 046 per cent. A similar result was
obtain in successive trials, and as this amount of sulphur
would require as much chlorine, as upwards of 3,300 ozs. of gold
per ton, a more perfect method of getting rid of it was evidently
required.
Another portion of ore was therefore partially calcined, cooled,
and damped with tine and the whole again calcined until fumes
were no longer ev
e residue ennad with water and acid as before was found
to contain. 0:12 per cent. of sulphur and traces only of co copper.
*
- »
RE Re ee ee lt rae a Pion
Bo Re Se eee Ne AE ene ST OS eae En eee See Pee eee ce? ae ae, ee re ae
‘
ACT ETE Ons ee ov Sef eee
Ape Pes ae ee eT
eee
Pee ee eee ae ee ore ee
ee ee eee aT MAE
Es
i:
ee
a Rk a
AND OTHER METALS FROM PYRITES. 97
On assaying a portion of the residue, it was found to contain—
Gold... .... 3 oz. 14 dwt. 8 grs. per ton.
Silver...) ... SO on 18 dw 14pm _
A portion was gr Zap with mercury and sufficient water to
make it of the sonicabeninb of thick cream, in which the mereury
was well broken up for an hour, and afterwards carefully washed,
‘the tailings being gone over as often as any mercury was fo und.
This yielded—
Gold ...l oz. Odwt. 5 grs. leaving 2 oz. 14 dwt. 3 grs.
Silver...6 oz. 16 dwt. 10 grs. ,, 33 0z. 2 dwt. dgrs,
_ Another portion, shaken up with a solution of salt and pieces
of iron to decompose the chloride of silver, and the residue
ground up as before, yielded—
Gold ... 1 oz. 1 dwt. V4 leaving 2 oz. 15 dwt. 8 grs.
Silver... 34 oz. 3 dwt. 5 grs. , 5 oz. 15 dwt. 9 grs.
These results showing that even after Ay almost complete
removal of sulphur, or at all events what would be considered
complete on the large scale, the ee ae of the gold present —
was untouched by the mercury, I to examine the
effect of chlorine, of which I a aoe following as typical
results :
A marten treated with chlorine gas exactly as above described
7 sign recipitated— ielded 1 oz. , leaving 2 ozs. 14 dwts. 8 grs.
iat beat ue was ee hur
rtion mixed with brine and the same quantity of re- agents
as above and otherwise rainy | paca yielded Page” 1 oz. 2 dwts,
5 grs., pate 2 ozs. 12d y iagsee
water containing } oz. a of se the solution
acidified and treated with sulphureted hydrogen, gave—
ozs. dwts. =
Gold . ul vie ee. ee
Silver .. , 22 «14> 19
Roasted ‘lide vale coisa with hypochlorite of caleium
and sulphuric acid as above gave—-gold 11 ozs. 15 dwts. 5 grs.,
“The — last results show that with vongend le pyrites the
with hypochlorite and acid gives very oy ee are sults, and
this ie a process rath aang troublesome ‘ipparatus it might
be sometimes applied wit:
98 ON A METHOD OF EXTRACTING GOLD, SILVER,
Tt is difficult to account for the fact, that in the case of the
in chlorine, and that as a mispickel dissolves gold, it was there-
fore obtained in the residue in a finely divided ate less so in
the iron pyrites resid, and tout divided in the complex ore.
In the last, mere traces of gold were ear by retraaiitig the
residues from the first hess haath by chlorine.
to render their use possible for its extraction are the auricyanides
of the alkali metals and bromide of gold. romine wild ow-
A expensive and more troublesome to use than
chlorine, and m in one or two trials gaye me smaller
with tincture of iodine. . I have been unable to obtain any reaction
either with tincture of iodine or with solution of iodine in iodide
of potassium, which, considering the oo e character of the
id iodi ly to be w
ere
gration and Bilnevt have observed that precipitated
gold is pobabies in om fee of potassium if ex to t a! air, ‘ au nud
i use for this On eau the reaction rae a pre-
cipitated gold and cyanide of potassium, I found that it was
extremely slow if the gold was at all dense. In presence of
ae of 7a aoe or binoxide of manganese, all the po was
dissolved ; with chromate of pote assium, a small ee with
acco ing to the e uation—
4Au + 2K,FeCy, + 70+ 40,0 = sandy + FeO; + ene
* Chem. News, xx1I, 245. + Watt’s Dict.: Cyanides of Gold. .
ia ae ees ho ee ees
~
SO Saat ne Ie iG Ree ET
ree
AND OTHER METALS FROM PYRITES. 99
coon none of the above pesca agents had any ae
ciently rapid, and fat ie that this was also the it
permanganate. 4 ang ay to be of considerable value,
as the gold and a at oth be obtained in solution, from
which the former could be 0 3a by filtering the hot solu-
tion through finely divided meta i
quantity would be dissolved, which, with the silver originall
however, that copper in any form gore: 27807 both ad aad
silver from the solution, or at all events that thes > meulane were
not dissolved until the copper all gone into aleliand also,
that if the copper w ut as sulphide, the pats! was trans-
rmed into sulphide Eee is insoluble. copper dissol =
tion being kept a
po ortion of suigints arsenical pyrites was digested at 212° for
twelve hours with } oz.ferrocyanide of potassium, 32 grs. oxide of
manganese (20 lbs. per ton), and sufficient water
soda to aks a cream—the solution gees 9 ozs. = dwts. 19 grs.
gold per ton, leaving 1 oz. 9 dwts. 15 grs. This was the best
result obtained with this pate Fe Fe yield with. spake oxidizing
agents and by more prolonged digestion being all somewhat lower.
With Mariner’s Reef pyrites trials were made with each
oxidizing agent in succession, the duration of the digestion
; s a ” ; ;
thirty-five to forty times the theoretical quanti ve the best
ts. The nai Ste used had been sonated ih h salt and
extracted with acid, and Pea so little copper that 50 ham
ms pas with nitric acid, the solution made alkaline by amm
and made up to 50 wes had pr a = faint colouration in a atindae:
3 inches deep. It contained—
ozs. dwts. grs.
Gold . ace Bei es G° 49
Silver ... ale ies wan ae Ak &..
100 ON A METHOD OF EXTRACTING GOLD, SILVER,
and yielded from 3 ozs. 12 dwts. to 5 ozs. 1 dwt. of gold, and from
46 ozs. to 46 ozs. 3 dwts. of silver per ton. This showed that all
a portion only could be obtained in solution either in mercury or
in water as cyanide or chloride, whilst none could be obtained as
sulphide.
There being therefore no method by which the precious metals
could be removed and the base metals left, it remained to fall
back on one of the first principles of metallurgy, viz., to remove the
base metals at the earliest stage possible, and leave the precious
metals as a residue. In ordinary metallurgic operations this
end is attained by dressing and successive smeltings. I however
arrived at the conclusion ‘that s melting was not a desirable pro-
we consider that glass will hold a large amount of gold in solu-
tion. ce calculating from the quantity of gold used to form
which is perfectly colourless when first melted, I find
that it iectiaion 10°88 oz. of gold per ton, imitation topaz 8:21 o7. .
d 18a 3
in e above numbers, f chloride of gold—an
t being added at the same ti elting
operations the ferric oxide would act as an oxidiz ent, and
in
n once in solution it seems improbable that a, practicable
amount of smelting in presence of other metals would reduce
and collect all the gold.
Thinking, einen that in spite of these objections a process of
smelting was the only one which was likely to be successful, [
my attention to the removal*of the copper, so that I
might obtain it separate from the gold and silver. Although
xtraction processes it
RE ae ON a IS al Oe MES RE eg Sees OEE RIP SOR, eRe aiden Ie Sea ee aes Eee
Se Ba 2 gl
AND OTHER METALS FROM PYRITES. 101
other method ; but there salt costs from 10s. to 15s. per ton,
whilst here it is seldom —e than £3. There scrap iron is cheap,
here if consumed in any quantity it would be very expensive, .
whilst inland carriage oe d immensely add to the cost of both.
Again, in Great Britain the sulphur m the ores being for
the manufacture of sulphuric acid, pays the whole or the
greater part of the mining and carriage and the whole cost of
the preliminary ste 8 a and sone ing, oeware! the residual
oxide of iron free from copper and sulphur nearly of the value
of hematite for fettling puddling furnaces ; hide both would be
ueless.
With regard to Claudet’s process for extracting the small
aman of gold and silver obtained in solution —— with the
ipi ry small cont
ictorian etnies appointed to inquire into the treatment of
pyrites, and others, I may note that this is only the additional
cost of extracting those metals beyond that incurred in ex
ing the copper. It is only applicable to ores scviisibtials minute
quantities of gold, and besides it is requisite that the whole of
the copper be in solution as cupric chloride, as otherwise cuprous
iodide is precipitated. As the formation of cupric chloride
involves the use of more salt and its precipitation of more iron
than cuprous chloride, the process has been abandoned in many
ere where tried.
As the Soenaatidn of sulphate of copper during the calcination
S) a is — to take place in two stages, oe by
equa
uS. + 30 = CuO. + ~~ and
3Cu O. + S80,— CuSO OFC
I tried whether the addition of successive tet of raw ore
would not gradually convert the greater part of the copper into
A ;
PY: _ :
sa a : this was then dried, and the copper present as oxide was
dissolved by dilute hydrochloric acid, and its amount determined.
ee ual to salts r cen ton copper.
vasa
sweet at a dull-red heat oe a small muffle, which took about an
= recreate glee ead opoe inder was again in made up to
es grs. with nvr , 40 grs. raw pyrites — and
4
102 ON A METHOD OF EXTRACTING GOLD, SILVER,
I then calcined 400 grs. of pyrites, mixed the residue with
200 grs..of raw ore and again calcined, then added 100 grs. of
raw ore, and continued the operation until fumes were no longer
evolved, when the residue was found to contain 6°46 per cent. of
ras oxide. This process was therefore of no value; but I
noticed that after each addition of pyrites considerable e quantities
of white vapours were evolved, and as the ore contained but little
arsenic this could only arise from ‘te formation of sulphuric
. anhydride. I therefore proceeded to determine how much sul-
phuric acid could be obtained by calcining a mixture of raw
pyrites and roasted residue
A combustion tube was fitted with a 5 smaller tube lea ding
through water in a Woolfe’s bottle, the second neck of which
was connected with an aspirator, and mixtures of raw and roaste
pyrites were heated to a dull-red in the combustion tube, a
current of air being maintained through the whole apparatus,
this
the ore “occasionally oo with a be 7a wire. In
n
me a acid was determined in pales —
pe a ue pare. bs ium sulphate... 365 grs.
er gave barium sulphate 35° BB. 55
cael on the 100 grs. used, this gave—
Sulphuric acid in residue = 8°68 sulphur.
vi an water — =19'86 “eo
Total... 98°5: 54 sulphur.
Similarly, — grs., with 20 om residue oul
piers poe, barium sulphate - ... 31°69 grs.
2s, ON OD »
which eis on 100; grs, u used wan ve—
Sulphuric acid in eee = — 70 lee
9-00
” ”
Total... 27°70 70 sulphur.
ucing the roasted ore to 15 grs., a smaller return was
On red
obtained ; but these results anak that by. proper management ©
nearly three-fourths of the saber pr resent in the ore could be
‘
Be
sy
Sede ae ee A LS Ce Te cee ae oe ne
.
AND OTHER METALS FROM PYRITES. 108
obtained as sulphuric acid, sone in the free state or in combina-
tion with copper and iron—this quantity is nearly sufficient to
dissolve both a copper and on the latter as ferrous sulphate,
the theoretical quantity required with the ore Pap vet on Need
29°6 r ; ul ed i se Bere
and opened at once a prospect of the <n of the Span
resu
t.
As it was ig es that such a result would not be attained on
ge scal eeded aq
large scale, I proceeded to examine the action of aqueous
sulph a ‘Moaod that by treating ore calcined at a
low temperature therewith, a considerable quantity of ate
8 ned in solution along with the sulphate of
orm the process now presented itself in, was, to calcine
the ore at a low temperature and extract the sulphates of copper
and iron formed with the mixed sulphurous and sulphuric acids
formed during the roasting, then to reduce all the iron to the
metallic state and remove it in the same manner, when the gold,
metallic state, and to obtain the sia from solution.
The reduction of the iron was necessary, because the Ti al
acid obtained would be too dilute to ra on the ferric oxide, an
divided carbon was deposited amongst the iron, which rend
wetting it difficult, and the powder was very pyrop
TL 5 finely ground carbon at a low-red heat, I aah
ould be so managed as to obtain the iron as a metallic powder
which was mere attacked.
For the removal of ‘hee copper from solution the use of metallic
iron had to be abandoned, on account of the quantity required to
precipitate it from its solution as sulphate, which on the large
seale is found to be about three times the q sored of the copper
precipitated. As it would be advantageous to recover some of
the sulphuric acid, the use of sulphuretted bh pas rogen presented
itself, but after repeated trials the exceeding t bulk of the pre-
cipitate presented an obstacle which on an erable scale
would be insuperable, and has indeed been site to be so where
tried.
104 ON A METHOD OF EXTRACTING GOLD, SILVER,
copper left was ouly 0°12 per cent. Practically, therefore, it was
possible to remove all the copper in such
in tals without increasing the bulk of the fluid, so that no
evaporation would be require
The mixed crystals of sulphate of copper and sulphate of iron
evolve on calcination large quantities of sulphurous and sulphuric
anhydri i
per wat
a tra tube, and dripping from tray to tray flowed off through
a pipe at the bottom, whilst steam was admitted at the bottom m
sufficient quantity to keep the lower half of the tower warm.
alf a
poun g cined, the copper and sulphate
of iron was extracted with water containing sulph and
aci residue was reduced with carbon at @
dull-red and the metallic powder being spread on the
half-pound, the residue from which was treated as before, and to
the gases from the third and so on, until the whole was operated
dilute sulphuric acid, my parcel o
whole of the soluble matter was then extracted with water,
hich
t
sb Sgr A hag Ri as eS ER oe en - h ine:
AND OTHER METALS FROM PYRITES. _ 105
tray, an and t the copper ext
by "lute a are oe The dried residue weighed 21} ozs.,
ith some oxide of iron and a little carbonate
of sce and carbon gave a brittle button weighing 5$ ozs. To
remove the antimony, as being the most convenient for laboratory,
use, this button was fused with carbonate of sodium and nitrate
n,
mate of sodium gave a button weighing 158-65
cupel bottom was ground up and fused with sodium carbonate,
and charcoal, when it gave a butten of lead weighing 2 oz
The mother liquors from the sulphate of copper eis were
evaporated to dryness (this evaporation was necessary in the
when the oxides cath added and metallic copper rine ei whieh
with a prill obtained on cane the slags Sea
be on a large scale. ere are good working methods for
smelting out the lead and antimony with the gold ; and silver, and
for separating these metals, which I need not detail.
agra of sulphate of iron extracted from the roasted pyrites
the use of sulphurous acid would give on calcination more
ro enough sulphuris acid to extract the oxide of copper formed,
The average quantity of sulphate of iron obtained trom this ore
was about one-half the weight of the sulphate of copper produced.
To conclude, the yields obtained from 12 lbs., as compared
with those shown by analysis and assay, were—
Analysis.
ik “aaa ‘02 per cent. re 5 per ehh:
Lease ivcict ) i: ae
Antimony... 39 _,, , Not recovered.
Silver ......620zs. 9dwts.18grs. 61 ozs. 13 dwis. 22°7 gers.
Gold: 25) 12 ozs. 10 dwts. 0 grs. 14 ozs. 11 dwts. 23°2 grs.
106 ON A METHOD OF EXTRACTING GOLD, SILVER,
These numbers are very satisfactory; and, although it is
scarcely to be expected that the results would be equally satis-
factory working ona large scale, it seems more than probable
that returns better than those by any other process would
obtained.
Whilst experimenting on the removal of copper from solution,
I found that this could be conveniently done by filtering the
slightly acid aciatibth through ground matt obtained from the
same ore by simple melting. This method of separating —
from solution may be of advantage in treating poor copper 0
superabundant ts of P acid, would be Fg "N Scithe er of these
containing more or less sulphide of copper; and by diene
through a bed of this matt the solution of sulphate of ree
cent. to 33 per cent., aaa therefore to cepper pyrites,
which contains 34°6 per cent. of copper. cs om this residue
refined or er could ey rads e in thres operatio
This method of treatment, as well as ges one pation, a
for the Seaton of the various metals, have in common with
ordinary copper smelting the advantage. that no materials cies
thou or iby the ore are required, with the exception of fuel,
water,
ore p: e lite:
end the erushed ore ma = washed when any ny Sener
contained in the quartz may be recovered by amalgamation,
\
A Peer: 25200 Liha eal
be TS, eae hae ae a Ree SF eae pra
=
AND OTHER METALS FROM PYRITES. 107
or in a cases the ore may be subjected to a pre-
liminary smelting. The method of getting rid of the quartz must
depend i on the price of labour, fuel, &c., and the compo-
sition of the ore. I have found, on the one ‘hand, t that re all
req ac t the p
absence a copper ; 2nd, the proportion ope pei and 3rd, the
presence or absence of: lea d.
To begin with the simplest case, viz., with pyrites free fro
copper. The apparatus required consists of—1l, a roaster, ms
ar pyri
2, a reverbatory fu ,F; 3, senic flue,B (if the tes
nical) ; 4, a leaden combination ,c; 5, a
condensing tower, D; 6, a series of lixiviating tanks rs
t is best to constru e f oaster, arsenic flue, convert-
ing chamber, and tower in one line, so that the waste heat from
the reverberatory furnace heats the sole of the Se tesees§ and con-
verting ¢ er. The reverberatory furnace is constructed in
the usual manner, but the sole is made simply of brick, and fiat,
with an opening in the centre or side, f, through which the charge
may be raked out into an iron hopper waggon, G. ie roaster,
A,is built as a muffle, with a sole of brick, or cast-iron plies laid
at a slight incline, to facilitate the transference of the charges.
At the lower end there is a depression of about six inches, forming
a , E, which extends half-way er the rever ory furnace
and has ‘an opening, which can be ¢ with a slide, through
which the contents of the recess may he at once Saas tee to
the furnace. At the end of the roaster is an arsenic flue if
required. Farther on is the combination chamber, built of sheet
pebbles. ported on iron bars a
space for cis entry of the gases evolved in the roaster. Sur-
108 ON A METHOD OF EXTRACTING GOLD, SILVER,
seen the coke is a em sheet of lead, with suitable
of the residual gases, which may be con-
a pipe to the chimney. On the perforated lead plate
1
The roaster should have two or three small fire place s at in-
tervals underneath the sole, to get it to a working Sat which
may be closed when this is attained, the flame from the reverber-
atory furnace, mixed with a sufficient quantity of air through
— in the flue, then supplying sufficient hea
easter sole being heated to a dull-red hest, 2 ewt. of
a one an nd a half inches ore soon becomes
The last is condensed in the arsenic flue, and the two former pass
through the combination chamber to the eee tower, and
are there absorbed by the descending water.
In an hour’s time the charge is pry two feet to the left, and
a second charge of the mixture is placed in the space cleared. At
the end of another hour the first charge is moved two feet to the
left, the second to the space cleared, and a third is introduced,
roaster is covered. The upper part of the roaster should be at a
very dull red heat, whilst pas aioe si gga be sufficiently hot to
charcoal dust, or other pretences matter is now spre vand
the calcined residue from the first charge is turned over on. top
of it, each charge in the roaster is moved downwards, and a
fresh charge of mixture sithodaieeth In another hour a similar
quantity of carbon is eon on top of — charge in the recess,
and the second charge is turned over on top, and so on until
= successive iietaes “of roasted vette and edrbon are in the
rec
The contents of the recess are then transferred to the gle
. s e
=
tien
AND OTHER METALS FROM PYRITES. 109
so low as to prevent the reduced iron from agglutinating into
masses.. At the end.of eight hours the reduced metal i is with-
n
o
od
@
ag
o
é
3
@
rent acce 3
The furnace i is again charged from the recess, ‘which has sac
while been fi
When the aes is cool enough to be handled, the contents
are rapidly transferred to a vessel containing water, st by
placing = gig over her vessel and withdrawing aslide in
: a pene as at once to thordashig wet me cool the
in the upper s of the combination r, over Naik
water from the condenser, charged wi sulphurous and sulphuric
acids, is flo e hour the charge is moved to the second
ge, and a nd charge is intro , and so on iit in eight
chamber is filled, and that furnace charge exhausted
m ra on. by the acids, and converted into
sulphate, sulphite, and hyposulphite of iron, but by the combined
the first largely predominates. The ee on the shoo bee
which removes sulphate of iron (also zine, nickel, and cobalt if
present), and leaves a residue containing the go = silver,
mixed with quartz, excess of -ecarbon, and free sulphu
uartz
otherwise. Ifthe extraction o the sulphate of iron is effected
with boiling water, <7 the liquor run into coolers, that salt may
marketabl
calcined at a dull-red heat yield a fine red oxide of iron suitable
for painting, and sulphuric acid which may be condensed.
If the ores contain copper in oie ae rtion hips leg e roast
ing, reduction, and solution of the iron are conducted reecionly
from. The « copper is then found in the residue principally as.
sulphide. This residue is — a dull-red heat, sat th
re)
densation of ‘the gases being conducted as before. The well-
roasted ore is withdrawn from the furnace and cooled. The
H
sil ON A METHOD OF EXTRACTING GOLD, SILVER,
solution of sulphate of copper from the coolers, which is made
boiling hot in a leaden or copper boiler, until the specific gravity
of the ovine 3 and escaping solutions is the same. ole
iquors are run into wooden ouelens where coven
d. n t
or so above the solid contents, and 12 inches of water are ©
dourtinaisd from below until the water is only an inch above the
solid contents, when a s d wash is run on, and in the same
manner a third = necessary. The copper liquors are run to the
coolers as long as they mark above 20° of Twaddel, below that
strength diag are to aseparate tank to be used for the first
wash of another
Ifthe ore contains phen, a little is found in solution in the
of copper, before oe rs eg lag to the coolers. The silver
is recovered from time to time by roastin a the precipitate, ex-
ver.
‘The residue in the lixiviating tanks is drained, dried, mixed
with one-fourth of its weight of carbon, reduced, and oblierwins
treated as above described, to obtain ‘the gold and remaining
silver.
The re eae of sulphates of copper and iron in the coolers are
removed from time to time, drained and dried. One ton of the
“od :
c s is charged into the muffle fu fig. 2, B, and
the posed to a full cherry-red heat, so as to convert the
whole of the sulphates into oxides e urous and
e acids are condensed, and used for extracting roasted ore.
When vapours are no longer evolved the calcined residue is
removed from the muffle. A similar charge of dried sulphate is
heated in the muffle furnace at c to a dull-red, so as to convert
the sulphate of iron into. Hew and when fumes are no longer
evolved the Se ead is raked out, mixed with 2} ewt. of coal or
charcoal dust — =< into the reverberatory furnace, A,
7
ucting the copper by Seatnass liquor, and melting the residual
AND OTHER METALS FROM PYRITES. ee 2
where it is mien. a 8 hon boiling — gases are evolved
si viet eases the oxides from
B are added 0 ge charge, and oh cae = haa continued until
the whole is in a tranquil fusion, when the slags are raked off
and ee rough copper run into moul
e ore contains lead it is found i in the residue containing
— go and silver ; and if pre sufficient quantity the
be smelted, and hs pry and silver recovered by
cu
cupliati not aoa | in sufficient quantity to smelt, but still so much
as to interfere wit e amalgamation, the residue is roasted,
may be Ji age : pales of lead in caustic soda is
mixed with sawdust or caslien, evaporated to dryness, heated
strongly, and the chetsciiadi of soda dissolved out with water,
‘and again rendered caustic by lime, when the lead remains as an
insoluble residue mixed with carbon.
The advantages of this Pa of treatment are, that the
sulphides are entirely ggt rid of, whilst if through inattention
in the roasting some sulphides remain, only the small proportion
so has escaped requires to be re-roasted, instead of the whole
eas is usually thé case. In the ernie in of copper:
obtain
for use wherever the ores are fou
[One diagram.]
(To accompany) Paper Yn a Method of extracting Gold, Silver, and other Metu/s,from Pyrites,
hy WA. Discon, F CUS, de)
ed ea
A
‘I
Fre 2:
PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHED AT THE GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE,
SYONEY, NEW SOUTH WALES.
eatin etneeis
ee ee
113
Paleontological Evidence of Australian Tertiary
ormations.
By the Rev. J. E. Textson-Woops, F.GS., F.L.S., Hon. Mem.”
R. Soc., N.S.W., Tasmania, Victoria, Linn. Soc., N.S.W., &e.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W.,5 September, 1877.]
Art arecent meeting of this Society I read a paper on “Australian
Tertiary Geology,” on which I proposed to prepare at some future
I do not mean to say that I have been able to arrive at any very
definite conclusion on the subject, for a comparatively certain or
rmanent conclusion may be very distant from us; but I think
imperfect, yet I think, upon consideration, that the imperfection
of this knowledge has been exaggerated. We do know a great
a, the Ec’
are
inquire into the relations of those fossils which have no living or
114 PALHONTOLOGICAL EVIDENCE OF
fossil representatives elsewhere. This inquiry means, Where do
we find anything /éke our fossils? The solution of these questions,
as far as our knowle ge goes, will materially help to clear the
ground of at least some of the obscurity which at present rests
upon it.
But, before I do this, I must define what I mean by our Ter-
and unquestionable. I mean only the great Tertiary formation
which extends, with the interruptions T have a ready described,
from the river ‘Murray to Gipps Land, and from Tasmania some
distance inland in South Australia. In this formation there are
by European geologists ; but the Pliocene of Italy, the Miocene
of Vienna, Touraine, and Malta, and the Eocene of Paris and
London, not more widely separated than the Murray and
Tasmanian beds the Muddy Creek, Western Port, Onkaparinga,
pase ~~ ian Bight. I shall deal principally with the Tertiary
e represented in Victoria,in the south-eastern dis-
trict f South Australia, and North Tasmania. There are various
cene and Pliocene by geologists in Australia. A succession is
established by the Victorian Geological Survey, and to this I may
say that I adhere: regarding the Tasmanian’ beds as the equiva-
lents of the Muddy Creek a: nd G eelong formations, and regardin;
the Moun Poly.
in this examination; but I may state that it is probable that the
Bight strata are. the equivalents of the Murray cliffs, and I regard
the a formation as lower than anything we have in Victoria
or South Australia.
I now proceed to examine the recént species found as fossils
in our Cainozoic rocks. I may on generally the far greater
a I
caref
histegina vulgaris is very abundant in the Muddy
Seoek. beds, we of rge size. The following were determined
_ * Prof. Tate thinks he has reasons for believing that the ee Gambier °
limestones
are older than the Muddy Creek and Geelong
us *
per ae Wren Ors = Z P
rete ie . ae eth e ie
ee i gg aise cr a Nei i ages emcee 5 SAIS eee = =
AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY FORMATIONS. 115
for me by Professor Rupert Jones, many years ago :—Polymor-
phina lactea, T me agglu tinans, Globigerina bulloides,
Cassidulina oblonga, Resalina.. Bertholetiana, Rotalia ungeriana, R.
sagheagad R. reticulata, R.r ere are no Nummulites
or any of the characteristic es of our Eocene
Turning now to the Polyzoa, we must say in this case en that
a careful examination is wanting. A Retepora, woe nearly allied
to R. monilifera—if not identical with it—is lg aaeuat
Gambier, so is = existing pee sinwosa wire sal), a
Cellepora pumicos . Some of the Escharide Se been
doubtfully ralceed to existing ote ; but it must be remem-
bered that by f larger portio u g Australian
Polyzoa are of families which would aos be destroyed ere
th uld mbed in our rock are jointed wit
horny joints in a single or multiple series vi céile, and these horny
aha would rapidly pein, and thus cause the destruction of the
Membranipore living on our southern coasts, and I have carefully
searched for fossils like them at Mount Gambier, but without
sone. It is, I may say, qui facility
with which the me male es sonoma and the beauty of the
forms to be dealt with, ought to make it equally attractive. As.
far as pai own per extend, I should say that we wed
but a oe ip n still existing of those which were likely.
Sane dn
Patients to the corals, because that is the order which is mat
convenient, for I need hardly state that in point of organi
_ they rank below the Polyzoa, it is singular that, i the Mount
Gambier formation abounds in Polyzoa, Corals a or:
absent. In fact,I can remember none except a ee cast 0 Pla-
cotrochus occasionally. But at Muddy Creek, Geelong, and "Table
Cape, Tasmania, they are numerous. Now the existing forms
n all these localities are only four in number, namely, Fla-
bellum candeanum, F. distinctum, Deltocyathus italicus, "Edw.
Haime, and a new species. of the genus man Splonotenales maa which
a area — ed Sphenotrochus variolaris. .
form Red Sea and off the coast git Japan ;
d * #
ourishing i in Australia in the localities where they are found as
fossils. siete italicus, Edw. and Haime, is another species
il6 PALEONTOLOGICAL EVIDENCE OF
which still Saints, that is to say a variety of it, but in the Carribean
Sea, and it is also found in the Miocene formation of Europe.
proportion, and this let it be remembered only in very remote
and tropical countries, and under totally different conditions, that
is to say, surrounded bya totally different fauna from that which
surrounds them now. We have in Australian seas at present
about thirty forms of céral known as living, but hardly more
than three of them are included in our Tertiary formations.
I will now deal with the Echini of the same beds. We have
seen my work, namely, Echinolampas Gambierensis, eae owed
named LF. cule wm by Laube, an rissiopsis Archéri® - See
Pyeshidinye ‘Philosphica Society, Adelaide, 1865. Out of this
number we have only three living species— Echinanthus testudi-
eee (Gra y. Eohinarachnins parma (Gray), Schizaster ventricosus
"The first species with rather a wide range, being
poke an Indian Disa (Red Sea inclusive) and Pacific species,
. being found mt at California. It is commonly tropical, but not
all UE ]
unco: a ort iy
collections and? specimens, extending over many years, I have
never seen it from the south-west of Australia, or near where it is
er ventricosus 1s said to be Australian, but I have never seen a
' vel | authinntanated specimen from Australia. It is not common iu
New Caledonia and some of the otto islands of = Pacific.
Thus we see, of our three livin s, one is not now Austra-
lian ; and, — the other two, one is not found in thie sane » loeaditien :
and all are more properly tropical species, though they are some-
times found ¢ outside it.
Tring 0
living forms, an seed nearly all with a different habitat. As far as
culus laticostatus (Lamek.), Corbula suleata (Linn.), Cylichna
arachis —, = Gaim), Fissurella concatenata, Crosse, Ancil-
laria mucronata Sby, Liotia lamellosa, mihi, Dentalium lacteuwm, |
Limopsis pron Sassi, Trivia poe Liotia discoidea, Reeve,
Eulima csubulata, Donovan, Syrnola bifasciata, Natica polita,
*Tt appears that there isa ai lous ——— on this fossil, os removes
‘it to eo above named. described it as Hemiaster.
ae
AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY FORMATIONS. LIZ
mihi. Of these, Fissurella concatenata, Natica polita, Cylichna
arachis, Liotia discoidea, LL. lamellosa, and Syrnola bifasciata,
ti are found living on vy e east coast ior Australia, and
t they are not
Beicheri at immense Stes! off the Cane of Go od ope, ectun-
culus laticostatus in New Zealand, but both the latter are found
in St. Vineent’s Gulf and N. Tastnsmnia: We see thus that the
was not described from a fossil. I have never seen a living
specimen
On the whole then, the living species are not eight per cent.
of the actual number described. We have about 120 described
mollusea (including Brachipoda), nearly thirty Echinoderms,
about forty Corals, and say twenty Polyzoa. But of the sethere
are not twelve in existence. This according to European
oe would place our eomerees and Muddy Creek beds on
Pp Ww.
occurs in the Miocene of Europe, Conotrochus M‘Coyi in the ae
Pliocene of Sicily, and Balanophyllia = Mickelotio, i in the
iocene of Tortonia. Few of our urchins und among the
fossils of other formations besides those which still e exist, as I ‘sha
show furtheron. Echinarachnius parma was found by
ina Tertiary deposit at Patagonia, a age has not bees ate.
mined, Among the mollusca there is scarcely any identity or at
least no hae a satisfactory identity with extinet species in ot
deposits.* ‘At first sight many of our fossils have been referr ed
to forms found in Tertiary deposits of Europe and America, but
* Limopsis aurita, Sassi, is not uncommon in our lowest beds. L. insolita,
Sip tad Masons tes aneundina' $6 —
.
.
them to be regarded as distinct. In nearly every case these
: “* There are two species of Pleurotomaria still living in the West Indies. —
118 PALEONTOLOGICAL EVIDENCE OF
in the end sufficient py rie have been perceived to cause
— eagage nag ay een ae rail nown Miocene or Eocene
forms. We may however take what Professor M‘Coy has called
the “ wifestians Y of our Volutes in the oldest of our Tertiary
rocks as instances of at least quasi-identity. with well-known .
Eocene forms ‘of Europe. Some of our fossil Brachiopoda are
extremely like described species from the Malta ra but we
have the very best authority, that of Mr. Davidson, for eguring
them as distinct. Prof. Tate thinks that the Brachiopoda hav
no affinity with Wes Italian forms, though there is a Similitade
in some species. He looks upon them as unique in facies.
aus Unless we estimate this beforehand, we might be ,
d a gln as znd heal age of our cme Tertiar fauna. eine
need not dwell upon the evidence of our existing fauna, which
is familiar to every naturalist ; still I may say that it has been
somewhat overstated. In the marine fauna it is slight; in the
mene I know of nothing except our possessing some species of
ese are, however, very distinct from the Secondary °
eater ih the Tertiary beds we have three species. Two are
pase our ott a * trifling particulars (TL. acuticostata,
,
AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY FORMATIONS. 119
eebiay our Tertiaries and beds in. Europe whose ‘icine is “aii
Speaking of the corals generally, we have more affinitie
Miocene forms than Pras other formation; but afew atin s rm
common to ee Eocene and Miocene formations. We have no
y Eocene forms var as Turbinolia, which are found in
Foestis dis both of Europe and America; neither have we
in: ristic fossils
seldom been found, as far as I am nih ibis the.
shall shortly describe in the Transactions of this Society some few
very characteristic Eocene genera of America, Cerato-
trochus (C. fenestrata), which is both Miocene and Riana as it is
th American and European. The commonest of our corals in
the Muddy Creek is undoubtedly Deltocyathus viola, Woods and
Duncan ; and of this Professor Duncan says it a greater
resemblance, as far as shape is concerned, to the Plewrocyathi of
the German Pnessanoral butit is a true Caryophyllia,* an * an a there-
C. oarcath whos osis ce will shia appear in a monograph
of our living A which I am preparing for
ean Society of New South Wales. No other species has
found in our fossil deposits, though the individ are very
abundant, which is an us fact, and one not in keeping
with the evolution theo The s best represented in the
eory. genus
number of species, and probably in individuals as well, is Balano-
phyllia, “ Procs.? says Professor Duncan, “give a very . Falun-
% * have placed this in another genus (Deltocyatins) as it departs in many
important details from Caryophyllia.
120 PALEONTOLOGICAL EVIDENCE OF
nian and Crag facies to the Australian corals as a whole, we RT
here are no recent species in the seas around.” But Id
think that we are quite without the recent species, as far as a can
judge from an examination of many undescribed forms in the
ot mistaken, in the Macleayan museum, from the East coast
furth can adds—* Forming a large proportion
of the fossil fauna, the Balanophyllie stamps the deposits with a
definite character gards the at which they occurred,
and this is rendered almost certain by the bathymetrical dispo-
sition of the genera Caryophyllia, F oe © Zao Spheno
trochus, and Amphihe lia ‘alun
tain vast quantities of Balanophyllia (not Oe ee a Plabellom,
a Sphenotrochus, and there, as in the Australian Tertiaries, every
gradation of sea depth, from the abyss to low spring tide mark, is
represented by species.” (Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., 1870, p. 310.)
With reference to this I must remark that our corals have
been collected from beds widely apart, and evidently —
under different conditions. That where Caryophyllie, Spheno-
trochi, and Flabellum occur we have few or no Balanophyllig.
ania. But we ha
remarkable species of branching or ree ef-form ming corals; all the
others oo being solitary, turbinate, and for the most of
the genera free. Such forms as Dendro phyllia, magico and
Phtnactrc, make their appearance in Wantieti a icative,
eer These — no doubt, grow in a sea sof a.
: 0 cks.
Dune., Q. Jour. Geo. Soc., rele p. 343.) Both these genera 5 had,
AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY FORMATIONS. 121
minated in the Miocene period, while Thamnastrea became ra
r died qut in the Eocene. I have lately discovered a hithane
Mosaic form in eee, “ which I believe no re Ter-
tiary species has been hithert
alliances and a genus with no living form, except one in Batavia,
and of which a specimen was lately brought down rts Darnle ey
Island by the Chevert Expedition, and is now in the Macle eay
us is well represented in the West In
Miocene, and in the Sindhian, Travancore, and Arabian Miocene.
It is not at all uncommon in the Bri ghton beds, but there is no
other o and it has no living or fossil representative in these
latitudes
The coast ae of our sae ware Tertiary corals is there-
fore That Ter iary; between Eocene and Miocene, with strong
= g
to the locality in whic they occur, we should find that the Eocene
forms predominate in the Tasmanian, Muddy Creek, and Schnap-
per Point formations, while the Miocene forms are more common
in the beds at Spring Creek, sixteen miles south of Geelong, and
Portland Bay, Western Vi ctoria.
With regard to the Echini, a very interesting paper has care 2
appeared on the subject from Professor Duncan (Quarterl ly
Journal Geological Society, 1877, p. 42.) He says that this
order, as represented in our rocks, “is very remarkable as a fossil
a
presented gate the genera Cat atopy 28, Holaster, Micraster, and a
hyncopygus, with the Ananchytic looking apex.” He adds, “that
the general facies of the whole is older than is eae by the
geological position.” (p. 68.) I cannot well understand what
is meant by the “geological position,” for thats is at prepare
undecided. It must a Pipe me on. the one hand, tha
wd in our seis aun = se sabigg all ied fy aa
and the epeciee of the same fete BRE are Sonal is very mark
re is a ve eat difference between our living nea
elongata and the fossil ZL. Forbesii. But I have strong reasons
for believing that L. Forbesii possesses a true peripetalous fasciole,
in which case it would be a Breynia, and sage closely allied to our
living Breynia Australasie, Gray. Mavetia anomala,* Duncan, is
* Professor Duncan mentions this genus as West Indian, but this is pro-.
bably a misprint for East Indian Islands.
122 PALEONTOLOGICAL EVIDENCE OF
which is retained in the genus in spite of its having a
lateral fasciole, but this does violence to the classification, to some
extent.
ac
coast. The species is a variable one, the specimens at Port Jack-
son are smaller, paler in colour, and with much more salient and
conspicuous large spines, so that I think we may consider Pro-
fessor Duncan’s species as perhaps a variety. It was found at
= eee yea the Sherbrook River in W. Victoria, very far
moved from the present habitat. Monostychia Australis. is
pr of the forms closely allied to the existing Arachnoides, of
which two other species are described by Professor Duncan. T
must b rdin.
i
o
reproductive system and on the position of the periproct. With
regard to this I may say that since seeing Professor Laube’s mono-
graph ave examined forty or specimens of Arachnoides
placenta from various localities. I find it a very variable species.
The position of the periproct is the most uncertain feature. It is
very infra-marginal and marginal. Psammechinus Woodsii, Laube,
is said to be a form closely allied to our Echinus magellanicus, of
which Agassiz states that he received two specimens from Austra-
ato by m
very considerably from £. sami Sana which is a com-
mon living form on the east coast, especially at Port Jackson.
Leiocidaris Australie is a representative of Dorocidaris papillata,
which is of world-wide sar ose ng =a T am not aware that it
ever been found in Australian
Altogether the facies of our pitied: is somewhat recent,
and in some respects related to past periods of the earth’s history.
tion to the recent fauna, with only one or at most two exceptions,
is to oo of remote localities in Australia and of much
warmer
I shall ave to deal more generally with the mollusea in treating
of their alliances. asten in ee first lace to correct an erro-
e
that I myself have erin ec a new Cominella from the eee ea?
* Proc. Linnean Soc., N. 8. Wales, Sept., 1877.
uy
= 2 meee 2 >
Re RSW ge Bile. at a eR PIS ONE AN NPIS EAE Be Sa ET CRO RN a a REA rage ee PEE ORR ES ay ney. oR ORE Ce Dee OEE
~—- —
AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY FORMATIONS. 123
that he has found a Phasianella and an Elenchus. I referred
a :
Australia and New Zealand as one province, but this gives rise to
a misconception _ ce molluscan fauna of both localities. Several
n
places being grouped as one provitice. As to species, a is quite
the exception to meet with instances where they are common to
bot ave far more which are common to anita and
the ® Philippines. But still the differences are great between those
tw s. The facies of our Lower Tertiary molluscan fauna
genera and general habit of the shells suggest many resem
But I repeat that this is only in a general way ; for once we rest
to reduce this to some definite facts, we find that the resemblance
is only general and aa Po one oan test of strict seer rane
Amphib aa Trigonts, Chunecath a, Anatina, Myodora, Moochoma,
Crassatella, Cardita, Circe, Cie ried Venus; (Chione), Anapa,
amsia, rosea ae camames ia, umes Triton, at a peeu-
ane trifolinte kind of Murex. None of these genera are entirely
stricted to Australia, fens some are only found in its neighbour-»
- fossils. Orassatella is one which is common Liotta.
. Voluta =. Mitra are common and varied ; Cardita also does not
seem scare that common form of Venus which is recognize
as a subgenis named Ohione by some authors. A Venus very like
124 _ PALEONTOLOGICAL EVIDENCE OF
V. lammellata exists, but with 7 op specific dliffessirms
Our ca Pectens are not at all like our recent forms, but are
_ peculiar—one P. foulcheri,no obis, is spinous, P. patledics, ‘nobis, is
aly. imbricated, P. corioensis is delicately striated, P. coarctatus*
and P. g ambierensis, nobis, are both weap granular ; in all of
wie partiealars they differ much from our recent species. P.
yahlensis, according to Brofess sor M‘Coy, so nearly resembles the
well-known German Miocene species, P. Hoffmani, Goldf., as to
be easily mistaken for it: ut the valves are both e in the
ot fossil, while they: are different in the Australian. Cyprea,
icia) gigas is a very peculiar and large species, differing very
re from any form fossil or recent, while Zrivia avellanoides can
scarcely be distinguished from Trivia avellana of the British
Oligocene, and is very like 7. affinis of the French Miocene and
British Lower Pliocene. The genera best represented in our.
anal
refully compared all our species with a very complete
resemblances are only remote. There is a far greater similarity
between them and those of the Paris beta, but still it is not Mag
close. None of our lower Tertiary Ceri thiade have been describe
There is a Spondylus (S. gaderopoides, M‘Coy), which is exceedingly
close.to S. bifrons, Munster, of the Miocene of Westphalia. Hal-
otis ovinoides, M*Coy, and H. Mooraboolensis, are both forms with
strong resemblances to H. ovina and H. nines Gray, respectively,
both of North Australia.
have a peculiar facies of aks own which merits some notice from
all Australian paleontologists, They are described at some length
in the Annals of Nat. Hist. for July, 1864, by Dr. Leith Adams,
and the Bracheopoda i in the same paper by Mr. Thos. Davidson.
He says the Maliese Islands, which extend about 29 miles, alk
belong to one series, and are to be considered portion of an early
Miocene equivalent, to the Hempstead beds of ms gland, which
was regarded by Sir Chas. Lyell as Upper Eocen The fo
a-
tions are —— ntary and marine, with a heuinotal stratification,
and are conformable. The greatest thickness above the sea
tevel is aban 800 feet. Those who wish to study these strata,
* As the name P. coarctatus was applied to a fossil figured by me which I
thought was. identical with a European species, I now propose the name of
5 a i ee for the same shell, as it has not been described, and is not P. coare-
rese :
Lower eters deposits are i Cerithium, and Turritella.
have
par
series of | the Vienna and French Mintene forms, but find that the ©
.
*s se : ee
aE OR TAN Pte ee ae Oe Se SESE CN OR LEI A cae FS ge eee eT eS eee ONES
AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY FORMATIONS. ee
which certainly throw gers light on our Tertiary beds, will find
the following pres ces ul:—* On the Geology of the Maltese
Islands, with "re on te. ossils by Prof. E. Forbes, Proc. Geol.
Soc. Lond., vol. Ae. 995 * On Fossil Echinoderms ‘fromm Malta,
Fe., by Thos . Wright, U.D.: Ann. Nat. Hist. , Feby. 1855, p. 101 ;
also Fossil Echinoderms of Malta, by Wright : Jour. Geol. Soe.
p.4
Yellow sand ; 3. Clay ; 4. Caleareous sandstone ; 5. Hard cherty
flintstone. The Tehinsdevmate are the most abundant and
characteristic fossils. Judei
ging from the figures of Wright, there
are few that resemble our fossil species except Echinolampas
Deshayesii, which is in no way Sei mare from my Echino
rag Gambieriensis, which I t s the one described by Laube
. ovukum, and considered ye hei a distinct species from the
ori form, Pegoniasdlcs Vassali, Wright, and another which
is regarded as identical by Pro essor Duncan. Dr. right con-
sidered it as resembling Catopygus capeee on from the upper
chalk of Belgium, an ering but slightly from Wucleolites
RPori yobs subearinatus of the Mi dale Tertiaries of Biinde.
rofessor Duncan remarks that the genus is essentially tertiary,
but Forbes dasovibich one which j is probably a Casstdulus, from the
Indian cretaceous. The numerous species have been found in
2nd series, . 184), is not to be distinguished from our existing
temporaneous rocks s the existing fauna here. There
are not wanting facts which would support this view—it certain]
is the case with the corals inthia Australis sometimes attains
a very large size, but generally it is found of the dimensions
given by WwW The Maltese Spatangus ocellatus, Defrance,
1s extremely like our Lovenia sii, Woods and Dunc., but they
ng to different genera. estion, however, whether the
t is very rare to see the internal fasciole on our
fo but but it seems to me that even from Wright's figures arg
Society, vol. 20, pl. 21, 1)
h a mark, ie f t from the atrophy of the apical
pores of the 0 this of
comme:
who can refer to the
126 PALEONTOLOGICAL EVIDENCE OF
To sum up all the evidence which has been gathered on this
subject, we may say that our Tertiary formations probably range
through all the various Miocene periods which are represented
by different — ‘on other portions of the globe. We —
certainly conclude that the whole of the central parts of Sout
Australia, the north of Tasmania, and the Isla nds of Bass’ Straits,
Tei is also evident that our fossils are with very few exceptions
such as we only find at present in much warmer seas. s fact,
which all palzontologists are agreed upon, joined to the discovery
of certain reef-buil kinds in Tasmania, has led to a most
pee discussion gy at the Geological Society of Lon-
of a. pith crust on & uid an en ma t seems = me,
overturned, and really give us no insight into the —— lf
I might venture to offer an opinion to men so much mo
than 1 myself to judge, I should say that the theory is eae much
for the facts. If anything altered the axis of the earth, so as to
iio hon the most © ar iss thickened sae of the ornamen-
ee
AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY FORMATIONS. T27
which we find in the enreg cig -* Coolie), “ze pemegeting by
elimatical conditions alone. It ms to me re too
pec ering acquainted with the Praise tice which praia rn the
migration of species at present to be able to apply even generally
Climate
In conclusion, I may sa that rough the whole of
Australian Tertiary paleontology we find a ¢
character, which is often distinguished by its prehse capricious
I
8 TS
must arise from our having fo — our systems too artificially from
our limited experience. Tt wa oe to suppose that the study
organisms Im remote andtiitne d widen our ona or
awe cause us to widen our a one of nature’s p
called the Australian “abnormalities” are in ‘eally:the short-
our Echini which would be very difficult to enumerate without
entering too much into detail. In the corals the relations of the
septa and coste are most pecobiar and exceptional. Acco
to Edwards and Haime, cost are modified or extra-mural ny a
They ought, therefore, to maa a with the septa, and so t
do generally. But there are exceptions—such as Stephanophyllia
and Micrabacia—where they alternate with them. In
one of the costz oe to three septa. But in the Austra-
species eve ng isexceptional. We have alternating coste
and septa, and in Gavinnioeine Jenestratus, mihi, we have tle triple
septa to one of the costa as in Dasmia, besides many other
ai erences. We have also Dendrophyllia epitheca, that is to say
these instances very considerably ; but but a avery ny slight
acquaintance with the fossils themselves
instances.
128 AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY FORMATIONS,
There can be no doubt that these observations on the fossil
fauna might be much amplified, were our knowledge of the marine
fauna of Australia more complete. Each day, however, adds to
this knowledge, which is very different now from what it was when
I first came to the seo Sibi alle de ears ago, when such an
estimate as I have made would have been impossible. It is to be
hoped, however, that se I have thus far noted may be of use
and will give an impetus to the 1 bie! ies which are being prose-
cuted now on every side of Aust
Notr.—While these sheets were passing through the press, Prof. Tate
-iferins me that he thinks he has found stratigraphical g the
Muddy Cree M
e above the Murray cliffs, and the latter as contem-
agar with i ount Gambier limestones. These questions can hardly
e decided without a careful cee ak My paper professes to deal with the
paleaok ological sorbbonct only. _ Tate's zeal and be sepa in ‘the matter
gives hope of a speedy solution 4 cats of these problem
Discusston.
The Chairman conveyed the thanks of the Society to the Rer.
Mr. Woods for his very valuable paper.
r. Woops said he desired to add that in Dee these in-
vestigations one difficulty he had ge Seater aN Ww in our
ct
faunas represented. He meant to s say that if he wanted, in any
museum in Melbourne, Adelaide. Tasmania, or New outh Wales,
to find recent marine fauna as a means of comparison, he sho
Took i in yain for any such collection, and students must be without
instruction such a collection would give. He wished to make
matter whic
museums ought to give their best attention to. Such a coltectii
sic be a most useful acquisition.
A Synopsis of the known Species of Australian -
Tertiary Polyzoa.
By R. eta, fon junr., F'.G.S., of H. M. Geological Surve
8 pee rmerly ‘Assistant Geologist, Geological Barna
of Vict
[Communicated by Rev. Me B. CLaRKE. ro before the Royal Society of
S.W., 5 Sept., 1877.]
i ieee and may be the means of''s savin hae to some
extent at least, both time and trouble in searching out the bibli- °
. ography of the subject. With it must alw ve be associated the
names of the Rey. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., and Prof. Bus
F.R.S. To the geological acumen and rseverance of the former
we are indebted for one of the most complete works on the Upper
Australian a nes yet published, and it is through his pbeues
as a collecto that t we owe our knowledge of the organisms
a9 stion
Hist story a Bibliography.—Tertiary Polyzoa appear to have
sien, first collected in Australia, of which we have any definite
pe
European (at least I presume so from t e names given in his
list) will not, I think, stand ; in fact this has already bee n pointed
out for some of them by the Rev. J. E. Pentison- W oO.
\f : are
on the subject as known to me, was published in 1859,
entitled, “ ona Tertiary Deposit in South
1 London : 2 vols. nit 3 vol. ii. pp. 253-54, nathan gee
? Geological Observations in South A ustralia, 1862, p- 105.
3 Trans: Phil. Institute, Victo ctoria, 1859, vol. iii. pp. 84-94.
130 AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY POLYZOA.
this communication he referred, after giving a good deal of geo-
logical information, to the occurrence of a Cellepora-like coral in
the Mount Gambier deposit." In the next year (1860) another
poli by by ‘himeclf, in ede equivalent to those of Mount
bier, a the Whaler's Bluff, Portlan id Bay.
e N.E., and Spencer’s Gulf on the west is described,
one of the chief pret brought forward being the occurrence of
a bed of limestone, a few feet below the surface, almost entirely
corresponds in point of relation to the existing state of things
with the lower crag of England.”
In 1862, the Rev. J. E seeped Boag his “ Geo-
bservations in S. Australia,” he gives an inter-
ra sate instructive iidkettions of Mt. Guatien and lists of the
fossils from the bed of limestone at that locality. Of the latter
Light species of olyzoa are mentioned, of which five are co:
to the two enone More appears to have been published on atic
1 Lec.
2Vo | ong Be 2 pp. 109-172
Xvi, pp- 261.
‘Op.
S London, 1862, Syo., pp- 18 and 404.
ee cit., p. 78.
7 Ibid, p. 105.
AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY POLYZOA. 181 -
subject in 1865 than in any one year before or since, up to the
eae time. We have, first, two papers by Mr. Woods, one in
e Quarterly Journal, “ On some Tertiary Deposits in the Colony
escri
contains Mollu a Foshan, Oornla, and Risca The latter
are less common tics at Mount Gam bier, ee fr ar te be of a
mor ent facies. In the second of the going communi-
’s previously named species, and refers to seven
others.
The same a of the Victorian Transactions contains a
paper by Mr. H. Watts, “On Fossil Polyzoa,”’ in whic
account is cuit of a deposit contaming Polyzoa 30 miles east of
a 1, extending along the sea-coast for a distance of
from 6 to 7 miles, a is from 30 to 40 feet thick. A portion
of this Fsthlirn three or four pounds in weight yielded forty-six
species of Polyzoa, but unfortunately no names are given. In 1865
there was also published the report by my friend and former
colieague, Mr. C. S. Wilkinson, F.G.S., “On the Cape Otway
District,” attached to Mr. Selwyn’ 8 Geological —- moe for
1864-65. He candies the oceurrence of Cellepora Gambierensis,
trian “ Novara Tixpedition,” which, although not directly
connected with matters purely Aus tralian, yet must be taken
i re in i i
* 1865, vol. xxi, - 389~394.
? Vol. vi, pp. 3-6, plate.
3
cnt of =e Director of the Geol. Survey of — for the ge —
June, 1863 to Sept., 1864, with aren ndices. 1864-65,
Report — Otway District, by C. 3. Wilkinson, pp- 7 31-88, mde si
132 AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY POLYZOA.
species as occurring in the Orakei Bay Greensand, viz., Cellepora
Gambi , Mellicerita angustiloba, Busk, and makes man
critical remarks on some of the other Australian forms, which
will be referred to hereafter.
So far as my acquaintance with the present subject goes, —
appears to have again been a lapse of time before any furt
the fossil organic remains of Vi ictoria, tana u - pelea
e only Tertiary Polyzoa mentioned are Letepora
same deposit of one of the Orakei Bay forms, Spiroparina ver-
tebralis, Stoliezka.
n the “ Monthly notices of Papers and Proceedings of the
’ the same age
as the Flemington series near Me .
again referring to this Saeer reer “ Third Progress
Report” for 1876, Mr. Smyth places the Stasrdl ferruginous bed
on the horizon of the oldest gold drift (Lower Pliocene).?
? Melbourne, ae pe. 35-36. .
‘thd: Ls pp. 13-
io
_ 5 pp. 48, 71, and 81. Fossils were first found here by Mr. Bernard Smith
in 1872, but it is due to the researches of my frien - _— former colleague,
Mr. Norman
oO Taylor, that we owe seco we
covery at the Hetome R ush. (See his ‘‘ Report on ate Stawell Gold Field,’
yth’s “ Progress Report,” 1876, pp. 263-64.)
: Le “i ytaet % pate
zi ate er ce a Sas Lhe ia a) la
Se ee es eas eS ee EE Ra eS ee
I I oR Ie ais a oe ER Sn OD a
a
nen
ay
- Pp. l
AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY POLYZOA. 133
revision. In the present paper, it has been more my desire to
show what is the state of our present sae ae on the subject
than to critically pass in review each separate s
genera are arranged alphabetically in chaie Seg
sections “ Articulata,” or « Tna rticulata,” and the s a
similar manner under them. This has been done for cirventelia
of reference.
Ina recently virion paper, “ On some Tertiary Fossils from
Table Cape,’ the J. E. Tenison-Woods has given some
interesting details of che’ Tertiary beds and fossils at that locality.
Amongst the latter he mentions Oellepora Gambierensis, Busk.
Class—POLYZOA. -
Order—GYMNOLEMATA.
Sub-order—CHEILOsTOMATA.
Section Articulata.—Polyzoarium divided into distinct internodes
—_ joints.
Genus Ca Lamaroux, 1816.’
One well estubtisiiad species of this genus has been
dsteriniet by Prof. peas in the Rev.. Mr. Woods’ at ogra
from the Mount Gambier coralline limestone, as rg
sepdndix to his paper “On some Tertiary Rocks in the Coleiny of
South Australia, &
qi: oe Axovrata, Busk. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soe. 1860,
xvi, p. 260; Woods, Trans. R. Soe. Vict., vi, p. 4;
Lf. -
us Oncuopora. Busk, 1
Obs. Of ae a established by Prof. Bosk in the pag
Jour. Microscopical Science, again, only one species has as yet
been noted from the same horizon and collection as the last. ~ 0.
angulata.
1. ONcHOPORA PUSTULOSA. Bush. (MS.), Joe. cit. p. 260,
Cellaria,? Stoltezka. Pal. Neu Seeland, p. 149. No
description of this species has as yet ane
3 ry and Proceedings, R. Soe., Tasmania, for 1875 (published 1876),
. Histoire > — Coralligénes Flexibles, p. 131.
Pe oan: the ur. Microscopical Science, iii, p. 320; according to Stoliczka,
us ene ubaanciebe as D’ Orbigny’s genus Tubucellaria,
(PaleN. oe
134 AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY POLYZOA.
2. O. vERTEBRALIS. Stoliczka, Speroporina. Pal. Neu
Seeland, 1865, p. 106, pl. L 17, f. 6 and 7; R. Etheridge,
junr., Trans. R. Society, Vict., 1874, xi, p. 14. Prof.
‘Busk considers this form to a Cheilostome, and not
one of the Cyclostomata as placed by the late F.
Stoliezka, and further to be a species of his gents
Onchopora. Tertiary greensand of Orakei Bay, New
Zealand; and Oligocene beds of Schnapper Point,
Hobson’s Bay, Vict.
Genus Saticornnaria. Cuvier, 1817.
rae ecies of this very elegant generic type have been |
m the Australian upper terti ary deposits. Two have
= determined by Prof. Busk, and two by the Rev. Mr. Woods.
_—
1. Saticornarra @Racinis. Busk. Brit. Museum, Cat.
Polyzoa, 1852, pt. 1, p. 17, pl. 63, f. 3, pl. 65, bis. f. 2;
oods, Trans. Soe. Vict., vi, p. 4. Coralline lime-
stone of Mt. Gambier, 8S. Australia.
2. gr wegen sang Busk. (MS.) Quart. Jour.
Geol. Soc , p- 260. An undescribed species
—same Sets ag a locality as last species
3. 8. pe Hassall. Farcimia. Annals Nat. History,
, p- 172, pl. 6, f. 1 and 2; Salicornaria. \ Busk,
Matopeeok. Foss. eg Ong, 1859, p. 23, Re 21,
f. 5; j iti
was one of the forms collected by Hog Sturt in his
(urray, and it ,
figured in his interesting work. The identity of ;
Glauconome rhombifera, Sturt (n on oo with
Salicornaria sinuosa was igrege out the Rev.
J. E. T.-Woods, in the work in he has so ably
BG
.
o
,
B
fa")
ub
3
©
So
i]
Ef
we
+ ef
S
ia OR
the ¢ t. Gam Murray
River cliffs, the Muddy Creek = Hamilton, Vict.,
tenuirostris, Busk. m Cat. Polyz0a,
1852, pt. 1, - 17, pl. 63, f. 4. ; Woods, Trans. R.
Vict., vi, p. 4 Mt. Gambier, 8. A.
1 Le Ragne Animal, vol. iv, p. 75.
: AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY POLYZOA. 135
Section Ixartievtara.—Polyzarium continuous throughout.
Genus CaperEa. Lamv., 1816."
Obs. The Mount Gambier coralline limestone “z furnished
Mr. Woods with one species, and it is, so far as I know, the
only one yet determined from Australian beds.
1, aye rata. Busk. Brit. Museum, Cat> Polyzoa,
2, pl. 1, p. 39, pl. 47 ; Woods, Quart. Jour. eal.
, 1865, ‘aided 394 ; Trans. R. Soc. Vict. t., vi, p.
£1.
, pl. 1,
Genus CELEEPORA. O. Fabricius 1780.’
Obs. This genu ously represented in the Australian
tertiary dupnese nal is » pelticalnrts characteristic of the Mount
Gambier “ as both Prof. Busk and Mr. Woods have pointed
fi
from the Mount Gambier deposit by the Rev. Mr. Woods. He
further considers that one of his Orakei Bay species, Celleporaria
(=Cellepora) ses, may be found amongst the South Aus-
ra different name.
i. “ey costata. Busk (MS.), ag Jour. Geol.
Soe.
2. C. ecuinata. Sturt. Two Rasen si Interior S. Aus-
tralia, 1833, ii, p. 252, pl. 3, £. 4—Another of the forms
detected by Capt. Sturt in his expedition. It is at
present difficult to say what relation it bears to C.
echinata, Miinster‘—probably little or none. Murray
River tc = Mt. Gambier.
. C. Gamprer Busk. Eschara celleporacea. Sturt,
Two Ex peditions Interior 8S. Australia, 1833, ii, , P- 253,
1. 3, £.
a? cued Busk (MS.), > gee Jour. Geol.
! Soe., 1860, xvi, p. 261; Woods, Geol. Observations 8.
Australia, 1862, pp. 74, 85, 91; Trans. R. Soc. Vict
vi, p. 4, pl. 1, f. 3, Cellepora ria. Stoliczka, Paleontol.
Neu Seeland, p- 141, pl. 20. £7, Cellepora. Woods,
Monthly Notices asma: y.
1875, p. 14 Of all the Australian Tertiary Polyzoa
this is pe teresting form, from the
i rhaps the most in rm,
quantity in which it is found, its peculiar characters,
large massive form, wide geographical ndaiateiavian and
? Histoire Polyp. Coral. Flexible, 2b 128.
? Fauna Groénlandica, 1780, p.
3 Pal. Neu Seeland, 1865, pp. Fn ia2.
* Geol. Observations, S. Australia, plate, p. 73.
ihe bags ae
136 AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY POLYZOA,
constant recurrence at certain horizons i in the Austra-
still ‘living on the ¢ oast of con Zeala a
A. ©- HEMISPHERICA. Busk. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soe ., 1860,
=
S
&
4
ps}
=e
©
e
}
oe
oe oe
me
R
mn
kg
®
}
—
)
BR
4
2
oot
any
©
5
et
~~
7 52
=|
ct
°
ct
> 7
Gambier.
5. C. nuMMunaRIA. Busk. anne Jour. Geol. Soc., 1860,
xvi, p. 261 ; Woods, Geol. Observations, 8. A., 1862, pl.
Le i: Trans. R. Soc. Vict., vi, p. 4, t. 1, £. 5. Mount \
Gain bier, S. A., and perhaps also at Geelong Vie
6. CELTDEPORA sponciosa. Busk. Quart. J r. Geol. §
1860, xvi, p. 261; Woods, bags Observations, Ayes
1862, pt. 1, f. 2; Trans. R. Soc. Vict., vi, p. 5, pL a; f.
Mount Gambier, ;
a. 0; ag Busk. Qu art. Jour. Geol. Soc., 1860,
xvi, p. 261; Woods, Trans. R. Soc. Wict., vi, p. 5, pl. 1,
f. 6. a Gambier , 8. A.
oe Cxrnescuara. Busk. 1860 (MS.)
8 a manuscript name used by Prof. Busk in the
appendix sont the Rev. Mr. Woods’ paper “On some Tertiary
Rocks — Australia.” ;
A Dac HARA AustraLis. Busk. (MS.) Quart. Jour.
Geol. Soc., 1860, xvi. p. 261. Mount Gambier lime-
ne.
Genus Escuara. Ray (pars), 1724. "
Obs. ‘eet by oe Cellepora was exceedingly characteristic
of the M ier beds, so Mr. Woods states is Eschara
decitiatly’ paul of the Hamilton series in Victoria, no less
cies Sriees 4 bigeghiua eens sr youn sea eee
NSE Pico ta SP Bae Pee ee ee at ae en mn ee 2
1 Cape Otway Report, 1865, p. 23. a
? Progress Report, Geol. Survey Vict., p. 36. “a
f pier eae i, p. 28, _£. 3. :
i 5 uel a a a
AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY POLYZOA. 137
than eleven different Scionep occurring there ;’ and further, those
of the Hamilton beds are remarkable for the singular beauty of
their cells, the Mt. Gambier a on the other hand being
comparatively destitute of orn
1. EscHARA ARCUATA. Buak, (MS) Quart. Jour. Geol.
Soe., 1860, xvi, p. 261. Mt. Gambier, 8S. A
2. E. BIMARGINATA, Busk. (MS.), loc. cit. p. 261. Mount
Gambier, 8. A.
K. HASTI omna. a (MS.), lite cit. p. 261. Mount
Gambier, 8. A.
4. E. ryornata. Busk. (MS.), loc. cit. p. 261. Mount
Gambier, S. A.
5. E. ocu FEN Busk. (MS.), loc. cit. p. 261. Mount
Gambier, S. A.
6. E. papmuata. Busk. (MS.), loc. cit. p. 261. Mount
Gambier, S. A.
7. BE. prrtrormis. Sturt. Two Expeditions Interior 8. A.,
probably tock his form to be. Murray Cliffs, 8
8. E. souenex. Busk. (MS.) Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc,
1860, xvi, p. 261. Mt. Gambier, 8S. A.
. EscHara, sp. InD. Woods’ Geol. Observations, S. A.,
1862 ; pl. i oy * e Mt. Gambier, 8.
Esowais, sp. nD. Sturt. Two Expeditions Interior
, 1882 ; a "253, pl. 3, f. 3. y Cliff
To the ie ove must now be added the ee fe species 5 of
py describedgby the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods in 1876,
ie)
a
S
Es CAVERNOSA. Mount Gambier.
porrecta. Mount Gambier.
VERRUCOSA. Mount Gambier.
rustica. Mount Gambier.
ELEVATA. (? monilifera. Busk.) Mount Gambier.
LIVERSIDGEI. Mount Gambier.
ocunata. Mount Gambier.
Me
ATEI. :
E. Busxir. Mount Gambier.
», Woods, Quart. Jour. pews INE: Cen
? Pet. et. Germanise, i, p. 24, t. 8,
2 Journal of Roy. Soc. N. 8.'W., vol 3, 187, p- 147-149.
138 AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY POLYZOA.
Genus Lepratta. Johnston’, 1838.
bs. This very extensive genus is represented in the Australian
eee probably by xr species, but so far as I know only
four have received nam
2 grsngees year sag Busk (MS.) Quart. Jour. Geol.
., 1860, xvi, p. 261. Mt. Gambier coralline limestone.
a Li Sriynunassis Af‘Coy. Smyth’s Progress Report, eo
ip Pa my, be Be is species was discovered by
otek ie re * a kapoor stratum overlying an
auriferous dri “Welcome Rush” near Stawell,
Vict., and from pa Fectogheal position and associated
fossils is of much importance and interest. The ferru-
ginous deposit is placed by Mr. R. B. Smyth on the
— n of the Melbourne Flemington beds (= L.
Plioe
3. L. saa scan, ed (MS.) Quart. Jour. Geol. —
1860, xvi, p. 261. Mt. Gambier coralline limesto
4, L. SuBMARGINATA. ont (MS.), doe. cit. p. 261. Mount
bier coralline limestone.
Genus Lunutites. Lamarck’, 1876.
Obs. Undetermined — of this genus occur both in the
Mount Gambier limestone and Muddy Creek (Hamilton) bela,
according to the Rev. Mr. Woods.
Luntirss. sp. inp. (2) Woods. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc.,
1865, xxi, p. 394,
Genus Meuicertta. Milne Edwarts, 1836.*
only hitherto recorded species of Melicerita is of
interest an its geographical wrie-iaigaa ee Ase is also of interest
from the limited number of speci curring in the European
cee, and again as one of ‘aen siti ica at Mt. Gam-
ier.
MELIcERITA ANGuSTILOBA. Busk. Quart. Jour. Geol. es %
1860, xvi, p. 261; Woods, Geol. Observations, 8, Aus-
tralia, 1862, pl. z. f. 4; ad. Trans. R. Soe. Viet., 1865.
p. 155, pl. 20, f. 15—18. Mt. Gambier Coralline lime-
stone, 's. A.; Muddy Creek beds, Hamilton, Vict. ;
Tertiary greensand of Orakei Bay, New Zealand.
1 Snag & Brit. Zoophytes, p. 277.
? Hist. Anim. sa ns | pede tk yol. ‘
Annales nees N: vi, p. 347.
~
AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY POLYZOA. 139
Genus Memprantpora. De Blainville, 1830."
0. fthis genus, always one of the most difficult to deal
with ir in a fossil state, not only from the great poarnes of variation
a species is liable to go through, = also from the worn condition
in which specimens are usuall = four species have been
recorded from Australian mrs Hips
8. M. cxctors. Busk. British Museum, Cat. Polyzoa, 1854,
t. 2, p. Gi, *L 6 5,f.3. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., i
£1; Om
Soc., 1860, xvi, p. 260 ; Woods, ibid, 1865, xxi, P- 394 ;
Mt. ‘Gambier limestone, S. A.
Genus PstuescHara. Busk. 1860 (MS.)
Obs. other parScdaa a ol name used by Prof. Busk in the
paper sactas refe —
1. PsILESCHARA PU Busk. (MS.) Quart.
Geol. Soe 1860, x ee 261. Mt. Gambier rer
2. P. supsuncata. Busk. (MS.), loc. cit. p. 261. Mt.
Gambier limestone.
Genus Reterora. Imperato, 1672.
Obs. The Australian species of this genus require strict revi-
sion. It is very diffieult to say what two out of the four recorded
Species may turn out to be when strictly investigated, shee ma
been identified originally by iy Sturt with European sp
which so far as can be judged from his figures they Sictacaly a
not appear to be.
Rererora pisticua. Sturt. ee goes Int. S.
Austra. Se ee oods, Geol.
Observations, 8. ane ralia, 1862, p im ‘This i is not
Go
R. desticha, on - X
e 20; £ 35), but is more probably Hornera Gam.
Miaiasts, Wa Busk, or perhaps an
Rerepora Maccoyt. RB. Etheridge, jun. Trans. BR. Soe.
Viet., 1874, xi, p. 14. a
Point, Port Philli ip Bay, Vict.
? Dictionnaire das etoncee Notuselica, Sonn Mn 41%.
140 AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY POLYZOA.
3. R. Montuirera. Jf‘Gillivray.' Trans. R. Soe. Vict.,
1860, iv, pt. 2, p. 168, pl.3; Woods, Quart. Jour. Geol.
Soe., 1865, xxi, p. 394. Mt. Gambier limestone, S.A.
4, R. vistcats. Sturt. Two Expeditions Interior 8. Aus-
tralia, 1833, ii, p. 254, pl.3, f. 7. Retepora, ae Woods,
Geol. Observations S. ‘Australia, 1862, p. 74, fig.—. Ret.
silicata, id. ibid, p. 105. is is not ese: vibicata,
to be possibly R. Beaniana, Ring Murray R. Cliffs ne
Mt. Gambier limestone, 8. A.
— ee Busk (MS.), 1860.
Obs. This, at. pre only a useript n Mr. Busk
informs me (hn ae is cxauiad tok the reception of certain
forms not unlike Zunulites but with different zcecia. It was
robably a free ria and may perhaps be placed in Mr. Busk’s
amily pete
CUTULARTA PRIMA. Busk (MS.) Quart. Jour. Geol.
Soc., 4 es p- 261. Coralline limestone, Mt.
Gambier
| Sas ior CycLosToMaTA.
Section ARTICULATA.
Genus Crista. Lamouroux, 1812.
Obs. iB one sens has as yet been noted ie the Austra-
lian tertiari
i 7 EBURNEA. Linneus. Johnston, British Zoophytes,
1847, i, p. 283, pl. 50, f.3 & 4; Woods, Trans. fe Soe.
: Vict., 1865, vi, p. 5, ‘pl. 1, f. 12; Quart. Jour. Geol.
Soe., 1865, xxi wane 394, Bu sk; Brit Museum re Polyzoa
1875, pt. 3, p 4, pl. 2,£1&2 . p08, tbe
Mount Gambi ier - limestone, S.A.
Section INARTICULATA.
Genus Horners. Lamouroux, 1821.*
Obs. This genus is divisible into two well marked siciicnnl as
according as the frond is ramose or fenestrate. For the creed ?
group a distinct name Retihornera has lone proposed by
Notes on the Cheilostomatous Polyzoa of Victoria, and other parte: of
cs Trans. Phil. Institute Vict., vol. iv, 1860, pt. 2, pp. 159-168,
.? Pal. Neu Secland, 1865, p.
* Bulletin dee Scenes de fy Sox Philomatique, &c., vol. iii, p. 183.
* Exposition M icecicnn sen aes ne Kite ote Es ets SR
AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY POLYZOA. 141
Kirchenpaur. The best known of the Australian tertiary aoe
tan this genus, H. Gambierensis, Busk, is one of the ra:
or
L HorNERA GAMBIERENSIS. Busk. Quart. Jour. Geol.
Soe. ., 1860, xvi, p. Bs * Woods, Trans. R. Soc. Vict.,
figured by Capt.
Sturt as pa disticha (see ante), is ‘probably ee
tical with that given by Woods as H. Gambierensis,
nate sti I think it has more the appearance of an
Mt. Gambi
: ; k. Quart ;
xvi, p. 261; Woods, Trans. R. Soc. Vict., 1865, vi, p.
5, pl. 1, f. 92 Mt. Gambier limestone, 8. A.
Genus IpMonEa. Lamouroux, 1821."
Obs. ae Pee have been obtained from the Mount Gam-
bier limesto
e: rat LteunaTa.—Busk. (MS.) Quart. Jour. Geol.
Soe., 1860; xvi, p. 261, Stoliczka, Pal. Neu Sceland,
1865, p. 114.
2. 1. MILNEANA
’ This is a livin g species on the coast of Tierra del Fuego,
Patagonia, and other places.
Genus Pustunopora. De Blainvitle, 1830.*
Genus Entatornora. Lamouroux, 1821.
Obs. Prof. Busk observes that perhaps the more correct
generic term for polyzoa of this description is the second of the
foregoing oS which has been adopted by Dr. Stoliczka in his
description of t i Bay fossils.
1. Pospoxovons pistans. Busk. Quar. Jour. Geol. Soc.,
xvi, p. 261. Mount Gambier Hapdune. Dr.
Stolicsks remarks that this species may pos sibly be
identical with his Entalophora Hasstiana
2. P. unevtata. Woods. Mount Seiten *
3. P. corrveata. Woods. Mount Gambier.*
Genus Tusurtpora. Hagen.
1. T. Gawererensts. Mount Gambier.*
gin cree Méthodique des daar de lOrdre des Polypiers, oe Suppl.
* Dictionnai Naturelles, 1830, p. 382.
* Pal. N.
* Journal Roy. Sola a Wales, 1876, vol. x, p. 150.
P-
142 AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY POLYZOA.
In the following table I give a list of the species mentioned
in the foregoin oa s which are at present living, arranged in
sirkabetioa ee
Genus and Species. Localities.
1. Caberea lata. Busk ...............| Australia, New Zealand. Busk.
2. Crisia eburnea. Linn ‘European Seas.
3. Idmonea Melneina. D’Orb......., Tierra del Fuego, Patagonia. Busk.
4. Membranipora cyclops. Busk ...| New Zealand. Busk.
5. es stenostoma. Busk oe East Falkland Islands.
6. Retepora monilifera. M‘Gilv...... King’s Island, Bass’s Strait ; Queens-
cliff, Vict.
9. Beaniana. King...... dia
3 (? BR. vibicata. ee urt) North Britain. Busk.
8. Salicornaria gracilis. Busk......| Cumberland Islands, Cape Capricorn.
Busk.
9. Pe sinuosa. Hassal...... British Seas.
Note.—In addition to these, the characteristic Cellepora Gambierensis,
Busk, is said by Dr. Stoliczka (Pal. N. Seeland, 1865, p.—) to be probably
still living on the coasts of 8. Australia and N. Sealant, The Rev. Mr.
Woods states that Membranipora bidens, Hagenow, is also a living species.
Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., 1865, xxi, p. 394.
i Mei . yan i ° ese *
. Ig g the species common
to the various localities.
Species common to the Mt. Gambier limestone and Murray
cn cliff beds.
1. Cellepora echinata. Sturt. (? C. hemispheria. Busk).
2. we escharoides. Sturt. (? C. hemispheria. Busk).
- 8. a Gambierensis. Busk.
4, wae. disticha. Sturt. (? Hornera Gambierensis.
5. Retepora vibicata. Sturt. (? R. Beaniana. King.)
6. Salicornaria sinuosa. Hassal.
aa Species common to the Mt. Gambier limestone and Hamilton
1. Cellepora nummularia. Busk ?
2. Mellicerita angustiloba. Busk.
3. Membranipora cyclops. Busk.
4. Salicornaria sinuosa. Hassal.
AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY POLYZOA. 143
e. Species common to the Mt. Gambier Limestone and Spring
Creek beds.
. Cellepora a Busk.
“ —— Busk ?
d. ti ay (see to’ the Mt. a Sekt, and the
Greensand of Orakei Bay, ye
1. Cellepora Gambierensis. Busk.
2. Idmonea Melneina. rb.
8. sy distans. Busk?. (? Entalphora Hoastiana,
S
pecies common to the Schnapper Point beds, Victoria
(Cian) and the greensand of Orakei Bay, Auckland.
1. Onchopora (Spiroporina) vertebralis. Stol.
Sa MI i i a i a i ie
145
Ctenacanthus, a Spine of Hybodus.
By W. J. Barxas, M.R.C.8S.E.; L.R.C.P.L.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W.,3 October, 1877.]
Cladodus, with engravings of teeth of Hybodus and Cladodus
from the works of Agassiz, Newbery and Werthen. This
comparison of the external characters of the
above-named fishes showed, as I think, most conclusively that
a having teeth similar to those of th
om the structure of the teeth which I eonsider to per-
tain to Hybodus (Cladodus ?) belonging to the Coal Measures.
My investigations, therefore, led me to the conclusion that most
of the teeth found in the true Coal Measures which had been
named Cladodus did not belong to that genus at all, but to the
— Hybodus ; the remainder, comparatively few in number,
y true i; also Coal Measure
Hybodi and Cladodi teeth possessed similar structures, just as
the Hybodi teeth from the Wealden resembled the tet teeth
7 ag ag bear oo. When I u lished my researches
of Hybodus in pero Coal Measuves, tat since then I hee
ascertained that Giebel, in his “ Fauna der Worwele describes in
146 CTENACANTHUS, A-SPINE OF HYBODUS.
a ape brief manner the external characters of two varieties.
s I take to be a corroboration of the opinion I arrived at
indepen tly.
apers treated only of the fact of the teeth of
Behosas be g found in the upper Coal Me s, but inci-
dentally I hibetioated that the teeth of Hybodus and Cladodus
were discovered comparatively frequently associated with the
spines of Ctenacanthus, and that from that and other circum-
puted spine of Ctenacanthus. ord t there might not
be the slightest doubt as to the veritableness of the spine of
Hybodus from which the sections fi cal examination
portions of an undoubted spine; they very graciously suppli
me with the required specimens, and it is from them that I made
my sections. With regard to the sections of the spine of
Ctenacanthus being undoubted, I may state that the remains of
the spines that I “destroyed to make them are in Mr. T. P
arkas’ possession, and also that the sections were cut from five
or six different spines, and from different portions of those
spines.
remarquer par
et des caractéres extérieurs trés-caractéristiques. Ils sont géné-
ralement wn peu arqués,+ plus gros et plus ae vers leur base
qua leur extrémité, et se terminent en une pointe plus ou moins
*Although I consider Aas ee — to pertain to Hybodus, I shall
keep the ori iginal names throughout this paper, with the tnderstanding that
ybodus andi in the Coal Measures, and that Hybodus
pore to the : > spines obtained from the Lias, Wealden, Xe.
+ The italies in these quotations are my own
a
CTENACANTHUS, A SPINE OF HYBODUS. 147
amincie. Ia partie de leur extrémité inférieure qui était cachée
dans les chairs, est assez considérable, elle égale le plus souvent
le tiers de la lonqueur totale ; elle est finement striée longitu
A ,
tudinale-
ment et ouverte en cdté postérieur en forme de sillon trés-évasé
~
.
8
rayons qui soutenait le bord antérieur nageoires est plus
ou moins ar ron disc, » He dgerement comprimée latéralement, neoupee moins
ou plus carré antérieur ;
toute sa a cs moins les cétés et le bord aathpiwe, sont ornés
généralement plus gros, plus profonds, plus larges et plus distans
que vers le bord antérieur (sic), le lon duquel ils se confondent
Sréquemment, ainsi gue vers la pointe. Le long du bord postérieur,
rangées de dents se ais a bea pi Z plus en hips et eine souvent
as se confondre entierement sur la ligne mé In deserib-
Hybodus et e says :—“le bord en est aussi plus
sl que le bord postérieur, qui est presque droit, ow la pve
qui se courbe assez subitement,”’ Then again, with re to H.
cu
rapidement vers l’extremité du rayon.” In H. leptodus—* Les
dents des bords postérieurs sont gréles et assez distantes, c’est-
eats, plus distantes les unes des autres que les sillons longitudi
When describing the longitudinal ridges ot H. reticulatus
hes ce ange “Tis sont au contraire souvent sinueux, et s’anasto-
mosent de temps en temps.” In H. formosus the grooves on the
anterior surfaces of the spine are “finement granules.”” According
< prem then, the above are the principal external characters
t spines o us. He mentions seventeen other
Count Comage in his “ “peace zur Petre facton kun
gives the stg short account rucken
und die Seiten dieses Tehthyodoruliten sind stark genre
Rippen und Furchen gleich breit; die eckige Banchseite ist glatt;
der Durchschnitt zeigt eine eine langlich sechsseitige Form. Nach
148 CTENACANTHUS, A ‘SPINE OF HYBODUS.
eimem zweiten Bruchstiicke wird Ruckenstachel doppelt so
.’ An evidently a description of a portion close
to the apex of the spin
We have now learnt the appearances presented by the spines of -
this genus, fypm two of the greatest authorities ; and the portions
of the spmes of Hybodus that I possess, and from which I made
sections, correspond to the above descriptions.
I will now refer to the external characters of the spines of
Ctenacanthus in my possession and quote the descriptions <
others ; we shall then be in a better position to institute co:
pari sons between Ctenacanthus and Hybodus. Let us aha
,
postérieur se SR se quelques petites épines. surface est
ornée de striés longitudinales, _ rapprochées que celles des
elé
saillantes en forme de dents at alternent d’une série 4 l'autre,
mais qui semblent contmuer a cause de leur obliquité.” In
describi 0.
f
vers sa pointe seulement, on remarque quelques petites épines,
ou plutot quelques rides ‘plus saillantes en forme de peigne sur
sillon margina _ Sa coupe transversale est ovale, arron
du cdété de la face postérieur du rayon et tranchante as
antérieur. La ligne de démarcation entre la partie aitonde du
ca * * ot sa base lisse * * est trés-oblique.”
e descriptions of Ctenacanthus given by McCoy in om
“British Paleozoic Fossils,’ and by Messrs. Newberry a
Werthen in the “ Geolo ical Survey of Iilmois, U. 8.,”
similar to the above, with the exception that the spines they
her
ention are © d finer. M‘Ooy, however, meme
that “the fin-defences of this genus are confi e Devonian
an sae ocks, where they seem to > ieee the genus
d
yc Trae Meso Zoic period.”
b !
none so setigi the C. major figured z in his “ Poissons
Fossiles,” tome 3, tab. 4 —s the Rage senaretror tlie small
and thin like Hybodus iw Be i . 10, fig.
above work. They are generally a little arched, but are in some
cases perfectly straight ; in ethers the anterior border is curved
while the posterior is straight, the apex being bent in some cases,
and in others not. tt tt 7 NE and gradually ond
¥
Acassiz first. He says:—‘“ Les or wrerriene ont d’immense —
me ** Ta
=
CTENACANTHUS, A SPINE OF HYBODUS. 149
rare to obtain t
entire; it is finely and. lo — y_ striated; .the division
is marked by a very distinct i of demarcation, which is some-
the base of the spine is open, a very deep furrow extend-
ing deeply into the body; as this furrow proceeds upwards it
becomes closed in posteriorly and forms an oval cavity, this oval
e ter is in many cases lost, for numbers of the larger spines,
having necessarily large cavities, have been crushed in by the
fo cea pressure ; the cavity extends nearly to the apical
extremity. The exposed portion of the spine is rounded a
rior
each other by grooves of nearly the same dimensions as the
ridges ; the grooves and ridges run parallel with the anterior
border, but as they approach the apex they become fewer in
some case: to.
CE they are mae ae or even longitudinally
striated. The ridges, according — are
generally supposed to be tuberculated or erenelated, but
1s evidently a mistake, for among the specimens I have observed,
I on sa a gam six in — = — were perfectly smooth
rounded a cases they varied from
of the spine to being aaa denticulated on the posterior ridges
of the lateral surfaces only, the non-tubereuated ridges being
20 in Agassiz’ 3rd volume, at resemble them.
A careful comparison of the a above descriptions of Ctenacan-
thus and H Hybodus will show that the so-called spines of Ctena-
canthus from the spines of Hybodus in very few particulars,
Si tect na secrecy, first, that the posterior surface of the former
of that » ear is is general y observed
in Hybodus, but Agassiz pvens taaeg s Eis: third
150 CTENACANTHUS, A SPINE OF HYBODUS.
but I cannot accept this opinion, for the spines present every
variation between the two extremes, and both varieties are found
the same microscopical structure. For the purposes of compari-
son with the spines of Hybodus, I have of course chosen the
most typical specimens of Ctenacanthus. No. I e upper
of a spine of Ctenacanthus; on its lower part it 1
exposed portion. A transverse section through No. I shows the
shape of the internal cavity and the slight concavity of the
with the exception of being larger, there 1s
thi i nd t ion 0
CTENACANTHUS, A SPINE OF HYBODUS. 151
at its ¢ Then again, in C. major - 4, fig. 3) the
Scabeick paki “est ovale et arrondie.” These descriptions
and figures are manifestly in scammits ; it may be that the speci-
mens he examined -were either crushed —— or else much
The Seep 9 sells of these — is very little known,
the only author that I am acquainted with who attempts to
describe it is Ageshis ; “i ne “ Poissons Fossiles,” tome 3, he
gives two engravings (tab. A., figs. 8 and 9) of the structure of
Hybodus reticulatus, they are, however, poor representations ;
h
précédent (Datonacoestivan) que par le aid grand nombre de
couches concentriques qui entourent la cavi ite médian » et t dans
mais en pétit n mbre. Les lisiéres saben qui se trouvent
entre la dentine cide dont les canaux secondaires sont entourés
I know many points of resemblance to Ctenacanthus an -
fore to Hybodus. Agassiz does not refer to he structure of
Ctenacanthus. Having therefore no authority upon whom I can
depend for a correct account of the minute structure of Hybo-
dus and oe shall fhe § bce Boome sections that I
ve had made in my presen a revent a great
amount ~ so. I will state ie cite tke the structures of
these two spines are very similar, for under the mncrOnCD pe it is
well nigh — to say which is which. In the
sections uired, for if too thick nothing can be
seen but the declines of the larger canals and dark tissue be-
( rawings gassiz ; if too
thin, then the calcigerous — more © especialy the finer —
are broken or ground aw ay. The x eae
152 CTENACANTHUS, A SPINE OF HYBODTS.
ramuli are given nearly at right angles to t
paren he tissue between equals about two-thirds of
with the terminal branches of the neighbouring system. e
diameters of these tubules average 3a's9th of an inch at their
origin and the finer branches average +530% of an inch. There
are no concentric layers of dense vascular tissue surrounding the
central cavity near the root, but as we proceed upwards this
concentric arrangement becomes observable.
In the body of the spine the canals become slightly altered in
character, those near the circumference being much smaller in
layers, and those near the centre have also decreased in size to
about the 200th of an inch but they are not surrounded by lamelle.
The circumferential portion of the body has now, therefore, a
superabundance of tissue over canals, but pe centre they
are about equal. From all the canals seaipsvitvel tubes arise,
but those near the centre give them off very sparin gly, while the
vessels near the periphery do so xecedinehy abundantly ; the
tubuli branch very freely and the ramifications anastomose °
quently with each other, so much so that where the tubules are
numerous, as near the external surface, they fill the tissue be-
tween the canals with a fine networ Surrounding each canal
seoespdlsilee and in some parts is pierced by very large canals
from which arise long but fine dendritic tubules. As we approach
the apex the medullary cavity becomes smaller and smaller, and
all tl area are surrounded by lamine and therefore smaller
Such se 5 the Beir presented by sections of the spine of
n d such are the characters observed when simi
sections of Bey bodkea are examined, even the sizes of the tubules
tee ee ee ee eee eg aE ee ee,
ae : ~
*
CTENACANTHUS, A SPINE OF HYBODTS. 153
tubal ar arrangement pho, on easly of ‘ie hardness
of ~ fossi lized spine and of the consequent brittleness when the
b roces
sec is becoming transparent under the
ng have now compared the spine of Ctenacanthus with that of
Hybodus both externally and internally, and e proof is
most conclusive o their identity, but to some the me
similarity of form, markin d structure may not be ¢
nt evidence to settle this matter. I will therefore for
“car non n-seulement j je connais les 1 rayons et les dents
des Higbodes et jai la certitude qu’ils appartiennent au méme
genre, mais encore j’ai pu m’assurer que partout ow l’on trouve
des rayons de ce type, il existe aussi des dents analogues et vice
versa.” Now, in my paper, “ Hybodus, a Coal Measure Fish,”
I showed that the teeth of Hybodus were found in the Coal
called spines of Ctenacanthus cannot be disti rng ee from the
external form or by their minute stru cture. Now the spines of
Longton, Staffordshire ; it is an undoubted specimen of Ctena-
eanthus with non-tubereulated ridges, and in close contact with it
bere
essrs. Hancock and Seay in a 2 paper which they published
‘im the “Transactions of the
umb:
Natural History Society,” stated their helief that the teeth,
tubercles and spine, belonged to one‘fish, and Mr. Thompson of
Glasgow has also given the same opinion, aahnge none am are them
had seen such a specimen as that in the possession of Mr. Ward.
154 _ CTENACANTHUS, A SPINE OF HYBODUS.
b
covered accompanying Hybodus spines or teeth in the Wealden
or Lias I do not know, but even if they have never drone found so
associated in rohan formation s my view would not receive any
confutation, for in order that these light fuberelie should be
deposited in close proximity to such heavy objects as spines and
teeth the water would have to be in perfect quiescence, and then
in the character of the fish itself might have undergone
change in this respect during the mighty ages which passed away ,
between the Carboniferous and the Jurassic periods.
Both the spines and teeth of Hybodus from the Coal Measures
have been found buried in or associated with masses of shagreen
and disintegrated cartilage.
ichwald, a — paleontologist, after an ery eh of some
ines found in arboniferous Limestone of Russia, came to
oe, conclusion that they belonged to Hybo sing and named them
accordingly H. panderi. He also asserts, in his “Lethaa Rossica,”
that H. polyprion of Agassiz has been discovered in the same
formation.
To sum up: all the deductions and descriptions drawn out b
' Agassiz and neg vit base gt to ee a the more recent
formations can be a with equal t o the spines of
Hybodus (Ctenaeanths and i the teeth af "Sytodue (Cladodus)
from the Coal Measures; the only statement requiring correction
i i siles’:—* Les H
c’est-a-dire jusqu’aux derniers dépéts jurassiques et weldiens ;
ils existent méme dans la Craie.” This will require the substitu-
tion of “vieux grés-ro a for “ grés-bigarré,” for although
this paper is directed pee to the Coal agen remains,
undisputed spines of Hybodus (Ctenacanthus) are found in the
Carboniferous Limestone and in the Old Red Sandstone. In
these latter formations teeth of poe are also ge red,
but not nea of Hybodus, so far as 1 am aware. This, however,
is of no importance, because it is ebanl that the fish Cladodus
alison spines exactly similar to Hybodus, if Cladodus be not
equal in number a ak side | of the central cone ; while
ybodus they decrease in size and may be equal or Benes
each side. Now, I have examined specimens of Hybodus having
all the secon i i
they were all the same height a the centre denticle and equal in
——— ee nae
ge
a
.
CTENACANTHUS, A SPINE OF HYBODUS. 155
number on each side of it. I have also seen oe teeth with
the ne ag denticles egual in number, but asing in size
i We ha
ut
called Cladodas rea wy Ley ze - hc but are situa
yale another of those ‘eta that further research has
proved to have ene during a protracted period, and that tends
to break down the artificial barrier between Palzozoie and
Mesozoic times.
* See my paper with engravings proving this in the begieme’ and March
numbers of the “Monthly Review of Dental Surgery”
Ce
157
On a System of Notation ee to eipiaining to
Students certain Electrical Operations.
By the Hon. Proressor Smiru, M.D., M.L.C., C.M.G., &c.,
University of Sydney.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 3 October, 1877.]
For a number of years I have been in the habit of using in my
lectures on electricity a simple kind of notation in applyin g the
double-fluid hypothesis to the ena of Volta’s clectro-
t the same objection may urged, wit.
tea or avis force, to any other hypothesis ; Ree if in : teaching
) make use of any hypothesis pant it has been
stratio of the bar. 6 thet which would I think be dull work
for both teacher ais taught: Provisionally then we use the
fluid hypothesis because it ‘adapts itself readily to all the ordinary
phenomena, and affords a simple means classifying or con-
necting them together. De la Rive says of it:—* Although
subject to strong objections, it is, in ae. resent state of the
age that implies uli existence of electric fluids. It appears
thi
to prove, that when electrical phenomena, as those of induction,
conduction, insulation and discha sit oceur, 7, depend on ag"
us particle tter,
158 ON A SYSTEM OF NOTATION ADAPTED TO EXPLAINING
directions ; and that they act at a ramet only by acting on
e contiguous and intermediate parti another plac “4
(N o. 1667) he says :—* The theory of ear alae set it forth
* does not assume anything new as to the nature of the fee
tric force or forces, but only as to their distribution. The effects
in which a appear. The theory, though it professes to
perform the important office of statin how th “ia are
arranged, does not, as far as I can yet bai suppl ingle
experiment which can be ssc a distinguishing test of
the truth of any one of these various pea it humility
when I thought I knew something about the matter; but the
longer I live, and the more carefully I study the subject, the
more ection Iam of my total ignorance of the nature of
electri
t
the risk we run of pie ae oo much in them, and of attributing
to them a higher value than our knowledge warrants. On this
point Tyndall remarks:—“Tn our conceptions and reasonings
The fluid fama is sometimes aad in a manner, ae may
to inners conv erroneous impressions; as, for example, in
pee fluid ba atirached and. ite: negative repelled. On
hing the me late = free (repelled) electricity flows to
the earth ons sae) the p pesca tes gm g handle
ami : posi
Laoag tricity is given off to a conductor, w
M
aetna ELAN rs Enon NY ne. nel ln amma
—
TO STUDENTS CERTAIN ELECTRICAL OPERATIONS. 159
natural to suppose that the plate is entirely aie ent - electric
fluid? To the same effect is the easy 28 in Ganot’s lees:
itself over the ‘ore and if : co nd lection be: brought near it a
8 ark passes.”” I do not see how a beginner’ could ve
well avoid the peri that i cover is thus entirely deprived
of its electric fluid.
Then as to the action of the electrical machine, Tyndall says—
“When the glass plate is turned by a handle it passes between
po
negative electricity and repelling its positiv ctor
i th pots from which negative electricity streams
ou igus the excited glass. Th ape ime conductor is
with positive fluid. The ans esas gives up
nothi he the conductors ; in fact, it only abstracts from them
their ir negative fluid.” In other books usually i in t
students the statements are equally liable to misconstruction.
Tn explaining electrical excitation by the two-fluid theory, I
consider it — to show that the total quantity of electric
fluid belonging to a body is never aa but its quality may be
changed by the Seales Sida of a portion of the one fluid for an
equal portion of the other. The cena or unelectrified condition
may be assumed as consisting of the two fluids combined in equal
proportions. Whenever this Pee seman is om any way dis-
turbed—that seine he the electric fi a ae
one kind, or is more th se remersng ear ear praire perch accused
proper to the body never ersten Ee we have e. excita-
tion or charge. Take, for example, a glass tube anda sill ruber
each with its own pro ak yoann ure of neutral electric a when
- they are rubbed toget pound fluid on
on
gets
or partially Coarmpeees the whole’ or part of the
f
¢
160 ON A SYSTEM OF NOTATION ADAPTED TO EXPLAINING
negative or resinous electricity ies bs to the glass passes over
to the rubber, and an equal measu eof positive or vitreous passes
to the glass. Each body sities to have the same quantity of
Hectic fluid attached 4 it as at first, but the iiss lity of the fluid
is changed—each body has now an excess of one fluid, and a
corresponding deficiency of the other—and otNsg each body
is electrically excited or charged, the one positively and the other
negatively.
now the case of the urigd sehgn When the metal
cover is put down on the excited cake of resin, the compound
fluid of the cover is pans osed by induction, it po ositive portion
being attracted towards the cake and its negative repelled. If
the cover be touched by a conductor, a part o of the repelled nega-
eX#ESS 0. posi sitive, and when the cover is patente from the
inductive action of the cake and touched with a conducter, it
gives off its excess of positive and receives an equal amount of
negative, thus restoring the oO condition of the cover. Let
us see how these changes may be simply represented.
oe. V be a measure of ieits or ad sates electricity, and R
an equal measure of resinous or negative; V + R will then
represent the neutral fluid. If we take the ‘fluid on the surface
of the resinous cake to b may suppose it to be
entirely decomposed by friction, and it will then become 2 R.
Represent the fluid of the cover thus : vie The cover being
put down on the cake, the whole fluid will be decomposed by indue-
tion and we shall have pes Touch the cover with the finger.
The 2 R of the cover 6 2 V from the finger ; they combine,
and the neutral fluid thus formed is instantly distributed on the
contiguous surfaces, V 4+ R going to the cover and the same to
the finger. The cover will then show ¥: Ait , V being in excess
and R deficient. Remove the cover by its insulating handle an
touca it—YV is given off, and R received in its place, leaving the
Wid R
cover as at first : '
rave R.
In Dr. Golding Bird’s “Elements of Natural Philosophy”.
modification of Volta’s electrophorus is thus described :—“ thin
with amalgam; then carefully lifting the glass by one
corner, place it on a badly condueting surface, as dese este
*
a.
Sa ac i a a ia aii ails dine
TO STUDENTS CERTAIN ELECTRICAL OPERATIONS. 161
or the cover of a book, with the uncoated side downwards. Toue
ck; it now gives a positive sethie The cra di culty
represented as V+ er e face ma
to have 2 V. This acts by fonaetion a nnkk the — Pie i ae
to repel the V of the ek into the book and attract R fro
ok
is received in Lenina and the back of the a
: Santos t ts aasne represented vem Finally, on
162 ON A SYSTEM OF NOTATION ADAPTED TO EXPLAINING
-
the plate away from the book, the 2 V of the face acts again by
ind é
thus capable of giving a positive spark. As a matter of fact, this
last positive charge is much stronger than that obtained when the
— after friction is raised and the back brought to an electro-
scope ; and much stronger also than the negative charge got from
the back when the plate and book are raised together. A glance
at the notation shows clearly the reason of this.
Turn now to the function of the machine in charging a Leyden
jar. In applying our notation we have to consider four separate
chai h
insulated rubber. On eac ese parts w kan represent the
neutral electric fluid as R a Vv, and we then hav
Leyden as
a a P. Cond. Inside. | Outside.
Vv R+VIR4+V
8
notation. But at thre A pope 8, namely, between glass of machine
and P.P.C., between P.. side of jar, and between out-
Machine Air. es ‘i ose Air. Inside. Glass Outside.
RV
as MS +
The slide fluid formed at these three points must be instantly
redistributed on the neighbouring surfaces, one half gomg one
way the other half the other way. We then etn ve—
Machine.
iat ac ey PRE) 4M
rer yLyY | EFT ET
Every has thus eer the same measure of e
finid as when we iis machin and PP. the Bu
neutral ; bu ac ie ok the there is an excess
| RR” V++to rubber. ;
TO STUDENTS CERTAIN ELECTRICAL OPERATIONS. 163
one fluid with a corresponding deficiency of the other, and the
jar is represented as half char arged. ontinuing to turn the
machine, another cycle of decomposition, recomposition and
redistribution is gone through, but now with only half the
original amount of fluid. The mene RCE and recomposition
may be aes ren in one lin
P.O. Air.
im TGt We PVG ER; +(R+V); + V+3R;
Tnside. er
-4+V+4+V rar R+i4R; } V+ to rubber.
and the aerate redistribution thus :—
4(R-+V)+3 oa ca (R+V); 4(R+V)+4 & +H +TREM
Outside.
PEE W +IVEY R+ik+%4 (R+V)
We still have the original quantity of neutral fluid on the
machine and P.P.C.; but on each side of the jar although the
quantity is unaltered the quality is more fe pay the V accumu-
ng inside and the R outside. It must be “needless to repre-
sent the mieten in detail further. The as cycle of operations
would give us inside the jar 3 (R+V)+ivV+iV+ V,and
outside R + 3R+ FR +3 (RK + VY). The series pada ntly
tends to 2 ie “inside, and 2 R outside, but can never qerrers
reach that r
Vi
(hypothetical and artificial as it may be psaicey eri we perceive
: be :
would appear that a ries ‘i mr heres is mee
There will always be a residuum o negative electricity ined
and “2 ositive —
‘iotasion, but the case is too miler to require exemplification.
The two fluids being equal in amount on the two sides
together and form neutral fluid, which is instantly redistri ibuted
in equal parts to the two surfaces, ene the whole ot
with the original amount of neutral fluid.
iF
3
=
ae
” Fe ee ne LEE ET TL LL A Le a a a aa eA enema.
Notes on the Meteorology and Natural History
of a Guano Island.
By W. A. Drxoy, F.C.S.
[ Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 3 October, 1877.]
Havine, during a residence on Malden Island extending over
two and a half years, from October, 1866, to March, 1869, made
serv:
ob ions on various subjects, I have eevee
that it might interest spe bers of t
I placed them on reco have only a superficial kigwisslite
in lat. ee 6 ont ae, 154° 58’ W., and at that. time was unin-
habited, though there were signs of previous occu ation. The
native name of the ens accordin to the traditions of the i in-
thatthe reowl? a been washed off the island. Appearances
did warrant this assertion, however, though it seemed as if
the net had at oe time made a breach over one spot, and such
an occurrence may have induced the inhabitants to abandon a
place mean ew attractions.
In form the island is piecmcise and according to a rough
the bank of the —~ rises, formed of cmwne coral 8 madre-
pores thrown up p by th e waves. This bank differs in construction
on the different sides of the island, the north and south sides,
166 NOTES ON THE METEOROLOGY AND
hollows between them i h, e outer ridge p 8a
somewhat steep face towards the sea, and they all follow the
coast-line with great regularity. I had an opportunity of seeing
The interior of the island was composed of masses of coral
rock in situ, between which were patches of guano of varying
richness, and was about 3 feet above water level, showing that
the island had been upheaved to that extent. Near the south
side a fissure extended for some distance running east
west, partly open and partly filled in by matter deposited sub-
oes
*
»
NATURAL HISTORY .OF A GUANO ISLAND. 167
- fissures in the coral rock. The. im mense evaporation from the
surface of the lagoon in aisha dry weather causes a c t
influx of water, which is only influenced in rapidity by the state
of the tide, slenesh <i at low-water, and flowing outwards
ing
only at low-water near S amachiglidan as far as I could o
During heavy tropical rains, to which the island is at times
subjected, the rain-water soaking from the higher surrounding
lands washes out the lagoon as it were, and reduces the amount
ormed around the shallow margin. The specific gravity of the
water inthe open sea I found was 1:026, and on different occa-
sions I eta) that of the lagoon water to be 1:090 and 1:120,
ere tha seitane: was only three or four ives hae salt
c
This alternate evapora and removal of the more —
salts has caused Gas 5: ‘of eh of calcium with m
or less carbonat te to be formed, ia 2 at vee west ak ects
which the wind is generally blowing, and w is furt est from
being bound together by a mat of vegetable matter
apparently the same or similar to the iar marine ogen
described by M. Aimé Girard as covering niche bottom of the salt
gardens of Portugal*. This forms a tremulous crust which may
be walked upon, whilst underneath, the hapowks is a white mud
which may be readily probed to a ‘de epth of several feet. The
wind occasionally removes portions of this crust and carries it
with ee deposit farther west, so that it forms a long slope,
which as it rises above the water level is being luall
= upon by a thick-leaved plant having the appearance
a mesembrianthemum. This, collecting the dust blown from
the drier portions below, forms a ridge about 18 inches high in
which the aga birds burrow holes, altering i its appearance by
panep
charging it with organic matter and
The sails of the island, although lying near the equator,
and sometimes having the north-east and sometimes the south-
east trades, is generall characterized i extreme Go agon Z
* Compt. Rend., Lxx1, 1193.
a
168 NOTES ON THE METEOROLOGY AND
was about 0°5 inch. I then made arain-gauge, which was placed
in the ground in an exposed situation 21 feet above sea-level,
but there was no rain-fall to record from that date until the 1st
September, 1867, or ten months. The rain-fall then
~ 4866, Nov.5. 0°50
1867,Sept.1 0-036
2S
Meat sicsiesie 1316 No. of wet days, 12.
o
aa
r ‘ NOW be ho rs bo bt BS
“Ge SE GD Oe Ww te I I CONT © OD OO ST
i)
=
a
ey
&
os
S
POPOV
©
th ae
|
)
|
Sepa Rye eet Be creek ee eT Mee et Re TEE LOM OSs RE ae SR Ue CNY Ee ear Rete Sy Egy ae. Ee
NATURAL HISTOKY OF A GUANO ISLAND. 169
1868, Sept. 3 0-003
ee 10 0-102
| Oct. 4 1681 Temp. nama of air 77° F., wind due
6 a.m.
11 0-998 Temp. rain 7”, air, same ; wind, E. »6 a.m,
1
3° F.; 6 p.m.
Dec. ‘ 1-724 Bogen ta et 1 a@.01., No. 30 ; barometer
18 0:20.
25 0007
Noy. 2 0-031
| 3 0-130
hy 4 07152
10 0-002
p 17 0:440
0-018 ee a day, sun ot seen; shade
|
|
11 0018 bases east, strong ; oe of rain 80°,
ir 84° ; rain ned 19 how
. 12 "093
13 0°229 *
14. 0752 Dead calm.
16 * (061 Fi
> 16 0-527 "
18 0046 #
31 = 0-018 ” Sea very heavy.
For year...... 13°580 Number of rainy days, 52.
1869,Jan.13 0527 — :
16 1-004 Strong west — a4 temp. rain 78°; air 82°;
barometer
7 —— west “aay ; ‘temp. rain 78°; ; air 82°;
igs 1580 ha er lowest reaching 28°825, got up
; cand evening to 29°8
. yi ee — Veg ey west wind ; fone. rain 78° F. ;
7 Re F
- ) 0-558 ” ”?
: 1:038 ee -
od 0°694 ” ”
P rs od Pe ‘ : ”
mavrd ”
26 nf ie 5 Wind east a
: 2 ee 372 fie
ee sg} #871 in 9b hone ‘
: Feb. ,
O96
= ) 0°223
‘ ) 0403
| 0589
5 22 0682
23 ©0099
: 4 0031
| 5 2-232 4
: March & 0031
7
170 . ’ NOTES ON THE METEOROLOGY AND
1869, March 9 0-015
: ee 1360 Thunder and lightning ; barometer usual.
22 0°446°
23 0°229
—— 28 days rain in 3 months.
It was rcp that during the day-time it frequently rained
in =m show pr te all sides, without any falling on the island.
Heavy rai de aac me up from the e st, which as they came
radiation so that the cloudsno longer disappeared, but at a
times the greater part of the rain fell at night or during early
morning.
The barometer that I had was an aneroid which I got from on
board a ship, and except on three oceasions noted above registered
29°95 inches at 9a.m. This is about 0°11 inches higher than the
usual reading within the tropics, the difference being no doubt
due to the barometer itself, but as it got broken coming here I
had no opportunity of comparing it.
The variations of the thermometert in the shade were ae
e F. On October 11th, at daybreak, 7 7° F., raining, wind E.
On December Ist, at 11 a.m., raining, 84° p all day ; and from
the 16th January, 1869 to 29th, inclusive, the thermometer never
rose above 82°, there being continuous rain and no sun visible
for thirteen days, with the wind due west. Hanging in the sun
and freely e o the wind, the unblackened thermometer
gave at different pen readings 3° , and covere
with one inch of soil, light grey in colour, it rose to from 125°
to 135° in the afternoon. As I had only one Loret sierdeal these
clea could not be often taken for fear of breaka
oration was not observed with regularity, but an average —
<o inches
¢ days ending 11th December, 1868, gave e 0387.
_ NATURAL HISTORY OF A GUANO ISLAND. 171
Wind :—In the beginnitig of October the wind was generally
light east with calms, and the north-east trades began about the
middle of the month, varying from E. to N.E. till the end of
ebruary, when light winds and calms again occurred, followed
by S.E. and E. trades till October. The only exceptions to this
January, 1869, the wind was strong as
not large enough to check the trade wind, so that at mae there
was almost always a dead at the west en
‘ occasionally a barely perceptible movement from the sea
The set of the currents round the island was ae at A
same ted that the wind changed from N.E. to 8.E., and t
change was marked by the movement of an immense mass: 0
rming the west beach. In the beginning of March the
sand began to accumulate on the beach and continued to do so
until the beginning of October, forming a beach about 120 feet
wide by 9 feet high, and a mile long. When the sun crossed
the zenith of the island almost to a day this sand began to move
to the south, where it was piled up for some distance along the
south beach ‘andl all that the waves could reach was removed,
aed it was again brought back as soon as the sun crossed the
nith going north. In a great tidal disturbance in the end of
Weceaiihor. 1868, the greater portion of this sand was washed
away into deep water and disappeared.
The tide rose at springs about 2 feet, and it was high-water
about 4 p.m. at the full and change of the moon, at which times
there was generally a heavy swell om the west beach, and either
the south or north according to whether the trades were N.E.
or S.E.—the swell being on.the opposite side to the wind.
The zodiacal ao er anes always to be seen, but was not
noticeable for brillia
green weed
i ; and seemed ng to soon cover the
we of th ‘the reefs, ab 8 ig oven andi killing tims corals.
172 NOTES ON THE METEOROLOGY AND
The soil on the banks on which these plants grew, and that
luxuriantly when there was rain, gave on analysis when air-
dried—
Wat 6°24 or P Mosant 624
Ongunic matter 501 501
Lim 46°23 Phowphate g esi eit aie
Magn POI Ni. ccs ina tevexebucs 2:07 sphate of calei sie
Alumina and oxide of iron 0°21 sab phate re pee we
Phosphori (i Asie paar 3:84 e % seseee TABS
Sulphuric seis cts pales 14 Carbonate magnesium...... 4°34
Carbonic P 35°49 Silica : 21
_ Silica 21 eae at
Chlorine and alkalies...... (Traces) 10014
100°44
In this analysis the phosphoric acid was separated from the
ia precipitate - . H. Rose’s method. The matter
on which the mesembriantheum grew was actually a poo
guano, tage washed free from salt-water with which it was
saturated, contained—
ore and organic matter............... 35°56 f
rete of calcium 13-79
Sul ah set est Hi) Cheese eee 602
arlOnaee: ny cists, ago csahucsctancns 43°21
paihaaes magnesium and loss ...... 1°42
100:00
ANIMALS.
Of the animals inhabiting the island — were twenty-two,
and five birds which were occasional visit
Five of these were insects. 1st. The common house-fly,
which is found on all islands that are or have been inhabited,
but not on uninhabited ones. 2. A small blow-fly. A
minute red ant. 4. A ead a species of 7 stes. 5. A large
moth, which was sometimes rare, bu r continued rain
very abundant, this whole island tote covered wit
a All the birds had also one or more species of
parasites — on them.
There w re two species ¢ of lizards; a bright-coloured one, about
6 inches jot rejoicing in the sun unshine, and a dull-coloured
geko, much shorter, living in dark corners.
qua rutin there was only one Ee oceans a small species of
rat, which was more than sufficien ntly numerous.
_ O€ the birds, the five occasional visitors were—a small petrel;
a dark grey duck ; a bird somewhat like a kestrel hawk, which
=
Rs SR eA 81S Nn
NATURAL HISTORY OF A GUANO ISLAND. 173
lived on lizards ; a snipe or sandpiper, and curlew. The two last
were almost always on the island, either on the edge of the reef
or near the small lagoons, but they did not breed there.
e fourteen pare that ies on the island there
ati crow
tropic d th
Of these birds the one which
booby, which it did a er on the branches of trees or on the low
marsh
frequently lay two eggs and sit on them, but I never saw more
one young one; all the other birds lay one gies Tie
e young have flow
most numer ine e black wide-awake and the
frigate bird, and it is a them that es deposits of guano on the
island are principally due.
The wide- ALkrst lays on the sloping bank twice a year, in
October and April, under the shelter. of — of Tee hh In
of birds fying to rag fro between the flock and the sea. Day
day the imm k flies lower and lower, till about the
re fo
island. the hock would in this way cover 5 acres of ground, but
in 2} years the number had been reduced to one-fifth, Hatin 2 §
* ceva” soa of cats yaa had run wild and eased with
idity. The bird seems only to iy one egg and
hateh. it, er poi that te is taken away, in a few days another is laid
in the same place, unless the flock has been too much disturbed,
=
174 ‘NOTES ON THE METEOROLOGY AND
The frigate birds = principally on the level ground where the
portulaca. grows short, and they remain nearly constantly . the
egg the yolk weighed 263 grs., the ord ee 424 grs., the propor-
tions being 1 : 3and 1:16. At the breeding time the cocks
ve large scarlet pouches under their necks, which they _—
when roosting. ese are ay 5 inches in diameter, an to se
small enough to swallowed, and if a flock of e birds
having callow young are disturbed, the birds in haus air res
down on one another’s young: which they carry up into the air,
let them drop a few yards, and again catch and swallow them.
If a flock of wide-awakes has settled near a clump of trees about
the time of hatching, the frigate birds roost on the branches
left f
small rain-cloud for many mi
e puffinas are sc, $0 $e for the extreme regularity of their
movements, starting at 4 a.m. for their fishing grounds ie the
greatest punctuality. Before that time all is quiet, when alm
a minute the air is filled with their cries,and by daybreak or pate
atter they have disappeared. At 4 p.m. they o return and
sport noisily in the air till sunset, when shee retire ros their holes.
The flesh of most of a birds is strong-tasted, but the
ctoral muscles of the frigate and tropic birds which are never
fat are very good if cooked “separa from the bones, whilst the
eggs of the wide-awake are excellen
The signs of previous habitation were sufficiently numerous.
There were three mareas built of coral rock slabs set on edge
and filled in with loose blocks and shingle to a level surface about
2 feet above the level of the ground. One of them was about
SST ome
NATURAL HISTORY OF A GUANO ISLAND. 175
30 feet by 12, and was surrounded at a distance of a few yards
by lines of coral slabs set in the ground, about 6 inches project-
ing wend the surface.
“There ere numerous kitchen the Kea a of ashes and
on the island must have been the accumulation of many genera-
tions, so that it seems probable that the island was inhabited by
afew families for a long period. Near the kitchen heaps in several
places were wells (seven in all) sunk to a depth of 2} feet, and
carefully faced with coral slabs, but I never saw any water in
them, and on sinking one a ‘foot deeper salt-water only was
obtained. It was evident that fresh water had always been very
scarce, as everywhere that a small hollow occurred in the rocks
which would collect and retain rain-water, it was covered by one |
or more slabs of coral to protect the wep from the sun. ‘These
hollows had in most cases become with guano dust, and on
clearing this out I generally found the belly whorl of a cassis or
dolium which had heen kept there as a drinking vessel
forming 4 line of itepping stained.” * The eutting and mesear
stones extended over the six inner ridges, whilst the three outer
ones were invariably as formed by the waves, eo a reco
at present unreadable of the desertion of the is
In one spot there was a rude attempt at facie a, several
coral slabs being pe on edge and cove other slabs laid . *
caer forming two dens about 4 feet cube, with entrances
8 inches wide. There had mpperenety been others at the same
pace whic had fallen ie disrepai
were numerous graves wniadell by upright coral
slabs. ot — pei of these, but was not successful in find
ing any remains in them; but another gentleman was more suc-
Porn the first grave he opened yielding a skull and tibia of a
who from the length of this bone must have been nearly
6 re high. Inthe same grave were a hatchet-head with polished
formed of the outer lip of cassis polished to an edge at one end ;
Rugs a neck-pendant from the inner lip of the same shell well cut
to an acuminate ovate form, and bered at the wide end for s
pension by a cord. In many places there were numerous a
heads chipped roughly out of tridacna shells. These are
of the shell an adze-sha iece which seems to me to be the
pattern on which many of the South Sea stone 5 aie wee
176 THE GUANO AND OTHER PHOSPHATIC DEPOSITS
The Guano and soa Phosphatic Deposits occurring
n Malden Island.
~ W. A. Drxon, F:C.S.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 3 October, 1877.]
Tue guano deposits on Malden Island are entively pecans
and occur either on the spot where deposited by the birds, or
crevices and pockets amongst the rocks, where it seems to have hail
washed by water or blown by the wind, or possibly it may have _
extensive, but Moi fot in value—much of it being too poor to
ar the cost of removal.
Having left the “faland rather hurriedly, owing toa severe illnes
I unfortunately lost a note-book containing analyses of the different
deposits, phosphatic minerals, plant-ashes, &c., and have therefore
, to fall back on some analyses in a rough note-book, made by an
expeditious method, for the purpose of ascertaining what deposits
were worth working. After ignition to expel organic matter
water, the process used was, to dissolve the ash in a minimum of
hydrochloric acid, precipitate tricalcic phosphate by amm onia,
dissolve the washed precipitate, and after addition of a small
quantity of tartaric acid, re-precipitate with ammonia and weigh as
tricalcic 2 egg = eggaalees: ash being tested to ensure the absence of
carbona This process, though not absolutely ‘accurate,
these deposits, and the last two together never amounted to more
than 0°25 per cent.
The following analyses show the general composition of the
recent guanos ase method :—
ecent ctr hoe?
_ Water and bur matter 10 14:10
a phosphate... sips ee bs 72-49 » 7921
ae te me si aes ae 4:19
y ” sulphate 5°82 21i
ingcue um carbonate, alkalies, sand, andloss 1°96 33
‘ 10000 pestis
__® See H. Pellet, Bull. Soc. Chim. [2] xvu, 105; and Chem. Soc. Jour.
[2] xvi, 578.
+ See also Fettbogen, Chem, Soc., Jour. [2] x, 1,112; and-“Voelker, Jour.
ameehae feo 2, [2] xa, 440,
OCCURRING ON MALDEN ISLAND. 177
Frigate Bird ( Tachepetes) Guano (recent).
Water and organic matter... oe param 6 i: | 9°75
Calcium phosphate ofa cs is .. 84°34 81°91
>» carbonate .... a ade 2c ae ag COL
2 sulphate 79 ;
Magnesium carbonate, sleiKin, sun, “waa es 34 35
100-00 100-00
The organic matter present consisted principally of roots of
plants, and yielded very small quantities of —— The removal
of the nitrogenous organic matter appears, s island at all
events, to be principally due to the action of “the heat of the sun,
and not to rain, which is the cause usually assigned. Whilst
‘the birds were on the ‘eek there was a considerable evolution
ammonia ; but this disappeared entirely before they again
laid, there being an interval of three months during which the
seven showers—the heaviest being 0-4 inches, which fell about two
or three days after the birds left the ground, and in e the
nitrogenous matter had disap d before they returned
guano seems*not to be deposited fast enough for the recent upper
layers to protect the lower.
The guanos deposited by the salt birds (puffinas) was always
poor in phosphates, as they principally inhabited ground where
dust—composed of carbonate and sulphate of calcium, deposited by
the evaporation of the water of the lagoon—is deposited by the
wind. By their continual burrowing they also bring up “is the
surface portio _ deposi
before they took possession of the ground. The following shows
composition of some of this guano :—
Water and organic matters. =... 20°66 = 26-24 263
Phosphate of calcium __... ia .. 4090 5436 55°74
baie seg pes ae 21
The old guano is found on the low ground, a little mside the
encircling ridge, and the surface is about 3 feet above water level.
immediate surface is never of any value, gue largely contaminated
with calcium carbonate ; and the richness in phosphates increases
. With the depth. When the aD nak =. down tothe
; lined indura very
rich in phosphates (ernst guano of Vora loc. ney Of this I
178 THE GUANO AND OTHER PHOSPHATIC DEPOSITS
have recently obtained a specimen, of which the following is an
analysis, the phosphoric acid being separated by Rose’s method :—
Water sts a A
nie matter and combined water. i so GAD
Phosphoric acid Sus .. 43°04
i acid ... ee wed as - te 62
Carbonic acid ... Ne ae te es (Traces)
ime yd ars ... 43°45
Magnesia =e She Su ee es eo Aape of
erric oxid dalumina ... Au ais (Traces)
100°13
his (as in most other analyses that I have made of t
same "kee both calcium and magnesium phosphates are
present.
re the pockets gars below the water level, on the
other et when this was attained the material altered in
appearance, from bein soft "yellow-brown owder (when
remoy an and allowed to’ ravi o hard grains ofa ¢c oeolate-brown
colour, whilst the rocks were found incrusted with a hard choco-
ate
completely disintegrated—so much so that on remoying the crust
oleae a milky mixture with the water. This encrastaliol
was ipally composed of Ecges phosphate, magnesium
phosp ate, belive absent. It slight effe ervescence with
acid, which apparently arose e: ately tees the white specks. Its
fracture was cease choncoidal, it gave a yellow-brown powder,
and was very
The foll sathig numbers show the composition of the different
layers from the surface downwards—the material being taken i
Betas cent. to 16 per cent. dried out on exposure to the air. The
gy, 2nd Field.
Top 6 inches of guano. Loss 01 aii "243 23°51
Calcic ie ona wd 28:67 34°24
From 6 inches down to Loss on ignition 26°24 | 16°80
water-level Caleic phosphate 5436 63°10
oped phosphate to Loss on ignition 2470 23°61
inches below W. L. —Calcie phosphate 71°85 72°53
Incrusting stone Loss on ignition 8°25 6.31
87°59
phosphate Calcie phosphate 86°05
Saat
a I ee eae cae ie ee
7
OCCURRING ON MALDEN ISLAND. 179.
Deducting from each of these the percentage of volatile ecg
to make the increase more evident, the residues would contain of
calcic ee
Top 6 inch iia MEDS apie 44:7
Aen 6i ah to water level <i, FOB ae 746
m water — to 18 inches below Sea OO cae 94-9
ues phosphate ... sia ed Paes 93°4
I have lately ner to diniciehe the mode of formation of the
stone phosphate, but without any very satisfactory result. Tri-
calcic phosphate in solution in water saturated: with carbonic
entirely co age of caleic shoo
Amongst the recent guano deposits any loose stones were
found to ris sinilacky incrusted with calcium phosphate, which
had in many cases pene trated the stone to a considerable depth,
sometimes entirely so. They were found on the surface of the
guano, and not buried amongst . Several of these stones
up — gave the result No.1, whilst a single stone which
did n oe on the surface, and was sonorous when struck,
gave No.
No. 1. No. 2.
Loss on ignition Prt ae a ee ed 15°25 12°00
Calcium phosphate die, 000. 0ne) wee | one 48°50 41°15.
180 THE GUANO AND OTHER PHOSPHATIC DEPOSITS
It is evident that the general incrustation on the surface of
the rocks and on these stones was formed by the direct action of
the excrement of the birds, the stones a in fact pseudomorphs,
as there were abundance of similar pieces of coral shingle else-
where, the only difference in appearance bali i in their colour.
Discussion.
Mr. Ressecr asked Mr. Dixon if he t wager! ur inhabitants
_ had been driven away-by some great drought. d been stated
with regard to a. coat that ¢ ere as n no rain on ‘the
island for. re ars, sia e the crew of a vessel were there,
to crn tter surp it caine on to rain for three montlis, and
ASSES
XON * oad that four et before the year 1866 there
was og aati of rain, and one man said the whole place was
e a meadow—that was in 1862. Some, however, thought
that nonsense. In 1863, 1864, 1865, 1866, 1867, and 1868, there
was no sign of any such thing, but in 1869 there was abundance
of rain, and the place was like a meadow
t
Only one man had seen the previous wet
Believe ed what was said, that there was sometimes ra
, built a tank, and it was filled with one night’s rain. oe takin’:
however, that they have now again got into a rainy season ;
nD
It strikes me that as cats and pigs can live on ra island without
—o perhaps the Kanakas can also. V out some
and goats, and they wandered _— the island for deer or
ioive dea Seen lived saber Some of. the cats ran
wild. The rats got so numerous eat we used ns kill fa
oe in ia the va we killed some twenty thousand in two
mon
A — br if they were to dig down a few inches, could
— set wa
= said they never found any fresh water in the
Kiakes wells. The nearest inhabited island is distant about
300 miles.
Mr. Moore said the existence of the species of Plaats described
indicated long periods of drought, but the existe
seemed to be extraordin a : it proved that the eed must retain
their vitality for a long pe: tw was. very singular that’ the
grasses should spring Bea 80 ri aity and.cover the surface.
On
: the others natal there was mever any rain at =a Ser I.
ft
f
|
|
— eee
OCCURRING ON MALDEN ISLAND. _ 181
Mr. Dixon: The place was smooth and level, sree Bs ae it
was quite mh on the surface, and yet the seeds germ
Mr. Moors: There are as grasses that grow oe in
salt shee ies
The eer gars Is all the guano removed ?
Mr. Dixon: No. They mae keep removing it. The deposits
are very caibeutin, and scatter
The CuatrMan conveyed ry thanks of the meeting to Mr.
Dixon for his interesting papers.
A
183
On some Australian Tertiary Corals.
By the Rey. J. E. Tentson-Woops, F.G.S.; Hon. Mem. B.S.
N. asmania, ae Phil. tae Corr. Memb. RS.
Victoria, Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W.,'7 November, 1877.]
Tue subject of the Australian fossil corals has occupied much
attention among geo plog oem of late ge urs Deep-sea dredging
has brought them into prominent for not only have
several missing takes of past paleontological history been thus
discovered, but our fossils have been to possess remarkable
features of their own and ash ar 29 "affinities with fossils in
remote places. It was in 1865 that attention was first ines to
them by Prof. Duncan, at present holding the honorable position
of President of the Royal ag oy Society of London. In the
stones are cece destitute of corals, howe’ they are wonder-
fully rich in Polyzoa. They all came from the bed of argillaceous
limestone which underlies the basalts at Muddy Creek about 5
miles from Hamilton in Western Victoria. The result of Prof.
uncan’ mination was that seven or eight new species were
added to science, all of which possessed features of singular
interest, with the usual array of Australian ‘ ities” as
they are called. The relations were mostly with Miocene forms,
em
we al ne
genera, include Plabellum, Placotrochus, Sphere “sip Cono-
troe.
184 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY CORALS.
a which yielded many of oo aa perce ten and Prof.
Duncan was enabled to add tw tirely new species of genera
not itharto found, sical. ‘Dendvophyltas and Thambenedie
at gave especial interest to these forms were, that they were
reef-builders, whereas all the other species described were small
icellate solitary corals (with the exception os ny si aot
iving at comamiriaat depths at the bottom of the oce
learned Professor Duncan all my collections. in this Pouce
he ugh fully a
my own deficiencies for-s such a task, fo undertake their iaveutienl
‘oti ¢ ;
tion and description. Acink’ it due to science to state that I
feel my nmeffclency, and the _ help I shall receive from
what my predecessor in this matter has done, without which I
would not undertake it at t all.
y worked out of late dete os eat standard authori _g
tographical eciety 0 on British Fossil Corals. ere is also a most
complete “ie on the stony ponial: : Pro . Duncan, in a
ings and definitions of the various organs an se
These leave but little to be desired, and with ‘the ot of them
determination of era and ies becomes a comparative
speci
easy task. The literature of the Corals is very rich neta ding? as it
does the valuable reséarches of Peysson el, Pallas, Savigny,
La , and Lamouroux, and our own cou , whose
work ardsa Natural History of Corallines, London, 1754)
may still be cons advantage. Ta that
is was panne by lire ‘Milne Edwards and Audouin.
ion
the actine or jelly-fish and the corals. Of late years, * rest
CEE Len Se eC eee aka mame are eee
ON SOME AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY CORALS. 185
development has net ago - i previous ietiieliapediiilin ne wr
bours of the eminent n naturalist Dana, whose
on t the Pocwlavins of Wilkes’ 8 United States Exploring Expeditions
(1vol, _ ae PR oe , 1846 ; atlas fol., 1849) ve an epoch in
the se may be as we il to mention, for t ormation
of aclabin shat many important extracts from this work are
rap m Silliman’ s Asnariows Journal of Sciences.
acaba ce This must be the case with alls jodie, and in ‘lie
corals, where we “ae so little to go upon—so few features upon
which to erect generic and specifie differences—it must be always
felt. The difficulty that occurs to me is in determining the pre-
sence or absence of organs upon whieh generic distinctions are
made to r Thus, in the Turbinolide, we have sub-family
distinctions built on the presence or absence of pali, and this
describing, seaesce the characters of two or three genera (Conosmitia
&e.), or rshow
which our sree pare "Take, for enor the
costal features, ms the Turbinolide we find avery peculiar strue-
ture in five or six s There are only three cycles of septa,
exactly like modified septa, only that there is one cycle more t
the septa of the calice, and cons net we have a rib or septum
on the out v
MLUSHo ¥
ie: This will pena more extra traordinary if we call to mind _—
is the doctrine with regard to the coste, and I must be
for n making an extract from Messrs M.E. and H.’s work: (Net.
. des Cor., vol. 1, p. 58). “The — — = gives origin to
centripetal prolo canteen which we eal bears also in -
most cases projections or lamine ee to the septa, which .
develop thumeolres in a contrary dire scons and which we call
186 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY CORALS.
coste. These parts are gle of the same Dist cnanGcI as
the septa, a are in fact only the exterior continuation of
them, which is easily seen “es I the Turbinolide, Phytlan-
gia americana, Heliastrea Forskaliana, and many other corals
simple and compound. All that has pate said of the septa, os
fore, is true of the costa as to their relative positions and modes
multiplication.
| Micrabacia, the cost alternate with the external edge of ne
pta as if the tw ge of these were
gr neared from one another to unite with the external
r : :
Now
form an apisdarinem to this rule. The costz do not co
with the septa, but exceed them in number. If this ook Sa
in one genus alone, as it does in Turbinolide, we might not wonder
so much, but it appears in remote genera. Thus we have this
sulcatus, and, as I shall show in a species now to be described, it
oceurs in another species, and in a Ceratotrochus. ore ey case it
seems as if the coral animal had its support on the e
eaieies of the cone is intimately connected with sebties of the
animal, and their number y with those appendages.
It is not known, or bas it I believe “nee studied, what relation
their while to ascertain the siakcuiien: structure of Conocyathus
us, which is so common. at the mouth of the harbour.
I cannot however help raising the que ara as to the mport-
ance of the costx in the matter of classificati It seems to me
-*
oO
=
9
=
Q,
§
=
=a
Ve]
Po
@
°
=|
fol
(s)
<
La)
3
Qu
fas)
act aang or four different genera. Distinctions. agence
‘on the columella and pali are most unsatisfactory: in very many
or with pali attached to the se septa. I ma ale these remiurks wit th
the utmost diffidence, and not a ttempting to-cause any confusion
by. ousting new divisions, only let it be borne in mind that they
Sm Mee Serta pieces
i aa eR eae ‘
Bes a ae
ON SOME AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY CORALS. 187
are of importance, when we remember how badly preserved and
how worn fossils often are from which new species and genera
are created. A little wearing down may make a world of
ifference, when the classification rests on slight details, This
department of Natural — — awaits its Linneus to found
a system that all would accept. ve not it is true those
definite organs with ascertained faneticns that botanists possess,
and probably we shall not have until the living animals are
tter understood. For most of our corals we must resign all
hope of any further stad than that which the stony portion
will furnish, as the majority have flourished as past beauties of
the earth’s history, and are only known now as fossils. But
light, and much light sear — adios ga which still mite and
probably for this we m In the meantime I hav wh
attention to these pcre grees abler AB more learned asia
may follow u
a: of anew ee were the only ita gg —
ath
of new in| roumekabie | re ave en
Dr irre to ee in another genus, Prof. Duncan’s pe gph
and some other Tr species since discovered, for reasons which will
appear.
Mapreporarta aporosa. Fam. TuRBINOLID2#.
. - -
Tae wigrgts ae Edw. § Haime, aia
) 1 y tertiary—
e of Italy, Pliocene of Tuscany, Eocene of India. This
genus was erected for species, all of which are highly oe
ith spines and crests, which is imperfectly represented in
worn specimen of doubtful character, the diagnosis of which I
r examples in better preserva servation.
188 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY CORALS.
Genus Conocyatuts. D’Orb., 1849. i
a a veto straight, om. without trace of
rt, = ~~ cost provainent, ¢ no
strengthened by the curious discovery of two other species in
eur Miocene deposits.
ConocyATHUS cCYCLOcosTaTUS, N. s.—Corallum, cuneiform,
and withow ce of ornament, the secondary ones beginning at
the base and being with the first thicker at their origin, becoming
thin higher up.. Tertiary coste begin also a short distance from
the base, but those of the erie order at about a third, and the
at the summit of the corallum; septa in six systems of three
eycla, all equal, exsert, reachin e to the pers but ‘lightly united
with them ; the primaries wes flexuous at the inner edge and
all highly granular ; pali very conspicuous, forming six very
obes.
correspond with the fourth cycle of costz, but the wall bends
outward from each septum so as to form the rib. In very young
specimens the first order of the fourth cycle of coste is not visible,
in which case the wall bends outwards the fourt ae anes 6; maj.
axis of ealice, 3; min., 2 millim. Not very comm
CoyocyaTtHus F Co Kae ‘conical, the
sv being perfectly circular. Coste in three eyela,
‘from § e to side ; Sante in two oda of a six systems, perc
i wil
Genus iiincets Ed. § Haime, 1848.
Corallum, cing, free, but often with traces of adherence,
axis ; mh = slightly exsert, either smooth, pepilioss 6°
pastina, ox ® covered with a thin pellicular epitheea. oe
ON SOME AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY CORALS. 183
PracorRocnus ELEGANS.—Corallum, minute, broadly wedge-
shaped, laterally compressed, elliptical, major axis of summit
i e bas t L
a
=
tH
°
a]
eT
=
o
-s
7
©
=]
gf.
S
ie")
©
y
=
@
|
im
—
=
v7]
a
=)
”
2]
=
"
po
~
a
wo-th
the centre, leaving a deep fossa in which se sg sien ig
is very a Nagios —, t does not & e to the level of ~
tg Alt., . axis, 3, cH 7 diem. of 5 2
(Plate Z 7 lan d fig. la.) ‘
Genus Spuenorrocuvs. Mil. Ed. § H., 1848.
Corallum, simple, free, without trace of adherence, poi and
cuneiform ; columella and septa like Placotrochus ;
costee pansailty distinct and simple, granular, or cris’
PHENOTROCHUS — RIS, N.S. C ralla ae, wedge-shaped,
The section of the su oe ee elli ee the major axis being
more than twice the diameter of the mmor. There are
whole poh a
ture of i rregular papille and pores. The ealice is deep, an
lower at both ends. Septa in six systems of three cycla, the
uniting with it simply. All the lamine granular, and diy
granules arranged at the exsert rounded edges of the primarie
radiating lines. Alt., 9; maj. axis, 7; min.,3. Not ve pa ols
This fossil derives ‘speeial i interest from the fact that it still
exists on the east coast, some fine specimens having been
remar t the Sp
prc llary peculiar to the aa formation,
while of the ies which have smooth cost one belongs to the
resent period, three Miocene, only one in the older
T has the coste distinet and papillary in the young
state, but as it Ider the Il
pore yrds vormeate hen” (Bate I, fig. 4.)
which it belongs,—a kind of eyidence, however, which this instance
shows must rpecatiag with great caution, and not at best
possessing much Ww ight.
ra |
y allied-to S. australis, Dunc.,
of Muddy Creek and rok a but differing in the absence of
costze and the form of the base. The arrangement of the septa
is near to S. australis, in very many peculiarities but the base
is very different. The coste and twelve of the septa unite with
the columella, but in S. variolaris only ten. n the young ,
specimens the exterior is quite covered with fine he, Ly
tions, and there is no laminary columella, but on se
reticulated mass. From this we must conclude that the Betis
is not essential or does not rise from the base.
Genus Sminorrocuus. Milne Edward and Haime, 1851.
Corallum, simple, straight, prin aes free and without atrace of
adherence. No columella, septa finely granular, slightly exsert
Val
jot
jo)
2
and touching by their inner edge. nake a ace simple
Pp
S bY
cost distinct to the base. ( late IT. St 92 2 Zand f
All the specimens known to Edwd. H, ee to the
are not united, end: there are fewer cy cles than the ee forms.
SMitoTRocHUS YA w.s. Corallum, very small, spear-
pre
tuberosity which tapers off slightly above, but is produced into
a very finely pointed margin at each side of the base. Coste
‘corresponding to the septa, fine, straight, mipieen at the cali-
cular margin, becoming fainter below, disappearing about the
centre, and finally reappearing at the base. Calice amet nar-
rowly elliptical, rounded and depressed at the ends. a in six
spa eyela, but those of the 4th and 5 oth orders
he two central systems, granular, not much exsert,
pitas ek the three first nearly equal, not united at their inner
edge, and the place ofthe columella represented by a conspicuous
central vacuity. Alt., 5; maj. axis, 3; min.,14 millim. Very rare.
Sub. Fam. CaryoOPHYLLIne.
Ist Group. TrocnocyatHace® (many circles of pali).
Genus Deurocyatuus. Mil. Ed. hei 1848.
Corallum, simple, conical, free, no trace
of adherence
saan circular, and shallow, columella alias ina rounded ae -
a
:
|
:
,
4
a
K
ON SOME AUSTRALIAN TER@IARY CORALS. 191
antepenultimate, so as to form chevrons or deltas. Coste highly
developed, distinct to the base, with many granulations
I separate ea Siem ae Caryophyllia because that genus
was erected for adher imple eorals wit y rudimentary —
ings, and Caryophyllia viola, Duncan and Woods. It must be
observed that adherence or non-adherence are held of themselves
of generic value, and form the essential differences between
Saitavdekus and Desmophyllum ; the form of the base also is a
distinguishing character between Platytrochus and Ceratotrochus.
When Prof. Duncan described his Caryophyllia viola he had only
of e a
great attention to this fossil, and have now before me twenty-six
well ae served specimens, so that I am enabled to correct
in some important respects, as will appear from the
fallowins details.
ELTOCYATHUS yroLA (Zurbinolia viola, nobis, MS.,
Caryoph yllia viola, Duncan, Ann. Nat. Hist., cnet Caituin
in the form of a somewhat later ally compressed cone ; the angle
being about 50, en the sides very slightly convex towards the
middle and the apex obtuse. The calice is shallow a nd bre tere
axis being as 7} to 5}. e
somewhat delicate ; the three first orders exsert and moet et the
and Sepreching one poi so as to join the pali in fron the
secondaries ; the fourth ifth s are thin, with v ey
margins, and only reaching about a third of the distance from the
i, thi lobes in front of the three first
Mm
orders, and very granular. The primaries tall and thin, the
tertiaries bending or inclining so as to meet or nearly meet in
of the woke psie which thus exclude their pali. condary
palit often Te in short not ee right in the
opposite
centre of ti the calice. shag poser he pali seem like one
rounded broad lobe in oon of the ones only. Columella
thick, solid, and ending in two or three neat rounded compact
192 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY CORALS.
lobes. Costx visible to the base, rounded, straight, sharp, and
roughly _dhpetges in four cycla, and eorresponding to the septa,
primaries, and secondaries, arising from the base ; tertiaries almost
urth a
immediately above ; fo nd fifth orders, a fourth of the height ,
om the base. Intercostal grooves rather wider than coste, and
showing at the edge a very thin wall. Alt., 10 to 12; maj.
iam., 73 to9; min., 53 to 7 millim. In young specimens eee
A miliim) the columella is not distinguishable, ‘and the pali are
rudimentary like twisted laminz before the first three orders.
The Italics ion where my diagnosis differs from Prof. Dun-
ean’s. (Plate IJ, fig. 3.)
Derrocyatuts Excisus (Sphenotrochus excisus, Dunca
a Jour. Geol. Soc., 1870, x 298). aie couaniile
ase Wi notch, the hie being p stneged into acute
short points ; broadly elliptical; cost few, broad, flat,
finely granular, persistent from edge o e to the base, and
regularly alternating with the septa ; intercostal spaces regularly
subspinously granular. Septa usually in six sy ree
eycla, ar angen with one system aborted as in the — not
common ; primaries an es equal, vers much e
inguishable from the paliin the centre. Calicular fossa, shallow.
Alt., 10; maj. axis of calice, 54; min. axis, 4;, height of exsert
: Ge al. Soe. os cit. ‘Sphenotrochus excisus. e coral is ie —
pressed, especially saa where two lateral processes gi
notched or emarginate appearance to the base. "Superiony a
relation of the long to the short = is =~ 2to1. The coral is short
and broad, the base is nearly as as the calice is lo
ar margin. ce
The columella is not long, and from being joined to the:
primary —
and socom Mad septa by processes which are > rounded above is
*
—
Eee
2 EQ eeEE———
. E . - ” re
ip aaa R 5
=
.
ON SOME AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY CORALS. 193
pace parags B im appearance. The septa are in six systems of three
cles, they are ‘wider at the wall than elsewhere an nular, and
Al
are more exsert in this instance than usual and the base narrower,
but it is the same species. (Plate J, fig. 3a, and plate IT, » Jeg. 1.)
Family AstRx1x saat family oe Division
ROCHOSMILIA
Genus icity, Soin 1870.
Coral, simple, pedicellate, conical. Columella formed of one
or more twisted laminw which extend from the base upwards.
Endotheca scantily developed. Septa a males A pai simple
margins, and variable in regard to the number of the primary. -
This v ery remarkable genus was erected by Moron 2s Duncan
for some Australian Tertiary corals of very abnormal form
They are simple, with pellicular epitheca having a peculiar zigzag
or “herring-bone” ornamentation, an essential twisted columella
and. plain
cycles in six n Agere
ConosMILIA BIC s. Coral, small, — lightly
tapering, tall, pedicle, baa half id size of calice we only
traceable by the faint line which separates them, “her seca Bem
attern scarcely discernible. Columella large and strong, and
form
Space. Septa arising .between the coste and are in six systems
of two eycla; the primary reach the columella and are _—.
to it by processes, and are very wavy, uneven, and of equ
thickness throughout. The secondary are very small, not reach-
ing a fourth of the distance to the co umella, curved anil
] are sparely studded with long spimiform granules. Endo-
ned epately dev ee Wall very thin, ealice nearly Snersena
, 12; diam. base, 2 ; diam. calice, 3 millim. Rare.
oe following i isa synopsis of the species already known :—
wiescrrad i eycles 3: : |
Pedicel large, cost pro i a C. elegans.
Pedicel small, cost faint, oe a liptical. nomala.
Pedicel very small, cost very faint-marked ‘with prominent
— sof growth. C. lituolus.
194 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY CORALS.
. Systems 6, cycles 3: 7
Coste very broad and flat, with wavy lines. C. striata.
Systems 6, cycles 2:
Costz faint, coral eurved and horn-shaped. C. bieycla.
e following is a list of all the known Apes Se
Corals corrected in accordance with the present paper
Conocyathus cyclocostatus. Tenison- Woods.
atus
Conocyathus fenestra is
Trochocyathus advidioatic. Dunean.
victoria
Deltocy — iste T. Woods and te arg
licus. M. sing and me.
« TCISUs. u g
Suheninvntionn variolaris. Sielinrc Weeie
iy australis. Duncan.
. Conotrochus McCoy
ypus. a ee nza.
Smilotrochus vacuus. Tenison-Woods.
Flabelium candeanum. M. Ed. and H.
astinetum.
aa distinetu
“ victori Dunean ,
Ba gambierense. se
cae neant, Tenison- Woods.
Placotrochus — Duncan
oideus.
Amphihelia i iner ne
Heliastrea tasmaniensis.
Thamnastrea sera.
Palzoseris Woodsi. «
Conosmilia elegans.
lituol:
‘ anomala. 4s
is riata
bicycla. Tenison- Woods.
Balanophyllia ompanalate. Duncan.
2? nuda. ”
= sama pa
¢ — re
” ragilis 2
S australiensis. ye
Selwynt
a ‘cylindrica (variety) >
richi
ahaa aithoats
Duncani. Tenison- Woods.
ON SOME AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY CORALS. 195
The — of the observations contained in the foregoing
i are
. That we have no Caryophyllia living or fossil in the Austra-
ae seas or rocks.
. That we have three well marked and peculiar forms of
Saray ge
hat we have two species of Sphenotrochus, one of which is
still existing
4. That we e have two fossil analogues of our living Conocyathus
ep ae latter is supposed to be identical with a European
iocen
5 . we have a fossil form of the Cretaceous genus
Smilotrochus i in our Miocene rocks.
a new species of Gonceenitia with only two cycles.
I may add also that, in a monograph I am preparing of our
Npatealina living corals, I shall have occasion to describe two
new species of ‘Deltocs yathus, one very similar to D. viola, and
several species of Paracyathus, “Balonephaliig Eupsammia, §e.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Fig. 1 ig sang elegant,
Ditto.
Fig. la.—
Fig. 2.—Conocy at eyelocostata.
Fig. 2a.—Ditt
Fig. 3 —Deltcyatius
Fig. 3a.—Ditto, salise; with ax only five systems and distorted pali.
Plate IT.
Fig. 1.—Normal calice of bac derria excisus.
Fig. oe vacuu
Fig. 2a.—Ditto,
Fig. 3.—Calice of Deltocyathus si ola
Fig. 4.—-Sphenotrochus v
to, calice.
Fig. 46.— Ditto. yo
Note.—The figure of cokes eect is unavoidably held over for
a future paper.
fie
Fig lia.
Fig, Ma
ye 4€. TENISON WOODS, DELT. ST LEIGH ¥C* LITH: SYONS
1. Placotrochus elegans. e. Deltocyathus excisus
Do. Calice with only
~ Calice
ca ae clocostatus we systems & aborted pali.
Fig. Fig. IVb
~-€ TENISON-WOODS, DELT. i S-T-LEIGH ¥ C8, LITH? SYDNEY.
l. Normal Calice of ee excisus IV. Sphenotrochus variolaris.
ll. Smilotrochus vacw 0 Do.
la. Calice IVb Young Calice
a e
So
SSS ii, Wem
-
197
On a new and remarkable Variable Star in the
Constellation Ara.
By Joun Tessurt, F.R.AS., &e.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 5 December, 1877.]
_ THE, members - the Royal Society have doubtless observed a
notice from me in the daily newspapers of the discovery of a
<3 M
new and hoiaveatie sieidiie star in the constellation Ara.
same
ashvonomidal ue science, that a record is sometimes found to possess
. another and more important use than that for which it was
originally intended. It will be remembered by the members of
th vem
1862, I read before them oO papers containing the results of
my rough observations of ‘ae comet which was then visible in
our southern — were afterwards published in
their Transactions for 1862~ — or i ~ comet
were made wit ring-microm refractor of bet
peuitions, and thus identifying the small stars compared with the
com ot, was the following :—After observing pa transits of
omet and star of comparison across = e ring, I compar
the latter by means of the ring with s conspicuous star
nearly on the same parallel of ieclinetpit, pr visible to. the
tification of _~ comparison stars, with what effect will best be.
seen examination of the comet. observations published
*
198 ON A NEW AND REMARKABLE VARIABLE STAR
in the pages of the * ‘Royal Astronomical ee 8 cape
Notices,” and the “Astronomische Nachrichte Bio 80:
rved wit ompar
identity of the latter beyond e doubt. Shere now stated the
general plan pursued by me for the identification of the com-
parison stars, I will stcood. 4 ‘aun its connection with the
subject a the present paper
The evening of Oct hpi “4th, — being beautifully clear,
I ‘htained six observations of the comet with the ri Th
my journal as A and B. A was of the 7th magnitude and Bb of
the 63°; the former preceded the comet in right ascension’ me
the latter followed it. The fourth comparison was made
another star C of the 8th magnitude preceding the comet ee
B following it. The fifth comparison was made with # and the
sixth with C. A reduction of the transits in which A and
were both observed gave the following results for diffconces of
right ascension of the two stars, B being east of A :—
me; &
1st comparison ......... B—A = + 6 37°84
2nd ‘es 37°83
Mean = + 6 38-08
Tt was grees to determine with accuracy the difference of
north p stance as B passed very near the centre of the
mn
of the comet, the star . another star D of the 6% ye which
gm This 5t g
convenience designate V. A reduction of this comparison gave
ollowing results for difference of right ascension and north
polar distance of “— a: V having prnece, through the centre
of the ring and the fi
R.A. N. P. DD:
eee. ore,
BV = 37 — 18
DV=— 565507 +25
Ban aving crossed at a great distance from the centre of
the field, pap Saree th 5 were determined with tolerable .
llow:
D—B, in RA. = + ‘TL 12-69 D-B, in NPD. = + 48:11
IN THE CONSTELLATION ARA. 199
I may state that the value adopted for the semi-diameter of the
f view was 26'19". It was remarked this evéning that a
small round nebula appeared north of the star V, both of which
objects.could be embraced in the same field of view. The fol-
lowing evening, the 5th, was also very clear, and I compared B
and another star E of the 6 or 6} magnitude with the bright star
V across the field of the telescope, with the following results :-—
52) MU
Ist comp.... B—V,in R.A. = — 57 536 B—V in N.P.D. = —15
‘Qnd ,, Gy oe OF EO OR: So eae
Ist HV. ,, }° ==-—12 1651 BV, ; = + 24
Tu the first comparison V crossed very near the centre of the
field, and in the second B passed very near it, but as both B and
E crossed at a good distance from the centre in the first com-
parison their relative position was pretty well determindd as
follows :—
m. 8. *
E—B, in R.A. = + 4448985 E-—B, in N.P.D. = + 38 48
star of tw t three minutes of arc apart, companion
being about the 7} magnitude.” On the evening of the 6th,
which was also beautifully clear, I observed a transit of Ban
V, which latter according to a remark of this date was “a degree
or two south of Theta Scorpii,” and was still regarded by me as
Sigma Are. This comparison was made with the ring-micrometer,
and as both objects crossed it very far from its centre the result
for north polar distance was satisfactory. The following is the
result :— ies
1 8
B—Y, in R.A. = — 57.711 B—V,in N.P.D. = — 16 10
conspicuous to the naked eye.” give the sextant observations
as recorded, with the exception that the clock times are corrected
indsor mean time :-—
. ° é a”
h. m. i
At7 6} Index error... ... — et pe
» Read ist from Theta Scorpii ... _
Bee caverta » ‘Cheta Scorpii . 230 0 (better).
lg alee ns 61 49 50
pipes baccsieeciee’ 88 86 40 .
~ » Epsilon Sagittari 14 2 40
; x CFPUr 4... — 0 7T 0
200 _ON A NEW AND REMARKABLE VARIABLE STAR
mmediately afterwards a single comparison of B and V across
Pleas ring was observed with the following result, which was like-
wise good f for the aacecaian of the difference of north polar
distance :
rile
he fle oe B—YV, see ligiente groan at
and employing mean_ refraction for
hepiamies 50°, and pressure 29°6 in. in the reduction, I get the
following for the eumeil place of the star V. :—
h. i “”
App. R.A. = 17 29 660 App. N.P.D. = 135 23 42°8
which reduced to the mean place for 18620 with the help of the
independent oe on a 331 of the pranee becomes—
iy ca te esi HED 185 23 33°8
Employing now the two sextant distances from Theta Scorpii
and —- Sagittarii as a test, I find they both establish
within a few seconds of are the Panag of the position
Sadia from the measurements from Altair and Antares ; so
there cannot be the slightest doubt that the positon of the star
was fixed’ within a minute of are on the evening of October
9th, 1862. If now we mi the mean o "the differences of
apparent right ascension and north polar distance of B and V as
determined on the 6th and 9th wee ere ring, we get the mean
position of B for Re ‘O as follows
App. R.A..of V we 66 App. N.P.D. of 135 23°43
Diff. of App.R.A.ofstars—=— 57 5°0 Diff.ofApp.N.P.D. Sas a - es
Reduction of B to 1862-0= — 36 a5
Mean R.A.of Bfor1962:0=16 ; 31580 MeanN. P.D.of Bfor1862°0=135 6 135 638
25m. 19°9s.,
the stars A and B are identical with Nos. 57 5d sind 5799 respec-
tively of the Brisbane Catalogue, whose mean — brought up
to 18620 by means of the precession in the cata
h.
No. S754 RA. — 16 25 11.07 N.P.D. 134 56 58
» 5799 , = 16 81 49-07 —=-185 688
It must be understood ae the Sea between the
observed and tabular right — are in a great measure the
|
ae
IN THE CONSTELLATION ARA. ae
seven minutes. Assuming now the observed position of E with
reference to B as the approximate difference of the stars’ mean
places, we get for the mean place of E for 1862-0 thus :-—
ham. 8: eee
Mean R.A. of B1862°0 = 16 31 58:0 Mean N.P.D. of B 1862-0135 6 88
Diff. R.A. of stars = + 44 489 Diff. N.P.D. of stars = + 38 48
Mean R.A. of £18620 = 17 16 469 Mean N -P.D. of EB 1862-0135 45 26
which agrees pretty well with the position of Lacaille 7267, as
brought up from that catalogue by means of precession alone as
‘Si
hem: 8 pe at on!
‘ HAs = 17 16375 N.P.D. = 155: 45) 87.
have thus cumulative evidence of the aceuracy of the
B
~~
fa)
4
os
Rm
rs)
es
—e
B
au
3
°
e
1862 so as to be hardly visible in the telescope. Adopting the
lace of V for 1862°0 as before derived in this paper,
and + 4415s. and + 2°69” as its annual igeeag in R.A. an
N.P.D., I obtained the mean place for 1878°0 as follows,—R.A.
= 17h. 30m. 13°15s., N.P.D. — 135° 24’ 168”. A careful ex-
amination of this position on the evenings of the 13th, 14th, and
: _ 17th instant showed that the only star in or very near it’ was a
*
202 ON A NEW AND REMARKABLE VARIABLE STAR, ETC.
very faint one of the 11th magnitude. With the reas. of the
equatorial clamped, I observed the transit of this faint star,
st:
circle. The following is the mean result of ‘three comparisons
for the poe of the faint star:—R.A. = L7h. 30m. 21s.,
poe Owing to the bright moonlight and the
rather ‘low. uitade the — star wa s observed with much dif-
fieu
e
this paper, I am forced to the eonclusion that the faint star
observed on the 13th, 14th, and 17th instant is identical with
the bright star V of October, 1862. There are, however, several
faint stars within a few minutes of are of its position, but con-
sidering that the place of the star just given cannot be more
han a minute of are in error, I think nohe of these faint stars
‘ean have a claim to be regarded as identical with V. Now that
the moonlight is so strong, in conjunction with the low altitude
of the stars, it is extremely difficult to observe even with a dark
h
4th, 1862, is doubtless No. 3690 of Sir J. Herschel’s Cape Cata-
logue for 1830. Se conclusion, I think the ate bids fair to
eceding having offered no ert of the kin d.”
fabpectiee will show that the present variable offers one in
example in soil of that eminent astronomer’s statement
The Observatory, Windsor,
N peta Sos 22nd, 1877.
On a Dental peculiarity of the Lepidosteide. —
By W. J. Barxas, L.R.C.P.L., M.B.CS.E.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 5 December, 1877.)
T am induced to make some remerks on this family.of fossil fishes,
as I have noticed in the twentieth volume of the Quarterly Jou
of the Geological Society of England a brief notice ot some fossi
a ;
forwarded to England for examination. The author of the paper
stated, “that after the closest scrutiny I have been unable
ongs as is stated to the specimen) is a true heterocercal form
diudistingaishatle from that of Palxoniscus. The position of the
dorsal fin, although not a feature of generic importance unasso-
ined pe siete lepis), one i indistnguishablo. from om inde mempense te
io of t
Eepidonte Weide named :—Palzoniscus, ee ed Aarslagta, so
if Urosthenes and Myriolepis are truly allies of Pygopterus and
oo respectively, we have, then, three genera, Palzoniscus,
Seger and Myriolepis, representing this fami ly that have
ined from the coal strata of the Colony of N ew South
904 ON A DENTAL PECULIARITY OF THE LEPIDOSTEID®.
- that the author of the paper speaks with a eaiat deal of pate
we will take it for granted that he was weil enough acquainted
with the external characteristics of Paloniscus, Pyg sete erus,
and Acrolepis, to be able to determine that these fossil remains
ee to one or other of these genera or were close allies.
1 the period of the publication of Professor Huxley’s
Nd Sorte: of — fishes there was great difficulty in arranging
them, not because there was no master mind to reduce the chaos,
but because the Secgidinin ot the fishes were either too scanty or
too securely hidden in private cabinets. Even Huxle
non-lobate paired fins. Of the fonail fishes bearing these ge gen wri
— points, the soeabar have bees en named :—Palzo
reparing my papers on the “ Microscopical Structure of Foss
‘eeth broes the Morthaniberlesid True Coal Measures,” for the
closely. My attention was drawn to the teeth of these five
genera by a ‘the. per ie in ve third volume of the “ Trans-
~ of t —— d and a Natural corer.
SS ck _
radio a charaeteristic present in ~ the genera pertaining to
the Re Perteetitn: No. one appears to have inferred that the
of all the genera of this family might be thus tipped with
.
re
ON A DENTAL PECULIARITY OF THE LEPIDOSTEIDE. 205
enamel; I comequentiy drew the attention of Wm. Davies, Esq.,
of the British Museu m, to the probability of such being the case,
hi
the writings of Professors Owen and Agassiz, I learn that —
wipe is ae Soped with enamel. Of the eighteen genera
that I have named as pertaining to the Lapidosteide, we find that
ten are secthaly tipped ; two are enamelled on the summit, but
it has not been ascertained whether the ganoine is cae as a
tip; six of which the teeth are not known, and in these are in-
cluded the Australian Urosthenes and Myriolepis.' I have tried
to _ specimens of the last six genera that showed teeth, but
been unsuccessful, and I cannot learn from others that the
are known to have enamel on the summits of their teeth ; it is,
therefore, Setatle that all the other members of the family are
sO characterized, a nd I am strongly of the impression that any
fish at present a among.the Lepidosteide that has not its
teeth tipped has been wrongly classified, and pertains to some
other family of Ganoids.*
Having pointed out how general this peculiarity is in the
known Lepidosteide, I shall now draw attention more peteaey
trul of Pygc
terus (Urosthenes) are. said to be present in the coal-bearing
strata of New South Wales. The teeth are arranged along the
alveolar borders of the maxilla and mandible in two rows which
* By the November mail I received a number of recent papers by Professor
Traquair on fossil fishes, and I notice that he has founded some new geen ;
that are close ies of Paleoniscus an opterus, viz. = Cheirolepis,
Elonichthys, Gonatodus, and perp eg “The last named he mentions
as having ree teeth, but he either is not acquainted with the structure of
three genera, or h this peculiarity
r was written, I have recalled to my memory another fossil
fish 't "65a chgpe to this family, viz., pene ang but whether its teeth are
tipped I know not.
Among fishes that are now in existence, there are only two that to rs
ledge possess tipped teeth, and — are Lepidosteus and Polypterus.
\ ”
*
206 ON A DENTAL PECULIARITY OF THE LEPIDOSTEIDS. |
run parallel with the long axis of the jaw and with each other.
The internal row of teeth are large ee a speaking) i
placed at distinct intervals . rot ute
row is formed of a great nu of v very minute teeth (in stab
ies they aré almost invite to the naked eye), yet
smooth and istedine on its wxteiviiel surface. On ing a
vertical section of one of these teeth, the povtiaty "ae the
arrangement of the enamel is wr eiae more perfoet ly. The tooth
on this is fitted the “cap” ganoine as fish
enamel is usually termed, which is also acutely p d ip
of ganoine, therefore, appears like V closely adjust
o the aciculated apex of the pon The structure of t Z
and T Sens give it in extenso. “The enamel or ganoine > tip. is
composed of aclear, perfectly transparent homogeneous tissue, in
which ramify numerous tu a “5 which are continuations of the
tubules that have arisen from ulp cavity and pursued bal
course through the dentine oun ietberehi between that ‘k
d the tip. The course of the tubules when they have enter
d b
an
the enamel tip tei le t
tooth, those in the centre being quite parallel. As the ak
ah
ai
ultimately disappear, very few of them-reaching the periphery
Ste ; they do not, cpa or ger im a boundary a
y do in the dentine. "Here again, I do not doubt that the
tubules do reach the external ceiane but it is or eT to
trace them on account _ thei ir imixiutericon dn dnd the clearness of
ee tne? in which they ramify. aa tubules ri are visible
red stri skin so by the dark carbonaceous matte
peas: in their interior contrasting with the clear tissue in
which they are imbedded. In LXVI1 the minute strue-
ture of the hi is well portrayed ; its form, however, has on
somewhat des troyed in making the section, the extreme Hp
ving been rubbed away ; it should bes acutely pointed. I hav
aided et ee to show the extent to which the enamel
es
Mie...
Se... «2 sohanaineeeninmeaniall
o
ON A DENTAL PECULIARITY OF THE LEPIDOSTEIDE. 207
Discusston,.
Mr. MacDonyett ei if the paper was written upon a fish
Maat the writer had not seen
FEssoR Liv ee said Mr. Barkas had not seen the
geticnlas specimen referred to; but he had devoted a consider-
able amount of attention to the subject of fossil fishes, and from
the descriptions given of it, Mr. Barkas was inclined to think
that it ee been put in the wrong class. Mr. Barkas’s views were,
co open to discussion, and the discussion of systems o of
Gisdilfention did good.
« [Mr. MacDonnell has evidently quite mistaken the drift of this
paper. In writing it my object was to point out that the rgker é
of the genera in the family Lepidosteid, the teeth of whic
were known, had the teeth tipped in a peculiar manner with
enamel, which fact consequently led me to the inference that all
the other supposed genera and species of that family that had
_ Their Nahicfieation®s is, therefore, uncertain, and future discoveries
may enable us to decide as to the nature of their teeth. |
209
thenurus : minor
Fakpplornsitel to the notice of the new fossil bird, Dromornis Australis
(Owen). By the Rev. W. B. Crarkg,; Ma F.RS., &e.]
Notice of a New Fossil Extinct Species of Kangaroo,
(Owen pe
\-
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 5 December, 1877.]
sae i foe of the paper on Dromornis, I mentioned that I had
d fro r. Lowe, of Goree, a portion of a skull of an
e ditinet sie which I was informed came sige a lead in the
neighbourhood of the “ pelvis” of the new fossil bi
1 sent them in the sanre box to Professor oe,
reported on the skull, in he ns a of the Zoological Society
of London, of April 17,1
i As that report may Ae. ‘ail in the way of some members of
this Society, it may be useful to make the existence of the new
arsupial known to them by quotations from Professor Owen’s
remarks, in order to assist in extending information on the
me of Australia.
report is headed, “ On a new species of Sthenurus, with
: cae s on the relation of the genus to Dorcopsis, Miiller. By
) : or huats Owen, C.B., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e.” (Plates xxxvu and
a XXXVIIT.
The author says :— The pres sent species of extinct kangaroo is
founded on a fossil fragment of a skull, including the molar series
y not be unacceptable to the Society, which has y
admitted illustrations of extinet animals i lications.
| ? The fossil was found in a ‘rocky alluvial deposit,’ in the shaft of
oun
. * gold-lead in the County of Phillip,* New — Wales, Aus-
tralia, -and was transmitted to me by the Rev. W. B. Clarke,
\% M.A., F.R.S., the veteran geologist of New Sth Wales. The
ft ~ _ , fossil is in a inaccive petrified condition.
“The smallest a es of the extinct genus, known at the date
of my eighth paper on the “Fossil Mammals of Australia,”
(P. TY, 1874), was the t eye of one — atlas), in which the
ee:
wh h this
i; ~~ correction, as the only way of wr ng in this note ‘the change "of habitat, :
} + andin ustice e to Professo r Owen.
210 NowIcHE OF A NEW FOSSIL EXTINCT SPECIES OF KANGAROO.
fore and aft extent of the crown of the upper ne is nine
lines, that of the entire permanent series of upper molars being
2 inches 11 lines. A second Species of Sthenurus ‘a brehws) has
in. place and use and th iaien hee it consists of bot
maxillaries with their respective went oy left) molar —
_ the intervening bony plate and a po ortion of the right orbit,
zygoma with the desce Pett sit masseteric he i The pate am
is In an instructive phase
“in sora M. @ Albertis described sips figured a small existing
kin Kangaroo, under the name of Halmaturus oes
hence in the south-east of New Geiinen, with a pre-molar more
trenchant than in. Sthenurus, and with the econ of the
tooth differing in the opposite extremes of fore and aft extent,
and in greater - degree than in Halmaturus, from those in the pre-
molar of Sthenurus.
“ This rare Kangaroo was peg e * Zoological Gardens,
and on its death, in November, 1874, was anatomised by the
accomplished pro-sector, A. H. Garrod, BA, by who
and teeth are well described and figured. Professor Garr
refers the specimen | to the same genus as the Doreopsis muelleri
of Sehlegel.”
ides some other differences, “in Sthenurus the transverse
thickness of the pre-molar decreases as the crown extends
forward ; in Dorcopsis the transverse thickness is uniform, or 1s
maintained to very near both ends of the crown.
“T have not found an upper canine in a Sthenurus of any a,
‘80!
deviates from the Halmaturine, Doreopai ine, and Hysiprymnine
types, and approaches that of the gre at Kangaroos represented by
Macropus proper, Osphranter, and a Rediesin (P.T. 1874, pl xx.)
“What evidence, it may be otked, fees the ange
of the enduring ework —s. = recov tion
the’skull and dentition of on e in individual. Fortu-
_. nately the cranial characters t known are instructive
— are well sdairk aa tharpentiont ez ‘ke skull of the smaller
1
NOTICE OF A NEW FOSSIL EXTINCT SPECLES OF KANGAROO. 21]
species under description, and the ban welcome as aepeetin
those previously given by a corr onding portion of a
87.
definite genera Halmaturus, grea Lagorchestes the bon
palate shows two or more large vacuities. In Dendrolagus the
palate is entire, as in Macropus and Sthenurus. The masseteric
gee is short in ‘Mapa as in the Hipsiprymnines ; it Bei
thenurus, as in Maer
* * * * * *
After sched a mistake of F. ete as to the generic
character of Macropus, the author contin
“ Later investigations of the fossil umaile of Australia have
led to the interesting result, that the developmental condition
whie uvier believed to differentiate the larger Kangaroos of
the genus Macropus from the smaller kinds referred to Halma-
turus and Hypstprymnus does actually differentiate the huge
extinct herbivorous marsupials of the genera Nototherium and
Diprotodon from the Macropodide, which we know to have been
represented by species much exceeding in size the existing
Kangaroos. Mo
Me hen us, Procoptodon exemplify stages of tran-
sition to the eslusively vegetarian chara the molar series
exe mplifie “The genera aint urus, Dorcopsis,
rolagus, cae So uames aonouee 80 y stages in the
mindibeseon. of the teeth for a mixed diet, mre in the Dipro-
todont series of Marsupialia, culminated carnivorously in Thyla-
pe er anterior incisors acquired their largest
the same modificatio The conversion ot the sane in wy 3
and shape, to a cacsinamaht i tooth, and the reduction of the molars
in numbers beste size to the tubercular condition of the feline
molar, are exemplified in Zhylacoleo, with corresponding figures
of our Cave- tc and cerry oe in plate v1 of my ‘ Researches
on the Fossil Mammals o * In this noes a preli-
minary chapter is dense: to hes extinet ee f England,
in which it is shown that at the oolitic period our Marsupials had
also diverged, by the modifications of the fundamental type, into
212 NOTICE OF A NEW FOSSIL EXTINCT SPECIES OF KANGAROO.
spi exemplifying the ‘ orf ating and the ‘diprotodont’
-orders—and that, in the formal or Lecig aie characters of the
6th, species 5 divenged from tha common carnivorous or insecti-
vorous types in Sty and Tylaotherinn, to the Me ae See
type in a it and seh onl lg ne direction, an
various specie: ed, the chief material quoted being
of a popular character than the details, and yet sufficiently
nectar to neouragement of Australian explorers
_ in the discovery of the extinct ve whose remains have not
yet reached their full investigatio
ay I be pardoned -for ea that, scabies necessary it
may be to the progress of the present occupants of the prairie
law in some of our eae nm which will fe earried out without
compunction when the in t of the squatter requires it, it is
not improbable that s cn species ne diiecaaien by t
scientific and unscientific alike will be included in the “iaugtee
and ere long Kangaroos may te creatures of the past, as well as
the —— tribes wii. are fast dying ou
u
effectually the species that are extinct. Such may still bea source
of difficulty: in the researches of comparative anatomists, and as
_ new extinct — will probably’be discovered, it would be well
those who are making a full end of the Macropide would save
at least some of the hitherto unnoticed species’ for investigation.
whether or nsideration has influence, there is &
referred to in the paper on Dromornis would make it a consci-
Paiste act to carefully preserve all relics of extinct creatures
found in the course of their excavations, many new ‘species,
as wal as those of Dromornis and Sthenurus, may be obtained for
the service of Paleontologists, and towards the progress of
general knowledge in the community.
213
Notes on some recent Barometric Disturbances.
By H. C. Russett, B.A., F.R.A.S., Government Astronomer.
[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 5 December, 1877.)
ricanes are well known. Fitz Roy Fatal that a fall in Bees of
one-tenth of an inch hour presaged a storm. he tropics,
=
B
a=}
tb
°
mh
°
3
a
ce)
i=
ae
oO
4
re)
8
3
¢
e, milar fall w
spondingly he a ‘distarbanite. I have, therefore, for the sake of
comparison, he en — rom various records the average results
beicuinhed is that in the hurricane of sr 21st, 1833, reelen the
i ‘ ear York” was carried a great distance inland at the
er Hoo , on wrecked. The river ees feet perpen-
rise rapi tra Sand Hen 0-000 tine 2 exten Sela ik
sudden fall set in, in the most remarkable manner it has ever
ur.
Dune the time these changes were being ohne d, the anemo-
meter recorded a change i in the direction of wind right round the
~
214 NOTES ON — RECENT BAROMETRIC DISTURBANCES.
compass, but there was nothing else except the darkness remark-
able. From this time (5 p.m.) the barometer was unsteady, bu
not remarkably so until ‘20 p
change is recorded—the barometer fell 0-115 in. in 6 minutes,
and rose 0-075 in. in the followmg 5 minutes ; this fall is at the
rate of 1:150 in. per hour, and the rise at the rate of 0-750 in.
per hour. Again, there was a sudden change in the cote “s
the wind from 8.8.E. to E.8.E., but nothing else to remark ;
clouds being still very ake but apparently passing away.
From 4 to 7:30 p.m. of the 21st November we have another
remarkable curve during the passage of a heavy thunderstorm,
Aa
a
48
®
gE
a=
®
5
8
@ ct
es
S
aS
7
@
passing rai rain-clonds are lighter than the surrounding
then can we account for the increase of pressure Sleek is 80
thunder-cloud
mass, travelling by its own velocity (which is vail considerable)
through the air; and, in so iin the air in front of it must get
compres med sit gi ves way— the effect is too —— to be
air.
The next barometer curve which I have to bring under your
notice is eiciaia a on veral respects the most remarkable I —
ever seen. You have ide read in the daily papers accoun
of a fearful storm in the Western Districts.on the 27 vg ‘November,
1877. At t Grenfell the damage done to the house town
but I will not detain you’ with se aaa of
over C Cowra, but unfortunatel, y the ret is not given. We
NOFES ON SOME RRREEE BAROMETRIC DISTURBANCES. 215
next hear of the storm i Carcoar after a fierce hot wind which
‘or the grea t part : aleaatraee i) at 7°30 m. the storm was
passing over Sydney, and then the iowa earaen were very few,
but the distharges ‘between the clouds very frequent. Struck
with the long interval between the flash and the reports, I took
ometer, if sri had been no storm, would have shown at that
time. which I have already greeny indicate that this
storm-cloud was ae very large dimensions, fully 200 miles in
5 .
Poe
oO
ca)
°
ee |
ct
© ‘
Me a
:
if
&
we)
bo
‘i
o
but the facts, so far as they go, are so accordant that I thi
there can be but little conte that this storm was of the dimen-
sions given, and trave ee with a velocity of fully 50 miles per
ur. ere are several i ‘ing circumstances which I Saeed
been obliged to omit, for 4 have already far exceeded the
allotted to these notes. ;
5
216 NOTES ON SOME RECENT BAROMETRIC DISTURBANCES.
Discussion.
Mr. Cone: ‘said: he was taking observations in connection
with a ‘rigonometrial survey party near Carcoar when this
storm occurred. They were on the odes edge of the storm.
From LadPpaet 5 till 6 o’clock he was trying to see the station
at Carcoar, but could not see it; the storm-cloud was then
passing-over Carcoar. He was a little to the: east of the station.
: What was on greatest velocity of the wind
registered at the Observato
» Mr. Russet: 153 miles an 6
Mr. Scorr: Then the rate at @hich the storm appeared to
travel was not improbable. The increased atmospheric pressure
fe be produced by the thunder-cloud ; the action of
the cloud could a be compared to that of a ship passing through
water, as the cloud was carried by the wind, and did not drive
fai along the coast on the afternoon of the storm ‘séald not
fo) t
‘theo: pace aise t for some of the barometrical changes; but
. . b .
certainly be by the meeting and mixing of two winds.
Take the thunder-storms that rose here from the south-west: we
eces, t
The Crarrman asked if dry seasons had any influence in the
formation of these frequent thunder-storms. His experience was
that in dry seasons thunder-storms were frequent. In moist
seasons we had never had thunder-storms at all.
bad &
NOTES ON SOME RECENT BAROMETRIC DISTURBANCES. 217
Mr. Russett said: The cause of thunder-storms i is the meeting
of the tropical and polar winds. The tropical is in summer
dry wind, charged: with igus ones and -when a cold
ich cannot take the whole
charge, and the excess appears as Gueve discharges. Now,
this meeting-ground of the two winds varies with the _—
a hot summer the sth comes farther south,
are in the latitude of the margin, and therefore in the latitude
of thunder-storms; while in an ony year the mee
ground of the two winds is nort and we have Fick
storms. That the immediate cause is ‘this pene, I think, is
proved by.an investigation I went into last year, when I fo und,
ining 195 thun Ger-storns, that the two currents Langa
ace
whereas in hurricanes and smaller rev: olving storms the barometer
always falls as the storm comes on, and rises as it goes off. Now.
m America a theory has been ably put forward to account for the
storms which are so frequent there. It has not been generally
accepted, but it is in accordance with very many observed
facts. According to this theory, when the tropical and polar
currents meet, one passes above the other, and the actual plane
of meeting is inclined to the surface of the ground, and the two
surfaces are just in that condition when, in accordance with well-
known laws, a vortex motion may originate from a small disturbing
cause, such as an abrupt hill, and haying once thagyioas LT ahi els
n in
winds having the velocity of 70 or $0 miles per hou ur, as T have
shown (“ — of New South Wales’) our upper currents
to possess, travel forward as an independent mass, with a
veloci i as I have shown this storm of November 27 to have
had. We see ~_ sg vortices do sometimes form, by the havoc
they — in passing through our forests, but whether such a
gr ure
exerted ona fluid i is cmon all over it, but when large spaces
are concerned this takes time, and we know from many experi-
}
218 NOTES: ON SOME RECENT BAROMETRIC DISTURBANCES.
ments that — a gale of wind blows against a high wall, the
barometer shows a greate “ict gt to windward than to leeward,
but thoaretivalby it should not do so. And another fact which all
who have watched the barometer here will remember, as soon
as I mention it is, that when a southerly gale comes on, the
arometer rises rapidly, and this is owing to the ar aig exerted
ns the incoming wind forcing up the local wind, as may be seen
peculiar rolling clouds, and in the fact that such a wind
with a velocity of from 60 to 70 miles per hour will take from
one and a half to two hours to travel from here to N: eweastle, a
ee of 60 miles. J confess I have some difficulty: in aecept-
ing some of the conclusions which an crane ag ot this storm
have led me to. But whether we accept its velocity and size or
not, there can be no rere that thunderieteriie do affect the
barometer as I have stated—that is, by a sudden rise as they
come in, and an pcos saddens fall after they are past.
¢
PROCEEDINGS.
ok
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
WEDNESDAY, 2 MAY, 1877.
Aynvat General Meeting of the Royal Society = New South
Wales, held in the Society’s Rooms, Elizabeth-stre
Mr. . Russevt, F.R.A.S., V.-P., in the Chai.
The Annual Report of the Council was then read :—
ing before the vai pan a statement of
new members were dated in sare. es 308 members, of
she tee died during 1876-77, and seven withdrew, leaving
298 members at the beginning of this session of 1877.
nancial Position of Le Society will best be seen by a
a at ‘the alance sheet of the Hono om Treasurer, iio
shows that the sous
diture, 2d.—leaving, together with ne balance foreek
over from the previous Tents ® 3ank balance of £123 3s. 2d. to
the credit of the Societ
he most Potant agency for bringing about a greater wgced
and a large increase in the number of members consisted in t
establishment of Seo cana which were formed during last year ;
and though a new pene it may fairly be considered as a very
mcteeated one. These Sections were originally formed under nine
heads, Flaca 9% ere S and Hi meralogy. Geology,
222 PROCEEDINGS.
“In accordance with the By-laws, reports on the working of
each Section were received by the Ne iaar from the Chairmen of
the respective Sections. From these reports it appears that while
several Sections were well attended gone actively igre by the
members, others may still be considered as only in their —
two extra meetings held at the Society’s rooms. The meetings
of the various Sections were held monthly x the Society’s rooms.
“The Council has decided to publish the papers read at these
meetings, as well as an Abstract of its Proceedings and those of
the Sections, under the (for a small Society) vend Ved gre oi
name of ‘ Journal,’ instead of ‘ Transactions’ as b
“The Council much regrets the unavoidable dela ie in the issue
of the Journal for 1876, which they hope, however, will be in the
possession of members before long.
ast year, a very large “number of the Society’s ‘ Trans-
actions,’ together with many other scientific publications issued
e
by the Government, relating to this Colony, were forwar y
the Council to different Scientific Institutions in England,
America, and the Continent has thus
throu ich Messrs. Triibner & Ca .. in London, for twenty-five
different scientific periodicals—English, French, and
“The acquisition of these books and scientific serine has
Tt filled up most of the available space at the Society’s
roo
or the present, the Council has deemed it visable to
allow any books or periodicals to be taken away from the
ociety’s rooms by any of the mem as soon as the books
are properly arranged and catalogued ’ such advantage will be
readily conceded, under proper restrictions.
May last a deputation elected by the members of th
Society waited upon the then Minister of Justice and Public
Instruction, with a view of urging upon the Government the
:
}
|
j
|
PROCEEDINGS. 223
claim of the Society to a liberal assistance in the shape of an
annual endowment, and also a lump sum towards providing a
suitable building for the Societ isa
“Thi
a lately been brought under the favourable consideration of
e Hon. the Colonial Secretary, and the Council feel confident
that both the Government and Parliament birt Ba Be liberal
view of the position of this Society and its requi
“In such a case its usefulness will be largely rica while at
present the want of adequate funds prevents the Council from
pend bat out some of the most essential means for effecting such
ults’
At the conclusion of the Report, Dr. Lersivs oe the
members of the Society that Mr. mga had been
Assistant Secretary for over twenty a ees
of the increased duties entailed by sf bien 1 ae sphere of the
Society, been compelled to tender his resignation, which the
Council “ae hee with much regret.
i W. H. Webb had since been appointed as Assistant
Secretary.
The following Financial Bertone for the Reet ending | exc
April ae was read by the . W. Scort, M.A., Hon rary
Treasu urer
ReceEIrts.
2 «a.
To SP cvani in the Union Bank on the 30th April, 1876 i cere 98 16 4
, Subscriptions and entrance fees 413 12 0
512 8 4
DISBURSEMENTS.
By Rent of Rooms from Ist Feb., 1876, to gore April, 1877 ... 6210 0
” ggg! pe Mages Pret to 9th be ad 877 811 6
» Hire of Mas versazion “ & b00
” a ao oO. pal 1s 0 0
” Sundry expens do. 16 5 7
, Refreshments for Monthly Meetings 1) 16 0
», Office furniture and effects 5716 8
. Stationery and Printing Account “a 3 e
» Postage ~e cae Cash Account 37 6 2
awk m (Collector) | ative: ise RA:. pnd 816 3
” ae: iy "Bia ley, R 6 6 0
” ee ar i 8 rep from Ist January 1876, to 31st -
» Salen ogee the Union Bank on 30th April, 1877..............- iss 3 2
224, PROCEEDINGS.
ASSETS.
Lyte ede
To Balance in the Union — k ee
» Subseriptions and entrance fees due $6 15. 0
, Furniture, books, and nitttires, Ge TSC EU pidin ne nacene 250 0 O
£409 18 2
LIABILITIES. _
By aneienek White, lati account S117 6
yy &. T. Leigh & Co. do. do. 45 0 0
Re ceeake Sere ary oa Go
4, Periodicals o 80° OO
» Balance of ae over Liabilities 290 4 0
et £409 18 8 2
The statement was adopted.
A ballot was then taken, and the following gentlemen were
duly score officers and member. rs of Council for the current
year :
PRESIDENT
):
HIS EXCELLENCY SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G.,
&C., &C., &e.
See ee
Rev: W. 5. RKE ERS. F.GS.
pA etme Sate ook.
HONORARY TREASURER :
Rev. W. SCOTT, M.A.
HONORARY gine es
Proressor LIVERSIDGE. kr. ADOLPH LEIBIUS.
one eee
FAIRFAX, JAMES R SELL, H. C., B.A, F.R.AS.
atin! P. SYDNEY, M.D. ng R.C.S. SMITE, “Hon. J., O.M. G., M.D.
OORE, CHARLES, F | WRIGHT, H. G. ss MRCS
The following gentlemen were balloted for and declared
duly elected ordinary members of the Society :-—
Arthur Burnell, Survey Office.
Alfred J. Cape, Pitt-st.
The certificates of eight new candidates were read.
The CnarrMan ey ie that arrangements had been made
for the Council Room to be opened as a Reading Room three
nights a week to i members during the session.
PROCEEDINGS. 225
Tt was stated by the Cuarrman that arrangements had been
made for the various Sections to hold meetings during the
ensuing year, a card of which would when finally settled be
printed for distribution amongst the members.
ist showing g_ provisional arrangements had already been
issued as follow
SECTIONS.
At 8 o'clock p.m.
May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov.
S058 OL 8:43 640": 14
: onomy, &e., Wednesday ..
B— Chemist ary Liha Ue i8 15 20 17 21 19 16
D-- “Spb! rT e: rat thoy DM ees eg sy eee
E i licroscopy ; We sday éthetetngeeaeee 23 27 25 22 26 24 28
r saieagt oi Mniay BMGstcieccermeet sosuas id AD 18) 0" Sa
¥ iterat and Art, Friday 25 22 27 24 28 26 238
t H— Medical, Friday Bt oS. 99.30 TA ee
, I—Sanitary, Monday 244 38: 36. 20 AF), 167a9o
Upwards of two hundred donations were laid upon the table.
Letters were read from the following gentlemen acknavemiging
their election as honorary members of the Soc ciety, viz. :
Sir James Cockle, M.A., F.R.S., Chief Justice of Queensland
Professor L. G. De Koninck, - D., University of Lieg
The Rev. W. Scorrt, M.A.,
“That in future ne motion te ani of which notice had not
been given at a previous — ee motions of adjourn-
ment or others of a formal ¢
The Hon. J. Sarrm, C.M. G. M. D., LL.D., seconded the reso-
lution, which was duly carried.
Mr. ussELL, B.A., F.R.A.S., Vice-President, then read
ress, and referred to some of the mo re important scientific
peeps and seerimene oe of the past year.
’ WEDNESDAY, 16 MAY, 1877.
The annual Conversazione given by the Society was held in the
Masonic Hall, York-street, at 8 p.m. on the evening of May 16th,
1877; the gathering was very large, and the evening passe off
most pleasantly and successfully.
Members on this, as on former — oceasions, were allowed
to introduce the ladies of their fam
The total number rst guests (Guclading members, their ladies,
and other friends who had received cards of invitation from
members of the Council) saa was between five and six hun-
i e Co
last year, when four hundred guests were present in response to
the invitations issued on that occasion.
226 PROCEEDINGS.
The Vice-Presidents and igre received the visitors at the
western entrance to the large hall, in which room the principal
objects of 7 were exhib:
The entrance hall in Sate. street, the supper-room in which
Vehcokinenin Weeks served during the evening, and the large
hall were handsomely decorated by Mr. Charles Moire, . L&.,
Director of the Botanic Gardens, with evel foliage, ferns, palms,
and rare and choice plants from New Guin
The Band of the New South Wales peed played a selection
of music during the evening.
was occupied by Mr. H. C. Russell's large
Ruhmkorff coil and imine fa gems with which he “repeated
series of experiments from time to time during the evening.
A very large number of moat interesting objects ae pieces of
apparatus were exhibited, the necessary references to which
were made in the printed catalo
epee un Comittee “consisted of the following
members of the Cou
Mr. H. C. Ronal BA, F.R.A.S.
Mr. Chas. Moore, F ‘LS.
Professor Liversidge.
Dr. A. Leibiui
WEDNESDAY, 6 JUNE, 1877.
Ordinary cin an A ches of the Royal Society of New South
Wales, held in the Society’s rooms, Elizabeth-street
The Rev. W. B. “snes ig M.A., ERS, V.P., in the Chair.
The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirm
The following ee were duly elected pcs members
of the Society, vi
Griffith es Buseell Jones, B.A., 382, Crown-street, Surry
Hills.
Norman Selfe,
.<.
a reet.
Percival R. Pedley,'1, Carlton Terrace, Wynyard Square.
The certificates of twon énty-six new can ndidates were re
Professor Liversrpee stated that the different Sections of the
Society ad held their preliminary meetings and elected their
officers for the current
- One hundred and thirty-four pamphlets and nineteen volumes
were laid upon the table.
PROCEEDINGS. 227
A Le on the ean Cranial Bones, Operculum, and
supposed Ear Bones of Ctenodus,” and on the “Sea capula, Coracoid,
ae and pee of Dionnduns' le Mr. W. J. Barkas, M.R.C.S
wa
The ene W. B. Crarxe then read a paper entitled “Notice of
anew fossil gigantic Bird of Australia, now named Dromornis
He eae (Owen
urrep Roperts then read a paper on “The Liernur
Satan of Sewage, its application to Hospitals and Towns.”’ The
paper was illustrated by several diagrams.
Mr. H. C. Russets exhibited an improved form of hehsomete
battery, by which the current of electricity generated is kep
uite constant so Jong as it may be required. This is scsi
and flow out at the same rate through a pipe which commences
at the Boban of the cell and passes ‘through the side, at thre
quarters of an inch from the top. hen the supply Pesci is
turned, the solution collects in the cell until it rises to the level
of the pipe, and it then begins to pass out as fast as it comes in.
As the bichromate solution passes down the cell its active
properties are made use of, and when it reaches the bottom it is
waste, and passes out as described. In use it is found that both
the zine and the salt solution are more economically used than in
the ordinary bichromate cell.
WEDNESDAY, 4 JULY, 1877.
The Rev. W. B. Crarxe, V.P., in the Chair.
The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.
The followi ing & gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members
of the Societ
Dr. Tucker, Superintendent Bay View Asylum, Cook’s River.
Pin ge Bladen, Pyrm
cK. Hi
W. £. Jennings, B.A., Min ning Department, ery:
Lawrence Hindson, Careenin ng Cove, North Shor
x, ju uble Bay
Ainea AT ack Watt, Anfield Parramatta Road.
: r, North
Al gernon iL. ’ Belfield, Dretsleiahi eciable.
Sulina Anivitti, Artist, Academy 0 Art
ref n
W. C. Bun k, Wyan garie, Casino.
Thomas inesrall | Abbott, P.M., Gunnedah.
— Abbott, Gunnedah.
28 PROCEEDINGS.
John Bennett, Sydney.
. Evans Sloper, 96, Oxford-street, Sydney.
Samuel MacDonnell, 326, Ge si -street, Sydney.
John Keep Broughton, Peters
Lawrence Hargrave, Supreme ool
John Mann, Neutra
Thomas Slattery, Marie: Beac h.
illiam Morris, L.F.P., 8.G., Wynyard-square, Sydney
George Pile, Mar argaret-stree et, Sydney.
a ost ‘Garvan, 130, Elizabeth- street, Sydney.
The certificates of nine new candidates were read.
Professor LiverstipGE announced the following names of the
Reccantcnd men of the different Sections of the So ociety, viz. :—
Section A—Astronomical and Physical Science.—Chairma
C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S. Secretary: W. ri
MacDonnell. Committee: Rev. G. Marts BiG. A.
Wright, M.R.C.S., G. D. Hirst, H. A. Lenehan.
Section B and C—Chemistry and Geology.—C ‘practi Pro-
essor Liversidge. Secretary: W. A. Dixon. Com-
page S. L. Bensusan, J. . Sleep, G. A. Morrell,
J. W. M‘Cutcheon
Boition 9 D-Natwral History and Bota any.—Chairman: R. D-
Fitzgerald, F.L.S. Secretary: Arthur S. Stopps. Com-
mittee James Norton, E. Daintrey. Curator of Her-
barium: W. D. Armstrong.
Section es ng hai ie —Chairman: A. Roberts, M.R.CS.,
Secretary: G. D. Hirst. Committee: Rey. G. Martin,
ie nes J. Milford, M.D., M.R.C.S., W. Mac-
Section. te aphy.— Chairman: E. Du Faur, F.R.G-S.
Secretary: W. Forde. Committee: Hon. L. B Sogo
E. L. Montefiore, James Manning, H. A.
Section H—Medical Science.— Chairman ot Neild. Becre-
taries: Dr. Sydney Jon ones, Dr. M‘Laur Com
fewilh. Wright, MR.CS., Dr. Milford, Dr. rain
Dr. O'Reilly.
Section I—Sanitary and Social Science-—Chairman : Aee
Roberts, C.S8. Secretary : terri ire
M.R.C.S., Dr. Belgrave, W. G. seme
yz.
Twenty-two volumes and fifty-eight pamphlets were laid upox
the table.
The CHatrmay mentioned that Mr. James Norton had pre-
sented to the Society bound files of the Sydney Morning Herald
from — to —- and the sequent numbers up to the present
ts
PROCEEDINGS. 229
Mr. H. C. Russet, B.A., F.R.A.S., gave notice that at the
— meeting he should move the following resolution, viz. :—
laisinee been rade rai! ah the Chaamann: ‘then his paper “On
Australian Tertiary Geology, and some new — of Polyzoa.”’
Professor Liverstpae then read a paper,“ On the occurrence
of Chalk in the Pacific Islands,” and exhibited the specimens on
which the paper was founded.
WEDNESDAY, 1 AUGUST, 1877.
Mr. CuritstorHer Roxiestoy, V.-P., in the Chair
The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirm
The following gentlemen were “duly elected onan Dailies
of the Society :—
James Henry, 754, George-street.
Andrew Cunningham, Queanbeyan.
\ eston, Union
Edward R. Fairf ax, 177, Miasicnaiees
Henry A. Perkins, ‘Ocean- street, Woollahra
T. T. Gurney, M.A., Professor of Mathematics, University
of S
yaney.
William ee EB. S.:& A.C. Bank, Pitt-street.
distributed to the members of the Society ahout
eventy-seven donations were laid upon the tab
Mr. H. C. Russext, B.A., F-R.AS., moved the following =
t rm:
obtained, = sige saatienad that theC
gentlem
: Mr: Jiaiaks Mullens.
Mr. A. S.
Rey. W. Scott, M.A.
Professor pleeine
Dr. Leibius.
Mr. H. C. Russell, atin F.R.A.S.
— resolution was duly Z
Wy A: Dix Ft ye read his paper “On a
method of Sotelatiens Gold, Sily ay pe: other inetile from vaca
230 PROCEEDINGS.
Mr. H. C. Russetzi, Government Astronomer, exhibited a new
form of Crooke’s Radiometer, and briefly explained its mode of
10
Professor LiversipGE, at the request of Mr. P. N. Trebeck,
drew attention to two large specimens of columnar sandstone
from the head of Lane Cove, and briefly explained that the
’ columnar structure had proba ably been set up in the sandstone at
that place by the “ baking action” of a dyke or overflow of basalt
similar to the well-known instance at Bondi. He further stated
that the same thing was often observed in the hearths of blast
Suny where the sandstone floor, after exposure to the intense
heat of the molten iron for som e time, gradually became Leo
vitrified and split up into columnar masses, showing tage
a exhibited a more or less regular po canes for Mr
WEDNESDAY, 5 SEPTEMBER, 1877.
Mr. CuristorHer Rotixsron, V.P., in the Chair.
The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed. ;
The following S genthehion were duly elected edstuare members
of the Societ
Neville. Griffiths, the Domain, Sydney.
nderson, Union ub, Sydney.
Thos. James Thompson, Pitt-street, Sydney.
Edward Lloyd Jones, 345, peg street, Sydney.
Richard Read, M.D., ‘Sing let
Charles J ames Fache, Cleveland House, Redfern.
The certificates of four new candidates were read.
The following report from the Finance Committee was brought
up :-—
“The Committee appointed Pa the purpose of suggesting how
the sum of £500 voted by Parliament to aid in the erection of a
permanent home for this Society shall be obtained, recommend that
an appeal be made by the Cou neil to the membe rs of sae imei
A statement of edemthe an be resentations made by the
Royal Society of New South Wales was apes ieee ted amongst the
members, and the following list of publications received for dis-
tribution was read :-—
Fro
Ei Acting Government Pri er, 200 co 8 Essay on mer
South
PROCEEDINGS. 231
copies Mining Report for 1876. From the Commissioner for
South Wales. From the President of the Council of Education
50 copies of the Report of the Council of Education for 1876.”
The following letter frcm the Colonial Secretary was read :—
The Principal Under Secretary to Professor Iasi
Colonial “ie ry’s Office,
Sir, Sydne 7 Sept tember, 1877.
In acknowledging the receipt of your seve id fthe 30th of last month,
enclosing a printed paper setting forth the man which the publications
supplied by the Government to the Royal Soc eng of Rew South si les have
been distributed, I 3 any iy by - Colonial Secretary to express to you
his approval of what has been done and the se ee neere Page tick he has
received this safe a ye distribution of ss nil pu —
have,
HENRY HALLORAN.
Professor Liversimce announced that the Journal of the
Society for 1876 had been distributed to all members entitled to
it for the current year
The Rev. J. E. ‘Tzv1sox-Woops, F.G.S., F.R.G. S., then read
his paper on “ ee, Paleontological Evidence of Australian
WEDNESDAY, 3 OCTOBER, 1877.
Ordinary monthly meeting of the Royal Society of New
South Wales, held in the Society’s pi ae ‘Elizabeth-street
CHRISTOPHER Routes’ V.-P., in the Chair.
The minutes of the last meeting were agit and confirmed.
The id Bawa were duly elected ordinary members
of the Socie
William Bavard Warren, M.D., M.R.C.S., 26, College-street,
dne
Rey. OT F. ‘Gar sey, St. James’s Parsonage, Sydney. -
Joseph Palmer "Abbott, Murrurundi.
The certificates of five new candidates were read.
Pre dere ae were laid upon the table. :
“ Ctenacanthus, a Spine of Hybodus,” by Mr. W.
J. Barkas, MLR.C ».8., was taken as rea ad
The Hon. J. chem, CM.G., MLD. then read his paper on
“A System of carte adapted to Atte to Students certain
Electrical Operat
The following gage on “ Guano oe other Phosphatic
Deposits, Maldon Island,” and “Notes on the Meteorology,
atural History, &c., of a Guano Island,” were then read by Mr.
W. A. Drxoy, F.C.S
232 PROCEEDINGS.
WEDNESDAY, 7 NOVEMBER, 1877.
Ordinary monthly meeting of the Royal singe Se a New South
Wales, held in the Society’s Rooms, Elizabeth-
CurtstopHEeR Ronreston, V.-P., in the Chai
The minutes of the last meeti ing were read 2 confirmed.
The following gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members
of the Society :-—
eorge Bennett, Toowoomba, Queensland.
ae a Tenison-Woods, Phillip-street, Sydney.
James Merriman, Mayor of Sydney.
The Hon. E. A. Baker, M.P., Minister for Mines, Sydney.
Sir J. G. L. Innes, Knt., Darlinghurst.
’ The certificates of three new candidates were read.
One hundred and six donations were laid upon the table.
A paper on “Tertiary Corals,” by the Rev. J. E. Tentson-
Woops, F.G.S., F.R.G.S., was ce read by Pr ofessor Liv ene.
Mr. H. C. Russett, B. *,, F.R.A.S., read “ Some Notes n the
recent Opposition of the planet Mars, %s inpseted by a pomiber
Wowonn as showing the maps with acl these sa yeuite
are made under favourable circumstances.
WEDNESDAY, 5 DECEMBER, 1877.
Ordinary monthly meeting of the Royal Society of New South
Wales, held in the Society’s Rooms, Elizabeth-street.
Cc. Roniesron, V. mK in the Chair.
The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.
The _ E vores were duly elected ordinary memibnix®
of the Socie
.M. Merion: Moira, Burwood.
John Field Deck, M. D., 5 i “ae apalane -street.
H. 8. Hawkins, M.A., Balm
The certificates of two new patente were read.
Twenty-three donations were laid upon the table.
The following papers w ad :—
n a new and cmseelatae Variable Star in the Constellation
Ara, by John Tebbutt, F.R.A.S., &e.
2. On a tal peculiarity of the Lepidosteide, by W. J.
Barkas, ti R.C.P.L.,
oe Notice of a ae Fossil Extinct Species of Kangaroo,
poe minor, by Rev. W. B. Clarke, , E.RS., &e.
4. Notes on some recent Barometric Disturbances, by H. C.
Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S.
PROCEEDINGS. 233
The Rev. W. Scorr, M.A., Hon. Peat er that in
response to two circulars the & sum of £399 3s. had been ented
this fell short of the amount fe relaived 1 000) to entitle them
to the Parliamentary vote, but — was reasonably hoped that they
would receive the requisite amount.
AIRMAN remarked mag as the vote held good for next
= ‘hey need not despair about the amount being made up in
‘The following is a copy of the circular and enadusauiied forwarded
to the members of the Society :—
[ Circular. ]
THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
The Society’s Roo
Dear Sir, Sydney, 13 Rap iahos 1877.
W e the honor to inform you that, in response to
the representations made by the Society, the Government has
been pleased to vote the sum of £500 towards the amount
requisite to provide in Society with a permanent home, but on
the condition that the Society raises the sum o J
Further, that at the General Monthly Meeting of the ‘eopilienh
of the Socie ty, held on September 5th, it was resolved that,
in order to raise the above amount, an appeal be made for
dtibecsi tid ons.
The Council considers it highly ring that an earnest
endeavour should now be made to obtain ah use for the Society,
also of opinion that it is in the highest degree necessar y to do
80, inasmuch as the seeedd holds even its present Sop a
accommodati ion merel Rbk tenant, and it may at an
time have to seek shelter iadichaste
» t
annua. expenses es be reduced to even a smaller amount than
the rent now paid, viz., £6
e are also dineictod to inform you that, to secure the valuable
books and other property belonging to it, and to place the Society
upon a permanent basis, the necessary lega u —— are now
being drawn up to incorporate the Society by charte
234 PROCEEDINGS.
We have the pleasure to inform you that, in addition to the
£500 towards a house for the Society, the late Government also
voted £200 in aid of current expenses, which will make the
income for the present year about £600.
Trusting that you may be CPN CARY on towards this
object, and willing to contribute to the
We have, &e.,
A. LIVERSIDGE, Hon.
A. LEIBIUS, ‘| Secretaries.
MemoranpuM .
In re DEvuTation TO THE GOVERNMENT FROM THE Roya
ETY oF New Sourn Watgzs.
Reasons for the application for assistance.
. Popular Scientifie Lectures.—To Hmm, the Society to institute
courses of popular scientific lectu
ing Sections.—To permit the ‘Gotublislinnelt of working
Seckions of the Society for the promotion of special branches
of science.
. Scientific sathskh —To — the Society to form a Library
f scientific wor
4. To collect ie distribute publications. —To found a central insti-
tution in New South Wales for the exchange of scientific
ee aa
oo
as an
equivalent for the puplicanene of most of ihe 1sading
Societies of Europe and Am
. eyera? hiseiitons —In Moctend, similar scientific Societies
afford valuable information + o the Government on man
nr
or)
. Insufficient funds.—The money at its Pinca will ot permit
the Society to maintain even its present relations with the
~T
>
3
S,
i)
=
BS
bee 3
§
2
3
&
y 8
a
z 4
6
4
bana Y
a3
ot
2
5
Lae)
=)
+
‘i
. &
2
®
fey
i
making this re uest, because other Societies established here
c educate -_ instruct a public receive grants of money
assi
i Societies in her ee es.—The sides apes | Societies i
Tictoria, New Zea and, and Tasmania, are liberal] og
ported and provided ‘srith suites Selden by their respec-
tive Governme
£5,000 subser ‘bed. — Assistance sought—Since its commence-
ment the Society has subscribed upwards of £5,000 for the
ec)
ad
PROCEEDINGS. © 235
promotion of science and higher education in the Colon
and the undersigned now respectfully ask, in the name of t e
Society, for assistance from the Gov see at in order that
they may make ast labours and Peel capabili ties
lington House having been recently rebuilt at great cost
saieely for this purpose ; and the Royal Society of London
as large sums of money annually placed at its disposal by
the Government.
W. B. CLARKE, Vice-President.
ea RUSSELL, Vice-President.
ae LORD.
RNELL
rv TANG, D.D.
C.M
A. LEIBIUS, Honorary Secretary.
r. 3 LIVERSIDGE, Honorary Secretary.
[Enclosure No. 1.]
I HEREBY promise to contribute to the Building Fund of the Royal Society
of N.S.W. the sum of £ on condition that the full amount of
£1,000 be obtained necessary to secure the Government grant of £500.
ign
(Address)
(Date)
[Enclosure No. 2.]
PRELIMINARY List oF SUBSCRIPTIONS promised towards the rage Fund
of the Roya Society or New SourH Waxes, November 12th, 1877 :—
- sd.
Brodribb, W. A., F.R.G-S., Double Bay s Ee pee 20
‘larke, Rey. W. B., M.A » ERS, North Shore . an bie 5 0
Fairfax, then, 177, Macquari Pek is wer dO 10.0
Fairfax, James R., Double Bay sts se vid suis SE OO
Hay, Hon. John, M. rae Rose Bay 0 0
Hume, Frank, ae we 5 6&6 O
Chee. ama J.F., ag a udge =e eR ee wee 0 0
Jones, P. Sydney, is “g College-atrct sag an ae ee 8
rani Professor, The Universit y tide ‘si te ~ 18 0 0
‘Leibius, Dr. Adolph, The Royal Mint igs an Kg Cairn tn ee
urray, W. G., 52, Pitt-stree ; ei bowed Oe
Morehead, R. A. A., 30, O’Connell-street 10 0 0
ullens, Josiah, Bh Hunter-stree' a atin ee OO
tussell, H. C., B.A., F.R.A.S., Government " Astronomer oo 40°: 0 0
Rolleston, Christopher, Auditor — ye pee se | a
Scott, Rev. W., M.A., St. Paul’s Colleg 5 0 0
s mith, Hon. J., C.M. rs “MD. &e., The Univ ersity & 6 Oo
: ucker, ae Superintendent, Bay ¥ = Ts 1010 0
Ward, W., Oxford-street 5 0 0
woe AS tien Club. 10 0 6
Wright, H. G. ak: M.R.CS. . e 20
236
ADDITIONS
LIBRARY OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
DONATIONS—1877.
The names the Donors are in Italics.
Reports, Opservations, &c.
ADELAIDE:—South Australian Tritt, Library Cotelbg gue eo ge me
Reports from 1861-2 t
Do. = ental Report 1876-7. ‘ve copies. )
ee 2073 rvations made at the Adelaide Sierras yn
the mo of January, February, March, April, May, June, July,
August, Heceaabon October, November, 1 876.
has
Todd, C.M.G., F.R.A.S.
Report of the Progress and Condition of the Botanic pias and
Government Plantations curing the year 1876. Dr. Schomberg.
The Be if Sea mony of the Palm House in the Botanic Gardens,
aide. Ae! copies.)
AUCKLAND : a sew of the Auckland Institute, 1875-76, 1876-77.
The Institute.
Boston : ‘eal te Annual Report of the Board of Health of the City of Bos-
873.
on,
De, do., do., 18
Annual Report of the Boston Board of 1860, 1861,
1863, 1864, ee 1D6r. 1867, 1868, api pa "676 1872, 1873,
187 4, 1875, 1
ort of the School Commi ttee, Boston, 1873, 1874.
Statistics of the Public Schools of the City of Boston, 1874-75
er y-meoatrll for the Public Schools. eport of the Comsiittes on
e Smithsonian Institution.
The sapien Distribution of Animals sae “Plante: Part If. Pla “ag
in their Wil . Pick
BrisBane :—Report sf ps Acclimatisation ren g of # Queensland. 187 6.
ernays, F.L.S.
The ane ual Report of the Queensland Philosophical Society pea
ety
(Seven) 2) Photographs of the Brisbane Reservoir (framed and gla zed).
mal Agricultural and Fodustrial Association ono eee.
DrrspEn <r Tiaeaapdenoesta t der’ A hen Gesellschaf
Frankrurr s/M.—Bericht tiber' die Senckenbergische BEE Reso won a
Gesellschaft. eter ore
andlungen herau der Senckenbergischen Naturfor-
schenden, Gesellschaft. "Eiter Band. Erstes Heft (with sy —_
ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 237
Gow :—The Glasgow dmigtton! spokes 1877-78. The University.
Gorrisery: :—Nachrichten von der K. Gesellschaft der Wissenchaften sund
der Georg- August “Universitat, 1876.
. Gesellschaft der Wissenchaften Gottingen.
ecg ae —Verhandlungen des Naturhistorisch-Medicinischen Vereins
the
u Heidelberg. ec
Towa: = Proseedieas of the Davenport Academy of Natural Sciences. Vol
I., 1867-76. The e Academy.
JENA Report from the Society of Natural History of Jena—
Vi Ba. I.
Ba. NEWT.
VIL Bd. N.F.1. Bd. II.
MEG. Be, Noo 2 Babe bE
VIL Bd. NF. 1. Ba iv
IX. Bd. N.F. 2. Bd. I.
IX. Bd. RF. 2. Ba. IL
X. Bd. NF. 3.
X. Bd. N.F.S. Ba. Supplement.
X. bry N.F. 8. - 31.
X. N.F.3. Bd. IV.
‘eicteae :—21, 22, 23, 24—October.
The Society.
Koéyresprerc:—Schriften der Physikalisch-Skonomischen Gesellschatt.
Vols. 1 and 2. 1875. (Two copies.)
1867. ’ an
d 2.
. (Two copies.)
z : 2; (Do )
joee Do. 1 anc : (Do.)
(Do.)
Lonpon: A Re peniag 3 ‘the Royal Col rae Institute, Sey VI, Vil, and VIIT.
Report of the - ai t me aa Co olo ing Inst
Im perial Federa ung,
The | Institute. et
Proceedings of the Royal Society. Vol. XXV, Nos 172, 173, 174, 175,
176, 177, 178.
The Society.
Journal of the Linnean gig ©
Bo
— $2. 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 91.
Zodlogy—Nos. 65, 66, ‘tape
First Report of the Local Government Board, play 72. ’
anny gr een do. 2-73.
: do. oe 3-74.
a. to do. . 874-75.
do. 875-76.
Report of a Frases - Modes of ane ot with Plans.
Reports of Poor Laws in Foreign Coun
goes sites uit nla tae he Letel Government Beard.
List: of the Linnean Society of London, ing PC Kinsey
Quarterly Journal of the Meteorological Society. Vol. ITT, No. 21.
he Society.
Royal Historical Society’s Tesanactires, Vols. I, II, Ill, IV, V.
List of the Royal Historical Socie es ne liburte
of Scott an the Ha ons.
Genealogical Memoirs of Sco’ ihc Mi.
Q
238
ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.
MANCBESTER f the Manchester Geological Society. Vol. XTV-
Parts 6, F 8, 2. 10, 11, 12, 13. The Society.
MASSACHUSETTS :-—
Mass — Fire and Marine Insurance Report, 1869-70-71-72-73-
74-
Wukaseki geet Life Insurance Report, 1869-70-71—72-73-74—75.
Thirty-fifth Annual Report of ae a of Education, Massachusetts.
xth do.
Thirty-si
Thirty nerenth do do.
Thirty-eighth do.
State ey wh of Health of emsatocel ae gp 167-7 1-72-73-74-75.
Railroa urns in Massachusetts, 1860-62-6 66-67 -69-70-72-
Report on akin Statistics of Labour, Massachusetts, 1870-7 1-74-75.
Registration Reports, Massachusetts, 1858-59-61-62-63-64-65-66-67-
—69~-70-71~72-73.
Reportiof the Anditor of A t fiha de) le} f Massachusetts,
2-73-74.
Annual Reports 2 the Bank Commissioners, 1
Annual np, hla the Commissioner of Savings’ Beaks, 1867-68-69-70-
eine re a Treasurer and Receiver-General of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts, 1872-73-74.
The Smithsonian. Institution.
Memoirs of the Anaeions eeereating for | cae Advancement of ery me L.
(Lwenty- sheen atest
The — ation.
aie Annual Report of the Board of State hg = Massachusetts,
1874-75. The Dire or of the Board.
Bulletin of Museum of Comparative Zodlogy. Vol. I
Nos. 1, 5, 6, 8, "10, 11, 14, 15, 16.
Memoirs of Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, No. 10.
Annual ae do. 1874, 1875.
The Museum, —- College.
Essex cee Historical oer af
Vol. vy ie . vt VL 1874. Vol. VII, 1875.
The Institute.
MELBOURNE :—The Victorian Year Book for
1875.
ical’ Register of the Colony of Victoria for the year 1875. Part
VItt- —Vital Statistics. Part IX—Religious, Moral, and Intel-
Statistical a a of md seg of a — Part I—Blue Book.
Part II—Popalatio Part I1I—Finence. Part IV. Part V.
Part
—— Statistics; poring Meg ap ashes Return.
year ending 31 March, 1877.
Reports on the Mining caworek and Registrars (Vietoria), quarter
ending 31 December, 1876.
The Victorian Year’ Book, 1876-7.
The Government eet
Select Plants Plants readily eligible for industrial culture or naturalization
ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 7 239
MELBOURNE—conlinued.
Descriptive Notes on Pieiiek Plants—V.
The Government Botanist.
rt of the ese Paci 9 and Registrars of Victoria, quar iets
ending 30th Septem 1876. The Registrar General.
Sixteenth Re mt of the sito Board of Health, Victoria.
Seventeenth d
The Central Board of Health, Melbourne.
Reports of the aed rts Bl and. Registrars of vomits, quarters
sont 31st March, 1877, and 30th June, 1877.
Report of the Chief Inspector of Mines for 1876.
i isti ictori: 876.
logical Survey of Victoria— Report of Progress. ve
Th St Minister ie Mines, on v behalf of the ‘Government of
Melbourne ‘Medical Record.
Do. Vol. VU, No. 3.
The Publishers.
Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tieton Vol “XII
e ciety.
Results of Observations taken at the Melbourne Observa’ Vol. IV.
Per Prtcama bine "Astronomer.
Prodromus of the Pema of Vict Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4.
he Vice Chimoetlor of the University, Melbourne
Mipiesponoven —The Journal of the Iron and Steel Institute. Nos.1 and
1876, a No. 1, 1877. The = stitute.
Missovrt ane e Transactions of the Academy of Science of St. — Vol.
IT
: Li; 2, 3. emy.
PHILADELPHIA :—Report Twenty-seventh Exhibition of aalecioas
Manufacturers, ela in nthe oe of Philadelphia, 1 1874.
lin T
Charter and By-law oF the Wiaankin Hintibetes
ry @ Moon's Motion, by Jno. N. Stockwell, M.A.
The Journal “of thie: Franblie’ Institute, No. 613,614, 615, 616, 617, 618,
622.
9, 620, 621, and
heFranklin agg
Proceedings of the Academy of Nutewal's Sciences of Philadelphia. Part
I II, ITI, 1875.
Le III, 1876.
Philadelphia Centennial Exhibition Commission Aalnipaia, an ti
eee, Exhibits. | (T'wo copies.)
Seventh Annual Report of the State Board of Health of Massachusetts,
Salinity, 1876. (Two copies.)
_ Thirty-ninth Annual eee of the Board of Education, Massachusetts.
Two copies.
Fifth ‘Nevill HA Report ‘of he Railroad and Warehouse Commission of the
State of oveuniee smaae 1875. (Five copies.)
Eighteenth Annual Report of the Trade and Commerce of Chicago, for
year'ending December 31, 1875. ge mecaien. -)
Que Pte of the Registry an seen Births, Marriages,
and
One hundred sae ninety-two Pam
The beer Exhibition Commission.
Proceedings of the American Vol. XV., No. 96.
“The Rhynchophora of America.”
do. do. Parts
240 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. ‘
Pisa Stee ire “nie Toscana di Scienze Naturali. Vol. I, bog 3; and
Socie
, fas ty.
Srortossr - S pbAtiibervische J entice fiir Statistik und Ehsteckenie
herausgegeben von dem K. Sta 28 — opog raphischen Bureau
Heft I, If, III, IV. Jobe
a I. 87,
onigliche sno 0% Topographisre Bureau zu Stuttgart.
la Soci
SWITZERLAND: Ballin de é Vandoise des. Scien fap share
Nos eae of 73, 74, 75, and
‘SYDNEY Proc e Linnean Society ‘of New South Wales. Vol. 3
Part rik. on TL P The Society.
A we fa — from the nati _ a i ee of ~ pe ser ‘* Kgeron,”
e Hon Secreta
Annu 1 Report of the Department of Mines, New Sot Saag ae the
ry for Mines.
teat ity the Construction and oe el red paw AR. of New South
Wales, from 1872 to 1875 inclusive missioner for Railways.
-Essay on New South Wales The Government Print: oe
‘Climate of New South Wales. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A
Report of the Council ~ Education on ey condition of Public Schools,
New South Wales, 1876. The President of the Cou
‘The agua of the > Agricultural Sanehicky of New South Wales.
“TASMANIA: ag d Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania mete
‘Toronto :—The ame Journal of Science, Literature, and History. Vol.
os. 1, 2, 3, ot The Institute.
“Truro :—The Minors? Association of Cornwall and Devon. Deport aT Pro-
ii
eedings f ,
The Mineralogical Magazine and J ournal of the Mi inerslogical Society of
Great Brituin and a Rules and List of Members. re wo copies.)
Do. do. Nos 1, 2, 3, 4.
he Society.
Vienna :—Verhandlungen der Kaiserlich-Koniglichen os geeal gar
Gesellschaft in Wien. XXVI Band, Jan., 1876. The Society.
heer stior Constitution and By-laws of the American Statistical Asso
Collections fe the American Statistical Association. Vol. L., cathe 1,3, 3-
Increase of Human Life, by Edwa rd Jarvis, ten
Report of the nee ge totager ee in 1873 of the Colorado of The West eae its
Tributari
Vermont Medical doceat vo LF » Fanuary pee March, 1874.
Archives of Science, and Transaction ms of the ~ _ = Caren Society of
Natural Sciences. Vol. I., No. 1, October,
rt of Professor Henry 1874.
‘port
d.
e Toner Lectures, No. III., on Strain and Over-action of the Heart.
List of Foreign Corres rreepondents of Smithsonian Institution
i Publications of Smithsonian Institution, July, 1874.
The Constants of Nature, Part Tl. A re
Smithsonian In
Annual Report of the State Geologist. (Geological ee of ue
nS Jersey); 1874-75. The siete Sreleaian Ne runswick.
ongressional second and third
meek The Government Printing Office.
Bulletin of the U. ‘8. National Museum, Nos.:3, 4°.
: The U. 8. National Museum.
ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 241
iets GTON—contini
ued.
The aye of the Superintendent of the U. S. Coast Surr vey, 1869-70-
2-73. The Coast Survey Office.
Telegraphic yan op ae of the Longitude in the West Indies and
ral A
An Cooiving "List | of Stars. The aia tigate Office
ureau of Navigation,
patel of oe Chief of Engineers, — Part
i Chari. * 1868-06-67-68-69.
for)
7
a
=
_
es)
25%
=
ao
Ee
<A
ae
ao
a
B
PS]
* 2.
9
ne : 1
Descriptive Catalogue of = Photographs of the United States Geological
Survey e Territories, 1869 to 1875.
Daily Bulletin of the Signal ! Service, U.S.A.—May, April, June, 1873.
Smithsonian Faabihution:
Bulletin of the US. Geological Survey of the Territories, No. 5—Second
Bulletin of the U. - one and Geographical Survey be rs e Terti-
Vol os. 1, 2, 374, No. 6—Sevond 8
Jesbracta’ L ry TIL ‘fom Vol. II. No.
Hayden, U.S. nai prs
sot see Pig of the Director of the tint to the Secretary of the
y, 1875. (Two copies.) Director of the Mint.
‘ibeaited eigen upon the Ge ographical Explorations und Surveys west of
the 100th Meridian, in California, Ae ote &e. Appendix LI. 1875.
Report upon New Species o of yp we
GM. Wheeler, Corps of Engineers.
an aegis of Indiana “1870.
Fifth Annual Report of the Geological saat ar 1873.
Sixth ‘aecieal Report of the Geological Sur ana.
oh Geto, Eg ais sai
Maps of Ripdorciardey Atlas, 1874 (Explomtions, Png Meridian).
(T'wo copie Lieut. G. M. Wh pag hs or - Engineers.
Washington Aprende and Meteorological Observations , Lo
Smithsonian Institute
Investigations of the Corrections to Hansen’s Tables of the Moo
me on the Difference of ae between Washington ited ‘Ogden,
tah.
stron dM ical O1 i t the U.S. Naval Obdser-
vatory, 1874.
The Naval Observatory.
Daily Bulletin of S dei a Seg a 12 vols., 1873.
Do. 0.
Chief Signal Officer, War ae
Report of Explorations and Servs s. Vol. III. Geology, * with plates
ie af Vol. V. = Zod. Ya
o. ol.
ae. 7 the mse of Engineers, 1876. Parts I, II, Ill
Repo connaissance ong Carroll, Montana, to Yellowstone
tion Pek, and
An — on Important Physical Features in the Valley of the Minnesota
Rive
The Chief of Engineers, Engineer. (Bee rohege
irst Report of the Boalt of: ‘Trustees of Public Schools, Dist: of
Bie op Oe 1874-75. _The Board of Trustees. sWaablagtin.
commissioner of Agriculture, 1875.
Paani Ropers of the Thietemans of t Agriculture 1875, 1
‘ommissioner for Ef ibe
*
~
242 ‘ ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.
Wetttxeton :—Report of Geological Explorations during 1870-71, 1871-72.
Fishes of New eps Le ith — es).
Catalogue of ri re
Do. Land Molten "of po Zealand.
The Mae
Do. The ceinre Mollnscn and Nehincdastpakh of New Zealand.
eae sted of the ' Mollusca of New Zealand contained in European
ns.
Phoraiu n Tem x asa Fibrous Plant (two scone
Catalogue of the Echinodermata of New land.
Meteorological Report, a eres pit 175.
Do. nelv r 1871-2,.and Abstracts for
‘ revious years aoe e plates ites
Culopink Museum and taisieaaey a 1866-67.
Third Annua eer: rt do. 868.
c do. 9
z
Fourth lo. = 186)
ifth do. do do. 1870
Sixth do. do do. 1871
Seventh do. do. 1872
Eighth do. do. 1873
Ninth Pea Po do do. 1874.
Tenth do do do. 1875
‘Eleventh do do do. 187
The Colonial Musca.
Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute. 1. IX.
~ ati tute.
Pec of the Stalk and the Sessile-eyed Crustacea of Ni
w Zeala:
on s lies re Explorati ions, with Maps and mealies daring
1873-4, 1874-6, 187
Map of ne Buller Coal F ield, to illustrate iia’ Reports, 1874-7.
The Colonial Museum.
MISCELLANEOUS.
‘(Names of Donors in Italies.)
Chambers’s Journal. Part gag 30 September, 1876.
: at ey tes fog F.R.GS., §e-
Chance, Bros. & Co.: Tariff of Lightho pohamapnine
Dioptric aghis} 1875 Bight illustrations)
r. D. Helsham.
Clark W. C., Hydraulic Engineer: Report on the Sydney * sa Supply.
Report: on Sydney Diainage.
The Author.
Cooke, M. C., M.A., aD Fungi. Prof. Liversidge.
Dana, James D., M.D.: Manual of Geo Prof. Liversidge.
France de la Revue Sci ie et. - Ue mae: Bes 25. 18 December, 1875.
Rev. W. B. Clarke, . FRS., F.B.GS., Se.
Hochstetter and Peterman, oar The Geology of w Zealand. Geological
eS ag gen of New Zealand. Dr. Fischer.
Koninek L. G Ba ae sur Les Fossiles Paleozoiques de la
Nouvelle—Galles du Sud recnepea
&
Do.
Dade Society of London, Beaters Series. ransactons, Vol. om Part I. -
vo. er aN M.A., , RG.S.
Manning J; : Review on the gr age W. Clark, Hiyareclic En, yeners,
on o_ question n of Water Supply for Sydney. The A
A
f
‘ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 243
Nature. One hundred Land ee parts ( asad
f Meteorolog Tustruments, &e.
Prof. Li e.
New Holland, The Silas of. (Published 1787.) ee] Black, “ee 4
Philadelphia Official Bulletin of the International Exhibition, No. 1,
agp 1877.
Ram — ons “hee F.R.A.S.: The Physical Geology and Geography of Great
Prof. Liversidge.
Scudder Saml. H.: A hers Butterfly.
Fossil Orthoptera ; an
Fossil Coleoptera, | fo the Rocky Mountains, Tertiary.
Myriapods.
fanbase Notes. V.
he Author
See Goss Prof. Len ersidge,
cotland, Meceaties of. Chapter First: “ ee Rhombohedral Carbonates
er Heddle, Esq., M.
Smyth R. Brough, F.G.8.: The Gold Fields en Sines! Districts of
ictoria. Mr. James Hen
Sydney chia (Sands’), 1873.
» University Calendar, 1874-5.
Prof. Liversidge.
» Morning Herald, 1862-72. Bound iad Vols.
Morning Herald, 1872-76. Unboun
. James Norton.
Tate ne se G.S.: On new Species of Belemnites and Pier a _
Author.
strali
Tebbutt John, F.R.A.S.; Results of Meteorological Observations made at
ivate Observatory, Windsor, New South Wales, 7 the years
1871 “76.
Wanklyn J. Alfred, M.R.C.S.: Water at oper Prof. Lier
Wolff Dr. Gustav : On a lian Gold — The A
Woods-Tenison, Rev. J. E.: F.GS8., F.B.G.8
History of Australian ry Geology
Geological nese a in a Baath re.
The Author.
Books PURCHASED IN 1877.
American Journal of Science and Art.
Annals of Natural Hist ad
Botanical Jou Trim
British on act for 1876.
Chemica’
Comptes Bends
Annales des
Annales a Chim de Physique.
Popular ce R
Quien Jo sar of poker Crookes.
Journa Se ph. , 1876.
Arti
Atheneum 1877.
Science yo Hardwick.
Zoologist, Harting.
Journal of Linnean Societ,
Wagner’s Jahresbericht «tl technischen Chemie, 1876.
ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY,
Fresenius, somata fiir coetheg Chemie, 1877.
Dir gler’s <page sches Jou 1877.
Engiish Mecha sd Mirror ae enihe
Geologi
Journal of Goda geal Sov eae a
e Chemical oa London.
sical »
Reval Microse. BOC 25
Nat ure, 1877.
Philosophical Magazin
Proceedings of the Geologic. Assoe., Lon
cheste
anchester Geolog. Soci ty.
Publications of the Pa’ sty e 5 Soe. apg
al Geological oc., Cornwall.
Roy:
Quarte rly Journal of Natoce. Ses
Encyclop. Britt. Vol. VI—hal Found acy Russia ; as issued.
Dana’s System of Mineralogy—half-bo
‘ownes’ Manual - ae nora (ith apa -—half-bound.
Nicho sirable bps: Paleontology— us
The International Sri ire & Co.) “i
Whicker. aie
Australian Hand took, Tee.
Italian Dicti y.
French
G
n
Fowncs’s Chemis istry.
Nicholson’s Paleontolog
ohnston’s "General Giscttecr.
Donations To THE SocreTy’s CaBINets, 1877.
16 slides of Scales and Parts of Insects. Mr. H. Sharp, —
oem a s of ae ‘&e., from the “ Challenger’ Expeditio
48
Prof. Liversidge.
Specimens (2) of Columnar Sandstone from Lane Cove.
Mr. P. N. Trebeck.
1
Get Nine Re Ay Ree EN BET ES ee ne a te he aa a Od, Tae eRe Oe Ree ee a ee Oe er ee ee ee a TN ee ee ane =
EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS
MADE BY THE
ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 1877.
In the fal)
No. z —Fournal fon ‘thie sa Society of New bem wal sabe
Pr Wales
” ogress and Resources of New
rs 5. ae of the Mining Department, “isye
» 4.— Climate of New South V 8.
+ 5.—Report of the eT, er for Railways, 1876.
»» 6.—Report of the Council of Education, 1876.
» %@—Kamilaroi, and o ther as Languages.
” > = 1 ct nt du Bra
»» 9.—Report of the “rc ne Institution of Technology.
a + —Mineral Map and General Statistics of New South Wales.
America (UNITED STATES)
Albany.— New York State Library, Albany. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7.
Baltimore.—John Hopkins’ University. Nos. I, 2, 3, 4,
Boston.— American Academy of ral If Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Buffalo —Butal Nate of Natural S Nos 4,5. Also Traus-
os Philosophical Society ty 1862-5, an Mining Tenses
ot 1875.
Cambridge.—The " = of Comparative Zoalony, | Harvard aha Nos.
2, 3, nt
CabenipeAestes of pserih Nos. 1, 2
Hoboken (N.J.)—The Stevens’ ao: Testibae of Dass Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Minneopolis.—Minnesota eer he eit Natural oo Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
New a = —— Nos. 3, 4, 5.
Ameri ase gee Statintical Society of New York.
we Lyceum of Paha Hi story. Nos. 1, 2, 3,
Ae School of Mines, Columbia College. Now. : 2, 3.
Penikese Is. —Anderson School of Natural History. Kos L, 2, 3, 4
Philadelphia.— Academy of Natural Science. Nos. 1, 2, 2, 4, 5.
% erican Entomological ety. Nos. 1, 2, 4
” erical losophical Society. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Zool
”
Salem (Mass.)—Peabody Academy of Sciences. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
St. Louis.—Academy of Sciences. Nos. 1, 2. 3, 4, 5. Also, Transactions of
Philo: sophical Society 1862-5.
246 EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS.
ey He for pee Nos. I, 2, 3, 4, 5.
ry; yden, Geological Fabeath ie Territories. Nos.
1, 2, x 4 5,
Pe Hydrogra phie Office. ogee
fe Smithsonian re 2, 3, 4, 5.
“a War Depart Nos. 1, 2 isi 4, &.
Prague. bape enc en Pie der Wissenschaften. Nos. 1, 2,
ee ae Peale a0 Siaeallsapalh Nee 1 2, 4.
Geographische Gesellsch ait. Nos. 1, 2, 8, 4, 8.
logis
Re Geologische talt. Nos. 1, 3, 5 a0.
* Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, om 10.
a Eyres aren Gesellschaft: fair Meteorologie. Nos. 1, 2,
> Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaft. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 10.
BELGIUM.
Brussels.— Académie nee ir des ge oe des Lettres et des Beaux Arts.
Nos 2, 3, 4, te, = is
Liege.—Société des Sei
Société Geolonaes de Beligue tee 2, 3, 4, 10.
Luxembourg. —Institut royal grand-ducal de seedy deter Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4,
Saint hice eae oe l'Industrie Universelle.. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4,.5, 10.
ippeeniete
Care oF Goop Horr.
Cape Town.—The beans Society. Nos. 1, 3, 4.
Mavritits.
Port Lowis.—The Royal Society of Arts and Sciences, Nos. 1, 3, 4.
New Sovrn WaALEs.
Sydney.—The Australian Club
Me The Australian Museum. No. 1
i The F ublic Library. No. 1
‘“ The Linnean Society of secre South Wales. No.1.
» The Mining Departinent
am The Observatory. o.1
P The § “wiley Wag ‘No.1
ah The Union Club. N
_ ive Mo.
New oagenees
Auckland.—Anckland Institute. Nos. 1
Christch —Philosophical Society of canals Nos. 1, 3, 4.
ge a Oe
Wellington.—The Philosophical Society. Nos. 1
(Forwarded per favour of the cae eases
QUEENSLAND.
Brisbane.—The Philosophical Sogiety. Nos. 1, 3, 4.
|
|
EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS. 247
Sour Avs?PRALIA:
ip age Government Ast No. 1.
The South pais Suatinanes Vos. 1, 3, 4.
TasMAN
Hobart Town.—The Royal Society of Tasmania. Nos. 1, 3, 4.
VICTORIA.
Melbourne.—-The E ee akenigth No
The G
b wv
: The University. Nos. 1, 3, 4.
(Forwarded per favour of the Public Library.)
Dominion OF CANADA.
est). ree esq Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Hamilton (Canada W.
spinel Geological Survey 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Natural History Se ‘of } Mcleak Nos. 1% 2, 3, 4.
Ottawa. cademy of Natural Sciences. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Toronto. A 8 Institute. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4
ENGLAND.
oe a Natural Science Club. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
The Philosophical Society. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4
a The Public rene Library. Nos. a 2, 3, 4, 5.
pe h Club.. Nos. 1, 2, “3, 4
% The Union Society. Nos. 1. 2,3 “ei
he U ity Nos. 1,
Dudley. ele and Midland Gublogenl and jira ete Society. Nos. 1,
2,3, 4, 5.
Leeds.— Philo hoscapliigal' Society. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
The College of Science, Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Liverpool.—Literary and Philosophical Society. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
n.— Editor Cassell’s Encyclopedia. } 1, 2, 3,.448,:6:
+ d Encyclopedia Britannica. Nos. 1, 2, 3,4, 5, 6.
i Editor English Encyclopedia. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
pe Editor Popular Science Review. Nos. 1; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
% Que Microscopical Club. Nos. 1, 2, 3.
<6 The Admiralty Library. Nos. 1, 2, 3,
” The Agent-General (two copies). -N .
‘ee The Anthropological Society Hr 1, & 6, 7
a The British Association. os
ns The British Museum (two copies) —— L w2, 3,4, 5, 6.
vs Th i y. Nos. 1, 2,3.
“ The Entomological Library. Nos. 1, 2.
” 1 Society. Nos, 1, 2, 3, 4.
ee The Geological Sw vey As Great Britain. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
» The ~~ f Civil Engineers. Nos. 1, 2,3, 4, 5.
» Lhe Institu mo Nava ee Nos; 1, 2, 8,
The Linn
The London fen gs 5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
248 EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS.
London— The ] [eteorological Office. Nos. “9 o)
The Meteorolo pee Society. Nos.'1, 2, ¢ ,
The ] hysical Societ y, South ie esington i useum. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
3, 4, 5, 6.
7
oa The Royal Asiatic Soc ty “Nos. me es .
ee The Royal Astronomical Soci oe 1,.2
The Royal Colonial Institute. Nos 1, 2. 3. 4, 6.
- The Royal College of area Nos. 1,2.
a The Royal College of Surgeons. Nos. 1, -
ta The Royal Geographical yt iety. Nos. ‘ 3, 8.
4 The Ro . Historical Society (also back a Nos<1, 2,3,
rs The R oy awe Testitution of Great Britain. Nos..1, 2,.3, 4, 5.
o The Royal Microscopical Society. Nos. 1, 2, 3.
1c Royal Scho Mines. Nos. 1, : 5
- The Royal School of Mi . » 2, 3,
The Royal oa aac Nos. 3, 4.
a The Royal So sgn of Literaiure Nos. 1, 2, 6
no The Society of Art &, 1, 2,3, 4,5, 6.
ie The Treasury ‘bras re Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
ee TI ited Service Museum. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
io The | . 22,3, 4 5
re War Office. Nos. 1, 2
The Zoological Society. Nos. 1, 2.
Wa cichtatine: Se wih ond sehr Socie ty. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
e Owen’s College oa 2,3, 34, 5 5.
The Geolo gical § si a. 7b; 2,
Middlesboro’.—Iron and Stoel Taaieewed ‘x os. 1,
a arate ak Site ager Ce Society Nos. 1,2
ie aa gers of Mining Engineers.
3, 4.
mes 6.
cs e Bodleian Library "Nos. 1, 2, 3; 4
= Ths Radcliffe Library. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4
a The Radcliffe ie gata Nos, 1, 2, 4
Peet. Secloniess Society of C wall. Nos. 1. 2, 8, 4.
Also, Mines and Mineral Statistics’ of New South Wales.
a sod Cornwall Natural are er: nee a 2, 3, 4.
Truro.— Miners’ Association of Cornwall and Dev Nos. 1
Pe Mineralogical Society of Great Britain soak esl Fag ie 2, 3.
FRANCE.
Norden —Aradémic des Sciences. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4
Caen.— Académie des Sci Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6,
Paris.—A je des Sciences de |’Instit Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4,5
AS Josmos (Mons. Victor Meunier) I, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
” Dépot de la Marine. . i, 2» 3, 4, 5
se le des Mines. Nos. 1, 2, 8, 4,5, 6
a Ecole No e Supérie’ Nos, 1, 2, S$, 4, 5, 6.
> Polytechnique. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4,
te Faculté du Médicine. No.
” pnae ag atg Sciences de la Sorbonne. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5:
» Jardin des Plantes. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS. 249
Paris lice Mon ae on Rigen’ ole Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
” ’ .
‘4 Musée TH ‘stole Nat relle. Nos. 1,2 82 45%
a Royale Académie des Reiahea! Noa 1/3, : 4,5, 6.
“ ia Botanique. Nos. i 2.3
ie yue des Cours Scientifiques (Sons. Alglave). Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
re ees d’Anatomie. Nos. }, 2.
ee Société d’Anthropologie. Nos. 1, 2, 4, 6, 7
Hy Société de Biologie. Nos 4
= de Chir o.
, Société d’ apres! geme Paki y og 1 bg 8,4, 5.
is Société de cain e one enelon ae i Nos. 1, 2, 3.
a Société Entomologi os. }, 2, 4.
ig Société Géo beiieds? a a #; 8) 4, 5,6)
Société Mingraloenas de France. Nos: p24.
Re So ciété Minéra os. 1; 2, 3, 4.
Soci otiéts Philotechaique, Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Weide Aetheks des Sciences. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
GERMANY.
ee; i Gesellschaft.
iglic ga sgh isenhafien, Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.
rade, Chica cago,
De iptive Ca wa ag fat as Himersie of Canada.
Domin “a % anad ole oe ce of
eR.Ra WV. Co sat chester ‘Dinos, 1875.
ee she “hes der een Bheinlande und West-
Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4. 5. a
Also, Dominion of —— (Province of Ontario).
Carlsruhe.—Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein zu Carlsruhe. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4,
b, 6, 7.
Dresden.—Das cai i hy Miristeriums des Innern zu Dresden.
Nos.
the i ecticao we Human ile:
Nos
a
» Die Africanische Geacilarh aft.
» Die sp oveanh A set ad aa wae io me Sepa
der Nat her resden. Nos. 1, 2, 2, 6, 7.
” General Direr ee aoe Koniglichen Sanmlungen far’ Kunst und
Wissenschaft zu Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
” Koniglich Geologisches Museum. Nos 3, 4. ,
Frankfurt a/M. ry abs ogo Naturforschende Sas in Frank-
rt a/M 0s ? 2, 3, , ,
Freiberg axons) ny rg Akademie zu Freiberg. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9.
Cithaes of Chilian Section.
iinion of Canada (Province of Ontario).
escriptive Catalogue of sere’ Minerals of vray
urforschende Gesellschaft zu Freiberg. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Nat
Gottingen. ae erg ex der Peace in hei
, 4, 5, 6, 7.
ne Et rT peed aie in asian Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9.
Also, Catalogue of Chilian Exhib
250 EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS.
Hamburg.—Die ar aa Gesellschaft in Hamburg. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
~ qheeres of ( Chilian Exhibiti
Dominion of Canada Feetine of Ontar io).
Geological and eat Yowen — Atlas of N ew Zealand.
Resources of West Vir,
ee eye se: Xaturwssnshaftiche Unterhaltung in Hamburg.
L 2, 3. 4.
Heidelberg. —Natabisornh hen gag Gesellschaft zu Heidelberg.
> > 6, 7.
Jena.—Medi san Naturwi haftliche Gesellschaft. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 8.
nd the Increase of Human Life.
Konigsberg.— Die oS epee ékonomische Gesellschaft. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4,
5, 6; 9.
And the Catalogue of the Chilian exhibits.
Leipzig sega Siero sity Library. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
Marburg.—The ersity. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
or So tana Society. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
dee sonia ae Akademie der ‘Wikenachaften i in Munchen. Nos. 1,
en eae Spgs _Zopographische Bureau zu Stuttgart.
Wurtemberg.—Der nee me iameainibin Naturkunde in Wurtemberg-
Nos. 1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
INDIA.
easiness Asiatic Society. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, .
ogical Museum. Noe’ 1, 2 2, 3, 4; 5:
m The Geological Survey, of India. Noe 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
err
Dublin.—Geologieal Societ 1, 2, 3,
Royal Iris Gas haadioney Pia 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
ITay.
Bologna.—Accademia de’ lle Scienze dell’ Istituto. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 10.
Musio Civico di Storia Naturale. ; Q
Mileu~ Reale a Lombarde di Scienze a ok Arti. Nos. 1, 2, 3,
ys Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali. Nos. 1, 2
Naples.—Societ& Reale Accademia delle Seienze. tee 1 fe 3, 4, 10.
. Or Ld - a 1
Palermo.—Accademia Palermitana di Scienze ti ne oie Nos. 1, 2; 4
Rome.—Accademia Pontificia de’ Nuovi Lincei. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Cireolo Geographico d'Italia. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 10.
Ei Aowaleetadie tices. ieee t Nos. 1,2.
3, 4.
‘Trieste.—Societd Adriatiea di Scienze Naturale. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS. 251
igihagie =n Loo. delle Scienza. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
o Oss rio della Regio Universita. Nos. 2, 4.
eae etic: Veneto di Scienze Lettere e roi ies. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6.
NETHERLANDS.
rene oer pee ™ Pier ar Royale des Sciences. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10.
so, Mines and Mineral Statistics of me "South Wate Sie
Haarlem Si’ Hollandaise des Sciences. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 1
Norway.
Christiana.—Kongelige Norske Fredericks Universitet. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
RvssIa.
Moscow.—La Société Impériale des Naturalistes. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4
St. Petersburg.—L’ Académie Impériale des Sciences. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4,7
ScoTLanD.
Edinburgh.— Geological Society. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
‘ Ro sie Physical Society. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
oyal Society. Nos. 1, 2, 3, $:
Glasgow.—Geslogal Society. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
The University. Nos. 1, 2, 4, 6.
SPAIN.
Madrid.—lInstituto Geografico y Estadistico. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 10.
SWEDEN.
Stockholm.—Kongliga Svenska Ventenskapo-Akadentie. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
SwiItzERLAND.
Geneva.—Institute National Genevoie. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Lausanne.—De la Société Vaudoise des Sciences Ni: essen: Nos. 1, 2,3, 4, 5.
Neuchatel,.—Société des Sciences Naturelles. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Number of Publications sent to Great Britain... a! Se
‘s pink Colonie ; i
” » ” os one 153
oh ” ” ae eee 517
” % ‘ Editors of Periodicals . ae
Datel u 1,066
A. LIVERSIDGE, } oo
A. LEIBIUS, a Hon. Secretaries.
The Society’s Rooms, Sydney, 19 August, 1877.
REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS
(IN ABSTRACT).
REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.
(IN ABSTRACT).
SECTION A.—ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS.
PRELIMINARY MEETING—9 MAY, 1877.
Mr. H. C. Russens, F.R.A.S., in the Chair.
Tue preliminary meeting of this Section was held on 9th May,
1877, and the following members were appointed as pees
for the Session of 1877:—Chairman: Mr. H. C. Rivss b, BA,
F.R.A.S., F.M.S., &e., Government Astronomer. pe pee
Mr. G. D. ret . H. A. Lenenan, Rev. Geo. Martry, and
Mr. H. G. A Wrrent, M.R.C.S. Hon. Secretary: Mr. W. J.
MacDoxvext, FRAS.
he CuarrMan drew attention to the importance of correctly
mapping that portion of the Milky Way near the constellation
of ee Australis, as considerable discordances eign between
previou d the actual appearance of the neme§
After ue cussion the Section adopted the Chairman’s propos
and it was decided that drawings should be prepared for the mee
meetin
Mr. Resse exhibited some beautiful drawings of Lissajous’s
Sound Curv e patterns were very interesting and intricate,
and were in wn by an instrument made from °Mr. Russell’s
instructions by Mr. Lenehan.
FRIDAY, 1 JUNE, 1877.
Mr. H. C. Russett, F.R.A.S., &c., in the Chair,
The Rev. Gro RTIN read a paper on “The appearance
of that portion ‘of he Milky Way traversing the constellations
“ Centaurus” and “Crux Australis,” accompanied with a drawing
illustrating his remarks. The writer stated that he noticed
considerable _ discrepancies in representations of the aXxy,
esc in ensued.
256 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.
Mr. RussEeti read some notes on the ever memorable and
disastrous storm of 10th Sept., 1876 (the “ Dandenong” gale).
He traced the course of the gale in its progress through the
olony. The high velocity of the wind (153 miles per * hour)
registered by the Observatory instruments was confirmed beyond
a doubt. Mr. Russell exhibited some maps and drawings in
illustration of his paper.
FRIDAY,.6 JULY, 1877.
Mr. H. C. Russemn, F.R.A.S., &c., in the Chair.
e CHatrMan exhibited a series of drawings of the “ Milky
Way” in the neighbourhood of the “ Southern Cross.” Some of
the drawings had been prepared at his request in the early part
of 1873, by Messrs. Hirst, Lenehan, Savage, and others; the
rest were drawn by himself ge recently. Mr. G. Hirs
also submitted a drawing of the same part of the Galaxy made
1
accordance with each other. On comparison with the representa-
noi made by Dunlop in 1827, and Sir John Herschel in 1837,
sack’*
10} inches sierane accompanied with a es notes on the
alteration in the equatorial belt, the central portion of which
was now white, in place of being yellow as aiecerad at the
opposition of 1876. The green colour of the north polar
markings was also much less perceptible this year than formerly.
Mr. Russet stated that, observing the transit of one of the
of the white spots occasionally seen in the equatorial belt. Any
casual observer m might easily have mistaken the satellite for one
of the white spots in question. Mr. Russell also gave some
particulars about the well-known binary Alpba Centauri. The
Alp
components are rave appro Astin rag ecg will probaly
occur in 1878.
the i icted and observe ste of the ‘me
acces of ie celebrated double star. Mr. Russell had bee
REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. Zou
taking observ ations with the large refractor by Schroder of 113-
inch aperture, power used 450 diameters; on 5th July, 1877, he
found the distance 2”5 597, angle of position 72°520.
Mr. ONNELL exhibited a fine copy in excellent
preservation of Rcheinet’ s “ Rosa Ursina”’ folio, Bracciano, 1 o F
This scarce book, the work of the Jesuit astronomer Schei
a contemporary of —— contains one of the earliest eaten
accounts of th ots on the sun’s disc, and is profusely
illustrated with beautiful steel engravings ; it is also interesting
from the description of the many difficulties that the first
telescopic observers had to conquer in their pursuit of science.
Mr. MacDon nell also showed a new form of star-spectroscope
this instrument consists in the necessity for having a slit
being obviated, and in its adaptability ‘o telescopes of 3- inch
apertures an nd upwar
A discussion on all the points brought before the Section
ensued.
FRIDAY, 3 AUGUST, 1877
Mr. H. C. Russert, F.R.A.S., &c., in the Chair.
The Cuartrman stated that he had been in correspondence with
Mr. H. J. Beatson, late Master R.N., and resident in Levuka,
Fiji, relative to the transit of some dark body across a the sun’s
disc on 17th March, 1877. Mr. Beatson had in the first place
communicated his observation to the S dney Observatory, in a
letter dated 10th May, 1877, and in reply to a request from Mr.
Russell for fuller details he ve daa the following account of
his observation :—
Levuka, Isle of Ovaulau,
Fiji, 12 July, 1877.
H. J. Beatson, Esq., to H. C. Russell, Esq.
Dear Sir
Your favour of 28th J — is to hand, and in reply thereto I beg to
subjoin ae following account of my observation on the 17th peal ig
and much regret I had not Fes more fully prepared for such duadies
a a more minute description could have been given
- On 15th and 16th March I observed, Heigh indistinetly, one of the
r than us
oe nm
2nd. On 17th peek I was using my se xtant as usual with a moderately
sit inverting tube, when I ob first shadow as before described;
was then iby diatinctty ler bes the S.E. iim of the sun, the tail or shadow
sondinig downwards to rth.
3rd. The point or bit ge was dark, nearly black, 9 gradually garg
towards the tail ; the tail or shadow was quite transpare “sane ated into
4th. I have estimated the diameter of head both b ET an
comparison with the same instrument to be 3 the size of s upiter. Of cours
e
258 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.
I could not well spaced its exact shape on account of the mist — sur-
unded it, but the upper portion clear of the mist was sufficiently defined to
determine its apbeioid fins
5 ts greatest alt. at 9 h. 6 min. 12 sec. was fully } of the sun’s dise off
oe is i the shadow nearly reaching to the 1. 1., but “inclining still to the
“As. ‘the. Lyd ti = the Parle agra on Mei body rete of the
ellip the sket rising about 15°-16° from
the rare vec Ars and o gress. The pe was wpe lost as it passed off
me sun x the N. fe and ca aa I saw of it after attentively watching was a
as "rs anything to be observed near the northern
si
1. of the fan alter
March 17th. —This morning was beautifully clear with light S.E. wind,
rpms to ape 8 the — and = ee sa reason I had arn a the time to
det e the error and rate of chro
Pett of point aaielbe; tlt ‘a oa deg. 42 min. 43 sec.
Time E.... 11h. 55 min. 16 sec.
1. Time jai shadow was first a sel 8 h. 55 min. 15 sec.
iy 9h. 6min. 46 sec.
tot pda 9h. 22 min. 57 sec.
Mean altitude corrected..................00+ Aldeg. 38min. 30 sec.
Worked by lat. ................4.... 17 deg. 43 min.
Bearing 8. 76 deg. E. ...........
I will be glad at any time ‘% ti any further information on this subject
in my power, and beg to
Dear Sir,
Yours very faithfully,
HUME J. BEATSON.
Mr. Rvsser1 stated om he had forw age He original letters
to M. Leverrier, Astronomer for France, Par
rv. G. Manrin rea a paper on the GLickae of the planet
moon as viewed in his 5-inch Cooke equatorial; the great
outh polar snow-cap was prominent visible. Mr. Martin
planet’s surface were not distinetly made out,—a circumstance
aah As due to the fact that the intense ballianey of Mars in
. Martin’s oie gs blotted them out.
cu. ©. exhibited a working model pe an obser-
vatory hei is erecting foe aye 10-inch silvered glass equatorial.
A set of se seven capes for the fine refractor at je Sydney
ese eye ei ranged in ciliate from 130 to 1,500,
the eonateuatia after designs by Mr. Russell. A special feature
their construction was the ease with which the lenses could
be removed, and consequent lessening of risk of injury when
een. them
Mr. Russe f read a paper by Howard Grubb, F.R.A.S.
of Dublin, on “ The’ eben of the future,” in which the author
REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 259
entered minutely into the difficulties to be contended with in the
form of reflector would offer least difficulty in any ine
dimension over those now in use. The meeting then eavitiiited.
FRIDAY, 7 SEPTEMBER, 1877.
Mr. H. C. Russet, F.R.A.S., &c., in the Chair.
Both the Te and Mr. G. D. Hirst brought ri ones fine
drawings of Mars. A comparison between these and the work
hemigphere From a mean of Pocge a measures Mr. Russell
ae chic bass psd ree different values to this ¢
pression, the pees not being distinguishable by the eye ‘like
that of Jupite
FRIDAY, 5 OCTOBER, 1877.
Mr. H. C. Russext, F.R.A.S., &e., in the Chair.
USSELL submitted a series of _ drawings of Mars made by
Mr.
Mr. R
himself, Mr. MY Fairfax, and D. se These were
arranged so as to form a panaceng series of views showing a
questing a search for the new satellites. Mr. Russell said he had
kept a careful watch args with 11$-inch refractor, but had not
succeeded in seein. discussion took
curious facts Bars. peo the thunderstorm of 23rd September,
1877, and the meeting closed.
FRIDAY, 2 NOVEMBER, 1877.
This meeting seer owing to the absence of several of the
members from to
260 _ REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.
SECTION B.—CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, and by amal-
gamation with Section C, GEOLOGY and PALAON-
TOLOGY
FRIDAY, 18 MAY, 1877.
Proressor LiversipGe in the Chair.
THE principal business before the meeting was to elect a new
Committee, and to make arrangements for the ensuing year.
The following members were elected a Committee, viz.,—
Proressor Liversip@r, Chairman; Mr. Dixon, F.C.S., Secre-
tary; and Messrs. Strep, More, M‘Curcneon, and es
closely allied Sections. A discussion ensued as tothe fu )
he Section, and Professor Liversidge suggested that excursion
parti ade to visit certain interestin ical
sections in the neighbourhood of Sydney. He also propose
that certain members should make a detailed study of the
Colony.
. Bensvsan exhibited samples of the solid core of hard
FRIDAY, 15 JUNE, 1877.
Proressor LrverstpGe in the Chair.
Mr. M‘Curcuxon brought under the notice of the Section a
process for the analytic separation of nickel and cobalt, founded
on the solubility of selphidi of nickel in cyanide of potassium
and the insolubility of sulphide of cobalt.
®
REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 261
Sy Re pets ey
Mr. Sreer tz penetrated
-by acicular crystals, Sorc ‘homblende ‘and erystallized
cuprous oxide (cuprite), from Cloncurry mine, enerusted with
the blue carbo el or chessylite
r. Bensusan mentioned Labs found associated with som
specimen of poems a considerable quantity of carbonate of
t
FRIDAY, 20 JULY, 1877.
Proressor LiverstpGe in the Chair.
e CHAIRMAN announced that a sum not exceeding £20 had
been placed = digs dianeseal of the Section, for the per as of a
suitable cabin
conve ae al’ discussion took place upon chemical and
goon eical ee especially relating to work which the Section
might under
FRIDAY, 17 AUGUST, 1877.
Proressor LiIversmGe in the Chair.
Proressor LIverstpGE announced that the Hon. F. Lord
SI
had invited the members of the Section to examine the
Devonian measures near Mount Lambie; and that Mr. P. N.
minerals ; together with a ee rhodium ore from Monroe,
Orange Co., S.
FRIDAY, 21 SEPTEMBER, 1877.
PROFESSOR LivEnsmid in the Chair.
The CuarrMan bee ed a series of specimens of characteristic
heidi ox minerals, lately received by him from Dr. Forbes, of
New York. The collection included examples of pa rare and
beautiful minerals peculiar a ibe American continen
FRIDAY, 19 OCTOBER, 1877.
Proressor LiversipGe in the Chair.
The Cuarrman showed a specimen of native moss gold, on the
is § d on a p
m the Uncle Tom claim, Lucknow. He also exhibited a
of lignite from the Rewa River, Fiji, with the ‘toning’. sai
attached :—During the time that Mr. Layard, C.M.G., was
262 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.
Consul in the Fijis, ; received from him a — ——- of
voluminous brown-coloured ash is left. Sp. gr. 1:30. Small
particles of pyrites are present.
Approximate analysis—
Moisture ere a ean kOe
Combustible matter... ios F016
Ash... ei ae ced ee
100-00
A second piece yielded only 7:2 per cent. of ash. The portion
entered under head of combustible se ago includes the sulphur,
nitrogen, oxygen, and hydrogen present, which it was not thought
necessary to determine until further information was received as
to the extent and thickness of the deposit. It is not dissimilar
to many lignites used for fuel in Europe.
SATURDAY, 28 OCTOBER, 1877.
The members of the Section, on the invita vases
Trebeck, went to the head of pee Cove toe amine the columnar
FRIDAY, 16 NOVEMBER, 1877.
Proressor LIveRstmce in the Chair.
Proressor Liversrpex exhibited some interesting specimens
of the siliceous and other deposits from some of the hot s rings
time than he could at present devote to the matter ; and more-
over, such a paper would perhaps be more or less superfluous,
REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 263
after the many able iecnpees of these springs which had been
already published by various observers. He would only trouble
them with a few hi upon certain of oi specimens, and
would invite their attention to es gira of ener sn =
ngst t
sidge mentioned that s much struck by the general similarity
between the “volcanic” phenomena at Oha and those pre-
sented by the burning coal seam at nt Wingen, the so-called
h
brad passage ee water. oe as at both
the vents. t the hot epaltean springs near Ohaiawai the
cinnabar ; some of the cinnabar is apparently of _recent
sat ona since it was observed in one place to uniformly
globules seibindod a He was ae inclined to aioe the
equally beautiful blue elles of the lower layers of steam floating
over the surface of the boiling waters to a similar cause, for he
had but little doubt that the escaping steam bears minute par-
ticles of silica with it in its upward course. The colour of the
264 ’ REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.
the water below it, any more than the colour of the water in the
basin is due to a reflection of the sky. The beautiful semen
b s Ohinemutu. This latter blue water 1s
remarkably transparent, and one can see down through it to very
great dept errace water is rendered to rbid b
<a
5
animal matter has time to dosh and fall to pieces. The p
colour of the pink terrace is apparently due to the renege ere
mass now forming upon some dead twigs in one of the hot springs.
(Jack Loffley’s, the Taupo guide) at Lake Taupo, was also shown.
On examination, this mass of mixed newly formed iron pyrites
and dead vegetable matter was found to contain traces of gold.
SECTION D.—BOTANY.
Fotr meetings . gp etm sneer have been held this session,
at which numerous specim a plants have been
sg ‘dentifie!, eric le and placed in the Herbari
Ww cen established.
% senpesitien that members of the Section should each make
especial study of a separate Order has been adopted, and
a pt ba Orders have been undertaken by four of the
ers :
Composite. Labeliacez.
Epacridacee. Proteacez.
SECTION E.—MICROSCOPICAL SCIENCE.
WEDNESDAY, 23 MAY, 1877.
THE first meeting of the session was held on the above date.
| the absence of the Chairman, Mr. H. C. Russxxz, B.A.,
FRCS. , took the Chair.
REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 265
The following gentlemen were elected as members of the
Committee for the current year:—Mr. A. Roperrs, M.R.C.S.
A HA |
th.
The Secretary, on behalf of Mr. H. Sharp, of Adelong,
presented to the Socieiy’s cabinet a series of twelve slides, con-
sisting chiefly of animal parasites, neatly mounted in glycerine,
with tin cells.
A vote of thanks was unanimously accorded to Mr. Sharp.
. Hirsr exhibited Swift’s new patent achromatic
condenser He described its construction, and read a few notes
n the use of achromatic condensers generally.
cr. cDonNELL preg a metal gauge for measuring
thin glass covers to the ys'so inch.
e Rev. Gro. Marrrn exhibited Crouch’s No. 1 A binocular
rideeascepe e, a particularly arte enn Se with concentric
rotating stage, sub-stage, and appar
Dr. Mitrorp exhibited a large. eee by Collins, with
sub-stage and achromatic condenser added by Gaunt, of Mel-
Mr. G. D. Hrrsz exhibited a prize medal binocular by Swift.
MONDAY, 11 JUNE, 1877.
Mr. H. G. A. Wricut, M.R.C.S., in the Chair.
‘ The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and con-
rmed.
Mr. Wa. MacDoyyett introduced the subject of the micro-
scopical analysis of drinking water; and a discussion ensued as
to the best means of obtaining and preserving sediments for
examination.
lt was arses that the matter should be brought before the
next mee
Mr. G. De Hirst exhibited Bramhall’s illuminator, ee
of a plain mirror introduced beneath the slide on the stage of
the microscope. The light being thrown down on the mirror by
means of the bull’s-eye condenser, is reflected obliquely up
through the slide, — the object in its passage; the
advantage claimed for this simple piece of apparatus being a
resolving power on close-lined tests nearly equal to a large-
angled achromatic condenser. In illustration of its power, Mr.
Hirst showed a valve of the WV. rhomboides with the transverse
lines, sig ig the inch, perfectly resolved under a x's inch
immersion
266 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.
“Mr. Wo. MacDoxnent exhibited a Crouch’s No. 24 binocular
microscope, with a quantity of apparatus. The instrument was
furnished with an adaptation, by which perfect centricity o of the
stage with the optic axis of the tube was easily secured
Mr. H. Paterson showed some ig a he had obtained from
the fresh water supplied in the city mai
MONDAY, 9 JULY, 1877.
Mr. Atrrep Rozerts, M.R.C.S., in the Chair.
A discussion ensued in reference to diatoms obtainable i in the
= = U. C. CoryEer exhibited specimens of Drosera ttt
upon the ere characteristics of these species, and promised
to pursue the matter further and = the results before the
Section in the form of a paper.
Mr. G. D. Hresr showed a Seve of a new species of
Branchionus—a rotifer apparently common at the present time
in ponds on the Sydney water reserve. A specimen was sine
under the caries
The Rev. Gro. a, RTIN exhibited some slides of his own
pre paring, — which were “Foraminifera from Port Jackson,
mounted in damar, and showing well their internal structure ;
also Polypide of Hydroid copy from Newcastle, and the para-
site Cimea lectularia ; this latter was prepared in acetic sak and
showed the structure of the Bionic: and abdominal segments.
Mr. Wau. MacDoynets exhibited a collection of anatomical
slides, including blood discs from mammalia, birds, and
and showing the different size of the corpuscle in each species
REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 267
MONDAY, 13 AUGUST, 1877.
on AtFreD Roserts, M.R.C.S., in the Chair.
Mr. H. Paterson said he had obtained numerous spec
from a pond in the Botanic Gardens, and from the seiko Aaerateor
to the city he exhibited several slides of thes
e Rev. Gro. Martin stated that he ‘at: examined the mud
n
longipes and P. angulatum from scrapings obtained from
floating oo He exhibited a slide showing valves of the
P. angulatu
a. D. Eins read a paper “Some local species of
Diatomacee,” with an account of din: siden d he recommended to
be followed in wit preparation of gatherings, and some remarks
on the use of diatoms as test cy er he also exhibited
numerous slides of the species he had fo
e motion of Mr. H. G. A. Wr san, seconded by Dr
it was resolved that a Committee should be aaaaiabed
ri a pi eae alias of local species of diatoms, and the fol-
lowing gentlemen were ai :—Rev. a Martin, Dr.
Morris, Mr. J. U. C. Colyer, Mr. G. D. Hirs
r. Minor read a paper on the Coccus a the Cape Mulberry,
illustrating the same by ponlvars of the larva of this parasite m
ts abdominal and dorsal aspec
é aca PEDLEY oonibited some Foraminifera from New
uine
MONDAY, 10 SEPTEMBER, 1877.
Rey. Go. Marrrn in the Chair.
e Secrerary read a note he had received from the Chair-
man, Mr. Alfred seine apologising for his absence through
professional engagemen
r. WM. Medios exhibited two ;'z inch objectives, by
iberz. ese lenses showed the very finest definition, with a
capacity for working through covering glass ‘007 inch in thick-
268 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.
ness; their oe was 1,600 diameters with the A. eye-
ce. A valve of the W. rhomboides was shown under one of
tices objectives Sate ed into 8.
MacDonneE tt also oxbihiled Crouch’s new centering nose-
, by m which an objective may be brought into
i centricity with the revolving — — the latter is not
furnished with any arrangement for effecting this
Mr. Huan Paterson exhibited several esi containing local
diatoms, principally varieties of the Pleurosigma.
R 1s exhibited prepared hee of the male coccus
of the orange, an insect somew e and difficult to procure
on account of its diminutive size.
The Rey. Geores Marri exhibited several slides of patholo-
aaa 8 apa pement by himself, and subjected to Dr. Beale’s
aining proc
Ate re compl exhibited some diatoms from Port Jackson.
TUESDAY, 9 OCTOBER, 1877.
Rev. Grorce Marrrn in the Chair.
Mr. H. Starr, of Adelong, presented several slides for the
—— containing scales of different species of Podura, mounted
by hi or which # vote of thanks was accorded.
i - Brown exhibited some specimens of the pink Syn-
apta, or Admiralty worm, found by him in Port Jackson. Mr.
Brown made a few remarks on the habits of these creatures, the
localities in which he had been most ee in finding them,
and the method he recommended to be adopted for obtaining
and mounting the anchor-shaped coipulee Mr. Brown’s remarks
were listened to with some interest, as it has coe eae generally
— that the Synapta is to be found on this ¢
Suarp read a paper on Zeiss’s soar with an
secon of their es in his hands, by which it appeared
esults obtained from some of the most difficult test objects
procurable, that these aise exceeded many of the finest pro-
and fine definition. Mr. Sharp, in illustration, showed so
oa diatoms, including the WV. crassinervis, well ice
wi eiss 31y-in.
2 = oye ONNELL vinegar cha . —— anise —
eonee which have found their way into the English market.
Mr. MacDonnell quoted some extracts showing the haphazard
REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 269
way in which these cheap lenses are made, and contrasted it with
an account of the elaborate and careful manner in which such
makers as Zeiss hei Seiberz re their work.
Mr. rt read a paper on “ Professor Abbe’s Theo
of Micros scopic ten, Pe illustrate: ie paser sna with his aif.
fraction platte. Mr. Hirst’s paper showed the possibility of
misinterpretation when close-lined objects are viewed under
igh powers, and some novel facts bearing closely on the study of
the m markings on diatoms were Mise by experiments with the
diffraction platte.
MONDAY, 12 NOVEMBER, 1877.
Mr. Atrryp Rozerts, M.R.C.S., in the Chair.
RETARY a i that he had no papers from the
The Src
members to be read that evening.
e Rev. GrorcE Maier read a letter that he had receiy ed
stage was constructed so as to remain horizontal while the tubes
of the microscope incline at a convenient angle for observation.
The whole instrument was substantially made, and the finish
reflected oe credit on the maker.
IvERSIDGE exhibited specimens of “diseased”
ro
co]
°
w
Berkeley and Mr. Broom, the two ablest English funglogists,
and they had pronounced the markings on the leaves to sag due
to the presence of a minute fungus, a species of Depaze
the little lied we bodies under the leaf scrolls which Professor
once a fortnight al roar the recess.
8
270 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.
Remarks on the Coccus of the Cape Mulberry.
By F. Mitrorp, M.D., M.R.CS., &e.
[Read before the Microscopical Section, 13 August, 1877.]
A FEW years ago, in the neighbourhood of Parramatta, I
planted a considerable number of mulberry cuttings, three-
fourths of which belonged to the Cape variety ; the rest were Morus
ance, chocolate-colour, and varied from a line to + inch 1
diameter. These dome-shaped bodies occurred in clusters of
about nine or ten each on the affected branch. On removing a
specimen from its adhesivesurface, I found it contained particles
a RO dust, and that the parts of the tree to
these p
and accordingly I was desirous of ascertaining their history, in
order to procure some means for their destruction, as I could not
but connect their sickliness with the presence of these ppncancste
to the gen e neces’ visible on the trees are the
ale cocci. These dying after impregnation, their eggs and
recently hatched larve are found in their remains. e eggs at
proboscis, immediately takes:upa position on the tree and inserts
the tube into the bark, through which she extracts the nutrient
ins stationa
juices ; here she remains stationary. The male when at liberty
REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 271
does not use his wings, but walks up to the female and remains
with her. After fecundation the female deposits her
substance in generating the ova; she then dies and a
covering for the eggs, which in their turn go through the same
course of existence ave here views of the larva in its abdo-
nee. e
minal and dorsal — and the egg — stg vane
also a branch of the mulberry and a slide showing the lar
These creatures attack some species of — but will leave aers
in immediate juxtaposition in our fernerie
Various efforts have been made to get rid of this pest from the
trees without beneficial results, and I hear that the farmers in
the neighbourhood of Baulkham Hills use soft soap and
sulphur for the purpose freely applied. - —- trying some
purp
Cuvier describes four varieties of these caeiined the third
family of the Homopterus hemiptera called Gallins ecta. He says
at pe have only a single joint in the fasta: with a single
is terminated c two threads. The fareslerd is a aur phone and
furnished with a cakes cis. The antenne are filiform and often
eleven-jointed. Thefourvarieties ciemaad by Cuvier, C.admidem,
C. ca — C. ——- © ghiis
reatures here depicted have a single joint in the
tarsi, hk mee have three — at the tip. I eran never been
able to capture a specimen of the perfect winged m These
differ materially from the ‘oneal of the coccus which attacks
the orange, which I have also examined microscopically.
La REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.
Notes on some local Species of Diatomacee.
By G. D. Hirst.
[Read before the Microscopical Section, 13 August, 1877.
_ Ar the last meeting of this Section it was suggested by our
Chairman that, as probably many marine and fresh water
having more time and talent than to devote to this
very interesting branch of microscopical research. There is 1n
almost every department of Natur. on this continent
yet been done to classify the very num species which may be
my s
very favourable I determined to try again, and a
yards Masia up the bay I pees | scrapings from some of the
rather smaller than the English species, but the cross-lines
coarser ; I measured them 34,000 to the inch. Prichard in his
Infusoria gives 38,000 as the average for English and Continental
species. The following ]so in tolerable abundance in the same
gathering :—Pleurosigma elongatum, diagonal lines 57,000 to the
REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 278
inch, being finer than English specimens, which average 48,000
Two or three species of Stauroneis were also found, on one of
power of my +s-in. immersion of large angle. I have no doubt
that the lines existed, though I could not see them, as
some of these Witzschia are among the most difficult of our
a) yt; diagonal
e
but about 65,000 to the inch, and a good test for a large-angle
4-Ine w valves were also found of a curious
oO
Pleurosigma, very broad with obtuse ends, and totally devoid of |
_ markings whatever, as far as I could ascertain with any power
to the 5-in. The species most plentiful in these Darling Harbour
being the smallest variety known, as Prichard mentions some as
small as 1,600”. Beaks range other parts of Darling Harbour will
urnish numer ther species of diatoms, but I can Dau
mention this mal of one gathering
d near the mouth ye Cook’ s River will, if collected
e mu
from suitable spots, fag ich return. From a sample sup-
plied me by Dr. Tucker I oe several ation on which are the
7 )
inch. Pritchard a for English specimens 36,000 ; agen aae
ns
recommend this locality to any one collecting diatoms, as
certain that os — be found a si — of wie
forms both of known and unknown specie
It appears re e however that it is in fresh water that
the greatest variety of o r local pain nenagee are to found.
My first trial for fresh peice specimens was in the sediment
obtained from the top of a filter sapeliod pace water from the city
yielded alarge supply of diatoms, spicule,
274 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.
probably from = water sponges grow ing inthe dams ; amongst
the diatoms were an iinmense multitude of minute diamond- shaped
bodies not more than the 2,000th of an inch in extreme length ;
some with two holes pierced in them near the centre, others
without. I have been unable to find any thing resembling them
in any work I have access to; they may probably bea species
of minute diatom, but whatey er be their nature, they are un-
doubtedly present in vast numbers in the water supplied to
i he kno r oe
and several ie Pleurosigma. The sponge spicules men-
tioned were ely: in great abundance ; under the ae vag
oo the head of Fletcher's bay, a small rocky bight ae? of
Bondi, there is a stream in which I obtained a plentiful supply of
Synedra Julgens, a long spindle-shaped diatom with coarse trans-
verse ribbing; the ring was very pur free from
tifving half of them. I will merely mention Pinnularia major and
nobilis, besides several other species of this genus, a several
forms of Navicule i in abundance, and’ Stauroneis of all ki nds, to .
} ’
prepared a few slides for presentation to Ses gentleman who
wish to have on ne thing I notice in this gathering, that
amid the multiplicity of other forms the Pleurosi: are con-
spicuous by their absence; at least, in a hasty search through
several — I have not been able to find a any.
arity a seems connected with the Diatomacee in
i
the intervention of a waive of another pecies here we seem to
have a sort of happy family, ahich, though picarer ced to those
who seek variety on their slides, i is rather puzzling to the collector
les wishes per tosuit
he conditions required on the perfect display of any given diatom-
OT eee Fy ET a Ae a Le ee er oe ae me en A Ne ee em Fe
REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 275
y P
contained, but the following will answer very well for any of the
ordinary fresh or salt water gatherings obtainable in this vicinity.
The apparatus required will be a couple of Florence flasks, a
spirit lamp, a small quantity of chlorate of potash, and some nitric
and sulphuric acid. Place the gathering in one of the Florence
flasks, half-fill with water, and shake well for a couple of minutes;
this will detatch the diatoms from the vegetable and pees
i i the
might be repeated with advantage once or twice, when one
troublesome element, that is the sand, will have been pretty well
giving everything plenty of time to settle, carefully pour off
the water without disturbing the sediment, and add nitric acid
until the flask is about one-third full; this must now be boiled
over the spirit lamp for ten minutes or so, then allowing the
d
potass ; the liquid will gradually turn lighter and eventually quite
clear, the diatoms being suspended in it in the form of white
it
keeps them suspended for a longer time than water alone n
they have at last settled pour off and add more water, repeating
process until th oms are washed clean from t id,
e il the di
which will be when the liquid poured off gives no acid taste when
diat
e
applied to the tongue.
276 : REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.
The diatoms may now be transferred to a convenient nesepiaely
and preserved in distilled water ae os ane ; a drop or two of
may so term it, and ‘the other contains the pure Hatninn
a sizist mbes shailer quantity of stuff. You will see there is a
large reduction in bulk, showing ro amount of foreign matter
got rid of.
In mounting the diatoms, some are better shown in balsam or
damar, others display their markings best when dry. The general
rule appears to be as far as my experience goes, that all those
species with coarse ae or beadings show to the best advantage
when mounted in balsam; those with very fine lines, such as in
all the difficult test cae. are better mounted dry.
In conelusion I would say a word in reply to questions I have
heard put sometimes, when after the expenditure of much time,
trouble, and patience, riage of light and mirror, the lines on
some difficult test diatom have at last been fairly displayed,
well what good have sae accomplished? In what respect 1s
microscopic science benefited by the fact _ such a —
as so many lines to the inch? There I know many
microscopists who affect to donee those a Dies call “ inate
iacs’’ and count the time and trouble expended i in the resolu-
tion of markings as simply wasted. Now without for a moment
arguing that the only or chief work for the microscope is count-
ing the strie on diatoms, I would hold that the time spent in
successfully resolving a difficult test is by no means wasted. The
tyro sitting down before his newly acquired instrument places an
object on the stage, turns on the full glare of light Fro m his
mirror and condenser and fancies he sees paint dae! to ) perfection.
Let pe tr
Batare. lines or Sain werebeautially eared he sees ablank.
Hem sa spend cats hours in trying er trick of illumination,
Il carry
srneele and apply it in the broad field of al work that lies
re him on every side. Should he turn his attention to the
REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 277
development of minute life, organs are seen in living transpa-
rent bodies where before he saw nothing; should he be a patho-
ae tissues appear full of structure which efore in his inex-
perienced ] minutenerve fibres become
es a hee before they were unsuspect cted. Ido not think Iam
exaggerating in saying what I have; I have felt the benefit con-
the species of Diatomacee at his command. When he is fully con-
vineed that he sees all in them that his iar means will allow,
he is far better fitted to commence real wo an he ever could
have been without this preliminary Deka or y let us not
mistake : our work, though commencing on diatoms, should not
end there ; let their delicate lines be the means of famili iarizing
ourselves with the optical capabilities of the noble instruments at
our disposal, and the questions I have gineten will be duly
answered—the time spent will not be in vain
SECTION F.—GEOGRAPHY AND ETHNOLOGY.
on gece tb the! im meeting of the Section for the present year, the
e-beare re elected to serve on the Committee: The Hon
aces Fink DE Satts, M.L.C., Messrs. E. De i F.R. "pl
a
made during the past session, and P
which h repared on various geographical ag ry to which
the attention of members was specially directed. ‘With a view of
keeping a record of what may appear from time to time in local
or other ete relating to geographical exploration’ in all parts of
the worl were invited to assist the Committee in makin
ate
expedition to New Britain and New Guinea which recently left
Sydney. It was suggested that much information might be col-
lected from s ors who have been more recently extending
their work into that portion of the north-western district of this
Colony, of which at present little is known.
SECTION G.—LITERATURE AND THE FINE ARTS.
[No report of meetings of this Section has been sent in.]
278 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.
SECTION H.—MEDICAL SCIENCE.
Dvrrve the session of 1877 there have been held eight meetings
of the Section—one special general oe for the election of
rp — rers, 5 ee seven general meeting
a ail of the Committee
for he current year.
i. N. Mucl oLavErs, } Secretaries.
At the meetings many papers of considerable interest were
read by members of the Society, and most of the meetings of the
Section were well attended.
_ The papers read being of an exclusively professional character,
the Committee do not recommend that any of them should be
published in the Journal of the Royal Society.
P. SYDNEY JONES.
Noy. 27th, 1877. H. N. MACLAURIN.
SECTION I—SANITARY SCIENCE.
Report of the Social be Doosan 5 Science Section of Royal
Society for the session of
Sydney, 4 December, 1877.
To the President of the Royal Society of New South Wales.
I have the honor to submit the following report :—
The Section held its first meeting. on the 21st ‘dag of March
last, when the gentlemen were elected to the offices named.
Mr. Atrrep Roserts, Chairm
Messrs. Jackson, Bepronn, reomen and Murray, mem-
bers of Committe
: 1g Woop, Banetes Secretary.
On the subject of the Vital Statistics of the eg further
_ information was obtained from the Registrar General.
Steps were taken to procure the Re soot Me the “Hai College
of Physicians on the “ Improvement of Health of Towns, 1849 to
1869,” Reporton “Cellar Dwellings an nd Common Lodging-houses,”
Report on Mode 1 Lodging-houses. Rumeig (H. W.), “ Public
Health, the right use of records founded on ied facts.”
REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 279
The Chairman was asked to read the paper which he had pre
pared on the Leirneur system of Sewage, before the Society, on
account of = ago ae
On the July —— Mr. Jackson read an able paper on
anaes in ag hygienic aspec
Some of the recent sae we of the Section lapsed for want of
a quorum, owing to the inability of members to attend.
I have, &e.,
ALFRED ROBERTS,
Chairman.
APPENDIX.
ra adit
peers am,
Ay 2h ead alk pS ee ag pa hiale th ae
a lant i le ae te va en td hee hl lias bet ae ee
ABSTRACT OF THE METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS
TAKEN AT THE SYDNEY OBSERVATORY.
LATITUDE 33° 51’ 41” ; LoneitupE 104 4™ 46s; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 32’ 45” East.
JANUARY, 1877.—Generat Apsrract.
Barometer... Highest Reading ... ae pei = pe" on the 28th, at 9°30 a.m.
At 32° Faht. Lowest Reading ... ne 357 m the 1th, at 12 noon.
Mean Heig oe ae ee 29°71 ‘
(Being 0°051 inch 1 that in th th f th ling 1
Wind ... Greatest Pressure ... ... 84 Ibs. on the 29th.
=e ger: 0°6 Ib.
Number of Days Calm.
PNR! — eyed =
(P g th for the preceding 18 years N.E.)
Temperature Highest inthe Shade ... 93:8 On the 6th.
Lowest in the Shade 2673 On the 14th.
Greatest Ran & ‘ ve BS On the 6th.
Highest in the | 149-2 On the 6th.
Highest in he "Box with
Glass Top ai eee 203'1 On the 10th.
Lowest on the Grass TRS On the 29th.
6
Mean Diurnal Range 12"
ean in the Shade 720
Humidity ... Greatest Amount... ... 960 On the 8th.
woe me .. 41:0 Onthe 6th.
Mean iid wv» TT
(Being 1-1 less than that of th th ge of the j g 18 years.)
Rain ... Number of Days ... nee ES
Greatest Fall cue .» 0840 inch. On
the
1104 inch. 65 feet cae ground.
wear Wal ; tn 550 inch. he in. gates oS ahaa und.
{Rot 9-959 tnal +} SF cd Het
f i]
6°811 inches.
Evaporation Total Amount
Ozone tes — scllnses
(Being 1 1°8 greater tl 3
Electricity... Number of tins Lightning 3
‘0
Cloudy Sky... —o Am “ih
mber of ‘Clear Days eae |
wie
Meteors... ns Observed ...
Remarks.
e severe snk so continues in as eS oe south-western districts,
n New England so fallen. In Sydn
The
but along the coas dney the
—— teers teen high, and the rainfall 2° 2352 canes below the average, and
ted.
very muc
284 METEOROLOGY.
GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LatitvpE 33° 51’ 41” ; LonerruDE 10! 4™ 46°; MaGyetic VARIATION 9° 32! 45” East.
FEBRUARY, 1877.—GENERAL ABSTRACT.
Barometer... Highest Reading ... .... 30°139 pe on the 3rd, at 8°10 p.m
At 32° Faht. Lowest ae 4 w. ‘BS9567 n the 22nd, at 6 p.m
Mean Hei i wa 29:850
(Being 0-052 inch greater than that in the same month on an average of the preceding 18 years.)
Wind ... Greatest Pressure ... ... 115 Ibs. on the 28rd.
ean Pressure... 0°7 |b.
Number of Days Calm 0
enn Direction ao ae
d th th for the preceding 18 years 8.)
Ie isnt Highest nee Shade ae 2 BOO On the Ist.
Aa ade ys, O82 On the 3rd.
ya tan é 19° On the 16th.
Highest i in th a ick 1519 On the Ist.
Highest in Black Box with
ass Top ate oe BOUL On the Ist.
Lowest on the Grass eae Saf § On the 9th.
Mean Diurnal Range 12°8
Mean e Shad 723
(Being 1°6 greater than that of the s. th ge of the preceding 18 years.)
Humidity ... Greatest Amount ... .. 990 On the 24th.
Least am as 420 On the 9th.
Mean ‘ vals
(Being 3:2 less than that of th th ge of the preceding 18 years.)
Rain .... Number of Days ... ... 10 rain and 5
Greatest Fall se ... 0°609 inch. nee 4th. e
: 0°853 inch. 65 eet ai groun
FONE RE oss) 1°600 inch. 15 in. above ground.
(Being 4-922 inches less than that of th th ge of the preceding 18 years.)
Evaporation TotalAmount ... ... 5°848 inches.
Ozone Mean Amount iis a OR
(Being 16 that in tk tl ye of the preceding 17 years.)
Electricity... Number of Days yep 6
68
Meteors .. Number Observed... oe
Remark
Another hot and very dry month ; at shiek iui .: bse the rainfall was
less than one inch. At Sydney the tem a oi the whe
Inlan
temperat
and the rhintall 4-922 inches below the sveags of t se fon 18
continued drought is severely felt, and great numbers of star and pase are dying.
METEOROLOGY. 285
GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LatITUDE 33° 51’ 41” ; LoneiTupE 104 4™ 46s; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 32’ 45” East.
MARCH, 1877.—Generat Apstractr.
Barometer... Highest ae ue - - — on the 31st, at 8 a.m.
At 32° Faht. . est Readin bse 9 n the 2nd, at & p.m.
n Height is 29 261 ”
(Being 0°061 inch greater th that in tl f th ling 18 y )
Wind ... Greatest Pressure... aa ~ 5 Ibs. on the 2nd.
Mean Pressure a, 6 Ib.
Number of Days Calm ... 0
Prevailing Direction ... N.E.
(Pr. sy: e di s a ing th ‘a? tl I 3: £1845 N.E.)
Temperature Highest inthe Shade ... 909 ... On the Ist.
Lowest inthe Shade ... 59°5 ... On the 8th.
scat ne ae are Se or 1th
Hig e Sun 150°3
Highest i n Black Box with
Gla, .. 1883 ,,. On the Ist.
Lowes ge Ene the Grass... 53°5 ... On the 4th.
0 Le te ne we ALS
Mean in the Shad = OMe
(Being 07 greater th that of th th ge of the fF ding 18 y )
Humidity ... Greatest Amount .. 99°0 ... Onthe 17th.
Least “ Rati .. 49°0 ... On the 4th.
Mean ‘is oe 793
(Being 3-0 greater than that of th th ge of the p ding 18 years.)
Rain... .... Number of cing ... 17 rain and 3 dew.
Greatest Fall... ... 2°495 inches. On the 31st :
5°617 inches. 65 ft. above ground.
Total Fall cat *** | 6°348 inches. bck in. above ground.
(Being 0-903 inct ter than that of tl th g ding 18 years.)
Evaporation Amount... ... 4228 inches.
Ozon ean yori Bee Reis yd
(Being ote greater tl th of f the 7 di g 17 )
Electricity... Number of cate Lightning 11
Cloudy Sky... Mean Amou wore es
Number of ( ie Days be 1
Meteors ... Number Observed rae 2
Remarks.
uable rains have ra along the coast and eT can eage: but in the
Val
districts at about Mudgee and thence westward, ught still continues.
Sydney, the rainfall, oe isan ani and the barometer have all been above the
286 METEOROLOGY.
GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LATITUDE 33° 61’ 41”; LonGITUDE 104 4™ 46s; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 32’ 45”
APRIL, 1877.—Gernerat ABSTRACT.
East.
Barometer... Highest Reading ... 30° oe inches poe the 15th, at 10 a.m.
At 32° Faht. — Reading 29°5 mn the 26th, at 1 p.m.
n He ama 29° 048
Wind Greatest Pressure ... 14°6 Ibs. on the 26th.
Mean Pressure... 0°6 lb.
Number of Days Calm 0
Prevailing Direction Wi
iveviilting dibeot be Gia eis years We)
Temperature Highest in the Shade 83:7 On the 10th.
Lowest in the e ob On the 24th.
Greatest Range... 11 On the 10th.
Highest in the Sun 1441 On the 10th.
hest in Black Box with
Glass Top 186°5 On the 10th.
Lowest on ‘as Grass 44°6 On the 27th.
Mean Diurnal Ran: ge 13°7
Meas i in the Shade.. 64:7
Humidity ... Greatest Amount ... 1000 On the 29th.
Least sae ap 38°0 On the 27th.
Mean 72:2
(B Rey +1 +} £ ++ g 24h p g 18 years.)
Rain Number of Days 6 rain and 8 dew.
Greatest Fall 3°752 inches. On the i
5550 inches. 65 feet hoch shoot .
sate inigeion 6°572 inches. 15 in. above ground.
Evaporation Total Amount 3°855 inches.
Ozone . Mean Amount 6°7
(Being 1°6 gr han that in th f th 17 years.)
Electricity... Number of _— Lightning 7
Cloudy Sky yess An svi
ber of ( Clear Days wat
Meteors are Observed ... Se
coast, between
Remarks.
roa a month is rather below
Newcastle, and ext
‘but in other
of the Colony th
Murray are ren low and stall falling.
the average at Sydney. Along the
xtending sma to the m — ns, fine
e fall has been very small,
METEOROLOGY. 287
GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LATITUDE 33° 51’ 41” ; Lone@rrupE 104 4™ 46s; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 32’ 45” East.
MAY, 1877.—Generat ABSTRACT.
Barometer... Highest Reading .. 6 Oe s inches = the 31st, at 10 a.m.
At 32° Faht. Low wtieett oe a SOS n the 23rd, a at 5 p.m.
Mea: Miri) <a 30724
(Being 0°207 inch less th that tw ah: rs ¢ f the P li g 18 years.)
Wind Ne: ie — ..- 162°0 lbs. on the 23rd.
ea Pasa 1 9 15
Number of “Daya sCalm... 0
selon ve rection ic,
(Pr $1. a. +} £. +} I oe g 10 3 Ww.)
Temperature Highest in Ne Shade ... 72:3 On the 22nd and 23rd.
Low hade ae SOT On ao a and 28th.
Greats eat, 34 2S . On the 22nd.
Highest in the ce 1271 .. On the th
Highest in Black Box with
ass To ... 142°2 . On th
Lowest on _ Grass t) 483 . On hie arth,
Mean Diurnal Range ... 11°7
Mest i in the pes ... 594
(Being 0°9 greater than that of th th ge of the preceding 18 years.)
Humidity ... Greatest Amount... ... 1000 ... Onthe 1st, 14th, and 16th.
Least vt see .. 860 ... On the 24th.
Mean vas ee i. F#6
(Being 16 less than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 18 years.)
i Number of pore: is oe
Greatest Fall a 3 inches. On bate 2nd.
6749 9 inches. 65 ft ve ground.
Total Fall ... 9°945 inches. 15 in. are ground.
(Being 4-830 inches greater than that of the same month on an average of th e preceding 18 years.)
cae Total Amount... ... 2°776 inches.
Ozon Mean Amount 67
we g g th erage of the preceding 17 ee
ee Number of tio Lightning 9
Cloudy Sky Mean Amou ora sj
Number of Clear Days “he 0
Meteors ... Number Observed 0
Remarks.
The barometer this month is considerably below the average, a the tempera-
ture is above it. Abundant rains have fallen on all the coast and m untain distric
t at Liverpool was over eleven inches, and at pont prerrem over ten
inches; but little or none has fallen in the west, and the rivers Dar! al urra
ow fa idal waves reache at 5h. 2 m. of the 11th
and falling.
May, and continued all day ; the height of the aig as 3ft.6 in. They were
observed at other poin wigs 4 Biesat coast, and were much aes in New Zealand.
288 METEOROLOGY.
GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LATITUDE 33° 51’ 41” ; LONGITUDE 105 4™ 46*; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 32’ 45” East.
JUNE, 1877.—GeneraL ABSTRACT.
Barometer... Highest beating ee Oe eit posieer <8 on my 19th, at 10 a.m.
At 32° Faht. Lowest Readin BE . 29° he 12th, at 5 a.m.
Mean Height ee Se ie
(Being 0-196 inch greater than that in tk ge of the preceding 18 years.)
Wind .. Greatest ames z: ... 146 lbs. on the 27th.
ean Pres th Sled
Waites of Daye Calm
Prevailing Direction :
( Siig: tension daring th pects ae ling 18 3 Ww.)
Temperature Highest in the Shade a 9 on the 8th.
L t in the Shade 16 on the 29th.
as on the 20th.
Highest in t “431 0 on the 5th.
Highest i » Blok “Bok with
..138°3 on the 6th.
Lowest on the Grass es - on the 29th.
a ah ahs
Mea the Shade. ar 9
(Being 01 greater ne that of the same month on an f 18 )
Humidity ... Greatest Amount ... .-100°0 on the pot 5th, 25th, and 26th.
we . 42°0 on the
Mean . 779
(Being 0°8 greater than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 18 years.)
Rain... .» Number of Days ... os > — pee 13
Greatest Fall * neh. On 2th.
0 a7oe tah 65 feet oe ground.
Total Fall ... sus “i (ee linch. 15 inches above ground.
(Being 5254 inches less than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 18 years.)
Evaporation Total Amount... ... 1959 inch.
Ozone Mean Amount Ne ome. Yi | pi
Electricity... ga of ey Lightning 3 =
Cloudy Sky... Mean en
N Guia of ‘Clear Days sa oe
Meteors ... Number Observed... ea
* To midnight, June 30th.
Remarks.
Barometer is my mys h 0:196 greater than the arenes: and the tem
ture very close to the ave Generally the month has been very dry, except t the
district about the head of th the “Murray River, where fine rains jive fallen, and at the
end of the month the Murray at Wentworth was 9 ft. 9 in. above summer level and
rising, while the Darling is still below summer level.
METEOROLOGY. 289
GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LATITUDE 33° 51’ 41” ; LONGITUDE 10 4m 46°; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 32’ 45” East.
JULY, 1877.—Generat ApstTracr.
Barometer .. Highest Reading “a sr ere on the 3rd, at 9a.m
At 32° Faht. Rasen eeu ty mS we §29°5 n the 18th, at 3 pam m.
Mean Heig we OO 7 3
(Being 0°137 inch greater than th tl th on an average of the preceding 18 years.)
Wind ... Greatest Pressure ..» 19°8 lbs. on the 15th.
Mean io JOGAbe
Number of Days Calm... 0
pabianen: ee «| a:
(P: ili th for the p ding 18 y W.N.W.)
Tetepeentire Highest in the Shade ... 661 ... On the 9th.
Lowest in the — . 456 ... On the 23rd.
eal oak Rang : ... On the 31st.
<< 16S
Highest in the § Sun 1247 ... On the 19th.
eo Black Box with
. Ou the 31st.
| ee es a
Low nthe Grass ... 39°8 .,. On the 27th.
Mean i ah Range ... 113
Mean in the Shade » 549
(Being 2°6 greater than that of tk th an average of the preceding 18 years.)
Humidity ... Greatest Amount . 100°0...0n = hae 2nd, 11th, 12th, oars
15th, ‘16th, and 3
Leas er ied ... 60°0...0On the | Set h.
Mean ... eee a ooo
(Being 110 greater tk that of th th £ f th B di = 18 J )
Rain... ... Number of Days ... 17 rain and 4 dew
Greatest Fall... a”) S109 mol On the 15th.
7 053 inches. 65 ft. above ground.
Total Fall fr 11°410 inches. st in. above ground.
th preceding 18 years.)
(Being 7-126 inches greater than that of tk
a Total Amount ...
0z0: M —_-
1:752 inch.
9
th average of the preceding 16 years.)
Electricity... Number of is ee 5
59
Cloudy Sky Mean Am
Number of ‘Clear Days .. pete. |
Meteors ... Number Observed ae
Remarks.
Th has been _ pis the average, and the sete Sapagearred
mild for the season ; the bove the average =
fell along the coast. only, ti Bodalla i Clarence River; the cd
the coast near Sydney, the age cond amount recorded being 12180 anes at Gosford.
tt s of the Murray r the rains extended a little over the main range
of mountains and at Wentcorth the river was 11 feet above summer level; at the
same time and place the river 7 acting woe very 1s
Barometer
290 METEOROLOGY.
GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LATITUDE 83° 51/ 41” ; Loneirupe 105 4 46°; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 25/ 2” East.
AUGUST, 1877.—GerneraL ABSTRACT.
Barometer... Highest Reading ... ... 80°350 pace: on seem 7th, at 8 a.m.
At 32° Faht. Lowest Reading ... a BYCEL 3, the 25th, at 2 p.m.
Mean Height Me ... 80°009
(Being 0-065 inch greater than that in th th on an average of th ling 18 years.)
Wind ... Greatest oe aes ‘ih i : ~ on the 10th.
M
Number of This Calm
Tigods — ng Rech ction
(Pr ah 44. €, +} 4: 1° y W.)
Temperature Highest inthe Shade ... 743 | Onthe 15th.
n the Shade w. 449 On the 3rd.
‘nat es GO a. 26°0 On the 14th
Highest in the Sun | 1300 On the 27th.
Highest in Black Box with
Glass Top ... 1534 On the 24th.
Poabeene on the Grass “a OES On the 23rd
Mean Diurnal Range xe LOS
ee in dere Shade ier OOS
1°83 f th tl 4 f th p ding 18 years. )
naaiy y mee Amount .., .. 990 On the Ist.
Least ae it ae On the 15th.
Mean : me ee OLS
: (Being 0°7 greater } Ey ee ae, rat g 4h p at ig 18 years.)
Rain... ... Number of Days ... wh Se Se se
Greatest Fall os ... 2087 in On the 30th. r
2°306 aha 65 Pa above —_
Total Fall ... an > 2927 Sanhei, “Win above e grown!
(Being 0°172 inch greater than that of th p oe on
Evaporation Total Amount... ... 98°275 inches.
Ozone nna) geet 57
i; 1k 3.
4 Pp ig 10 yea4rs. }
Wisckzicity. Number of Days Lightning 5
Cloudy Sky Mean Amount ce Se
Number of Clear Days cae
Meteors .. Number Observed... ... 8
Remarks,
Excepting just along the coast, from Sydney ieee the month has been 8
very dry one erougboes the Colony, and at 38 out of 49 recording stations the fall
has been less than one inch of rain, and at many places little or none has fallen ;
ing fast
, wa nth at h. The
i oa and at Sydney the temperature 18 above the average. On the 10th, at
yaney, a W.N.W. wind came on after 10 p.m.; and onthe 15th there was ®
hot wind from noon until after sunset,
METEOROLOGY. 291
GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LATITUDE 33° 51’ 41”; LonGITUDE 10% 4™ 46; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 25’ 2” East.
SEPTEMBER, 1877.—Generat ABSTRACT.
Highest oe “as 30° i ere on the 14th, at 9°40 a.m.
Mean Height ading 29'6 n the 20th, at 3 p.m.
Barometer...
At 32° Faht.
+h
f the preceding 18 years.)
25°2 lbs. on the 23rd.
0°4 Ib.
(Being 0077 inch greater th
Wind
nics Shorey.
ure
umb of Days s Calm
Preaig Divereon
—
On the 9th.
Centenicis Highest in the , Shade ve GE
Lowest in the Shade ae On the 15th.
Crcateah Range .. 262 On the 6th.
Highest in the Sun .. 13867 On the 19th.
ighest in Black Box with
Glass Top ... 183°1 On the 19th.
Lowest on the Grass 87°7 On the Ist.
n nge 14°4
Mean in the Shade 58°4 :
(Being 0-1 less than that of th m f the preceding 18 years.)
Humidity ... oven Amount ... 100°0 On the 11th and 26th.
Leas ; 43-0 the 6th.
Mea
(Being 10-4 greater than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 18 years.)
Rain... Number of Days ... 15 and 2 dew.
Greatest Fall wae 1-740 inch. On the 11th.
4845 inches. 65 feet above ground.
eae = 6-274 inches. 15 in. above ground.
(Being 3-977 inches greater than that of th
eee Total Amount 3°317 inches.
Oz Mean eopacy 6-0
aii 0°7 greater tl th rage of the preceding 16 years.)
Electricity... Number of oe Lightning 9
Cloudy — Amoun 55
sia umber of Clear Days 2
Meteors aren Observed... 2
Ae aa
The pr —, temperat ray and wind this month are ae near the
viest on the coast
ripe pie s have fallen at al
Ff oniney, reaching 9° 600 inches a
ged fro
reporting stations ; it was h
along t mountains
sou
ay poled ran 9 inches, nlan
do n peed to ii ae pe level of the ee * Wentworth, and the Murray
Thun s have been
at the
very frequent.
the 14th:
m Lake
Snow w
same place has Slee 11 inches since last m
reported fro:
Gouge Winderradeen Station, on
292 "-METEOROLOGY.
GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LatTITUDE 83° 51’ 41” ; Lona@rrupE 10% 4m 46°; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 25! 2” East.
OCTOBER, 1877.—GerneERAL ABSTRACT.
Barometer... Highest Reading ... a s poe capt on the 28rd, at 9 a.m
At 32° Faht. Lowest Reading ... why n the 19th, at 3 p.m.
Mean Height i ee 2 501
(Being 0°056 inch greater than that in th th ge of the preceding 18 years.)
Wind »» Greatest Pressure .. aa ee Ibs. on the 29th.
Mean Pres es 9 lb.
Nu bie f Days Cal we
hint: railing Direction ake 8: S.W.
(Pr ili for the preceding 18 years N.E. y
Temperature “Highest in the Shade as 908 On the 27th.
Lo ov in the Shade vex SBS On the 22nd.
Greatest Range Se av SL On the 27th.
Highest in the 8 un 147:0 On the 27th.
Highes “hips Box
198°5 On the 25th.
Lowest on His Grass a. “458 On the 15th.
urnal Range ax SSD
qa in ae Shade... <3 62%
(Being 1:2 less than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 18 years.)
Humidity ... Greatest Amount... ...1000 On ~ 4th and 12th.
6 rei) PED : On the 27th
Mean 72:1
Aig 3°6 greater than that of the same waitaithe on an average of the preceding 18 years.)
eee of Days ... .. 14 rain pe 3 dew
Greatest Fall .. 4°890 in On ‘the 5th. se
6°895 ches 65 feet above groun
Total Pal Ais v7 *** (8312 inches. 15 in. above ground.
(Being 5-769 inches greater. than that of tl tk n ge of the preceding 18 years.)
Evaporation Total Amount... .. 5°966 inches.
Ozone f ean Amount 2
(Being 0-9 greater than that in tl th age of the preceding 17 years.)
icity... Number of _- Lightning 9
Cloudy Sky Mean A
N wushees of "Clear Days
Meteors... Number Observed...
i) bt Ot
Remarks.
- poe a Zz — drought inland, but along the coast abundar aaaat 7
ve fallen; an ydney the amount is 5°769 above the average, greater °
which fell during a storm on the 5th.
memes Ma
q
‘
:
i”
d
METEOROLOGY. 293
GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
Latrrcp 33° 51’ 41” ; Lonarrupg 105 4m 46*; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 25’ 2” East.
NOVEMBER, 1877.—Generat ABSTRACT.
Barometer... Highest Reading ... ~... 30° 2 inches “ rd 19th, at 10 a.m.
At 32° Faht. Lowest Reading ... Lee, 289" fa he 2nd, at 2 a.m.
a —_ = be a ae 764
Wind .. Greatest eur ... 252 Ibs. on the Ist.
Mean Pre sea -> OO Ue
Number Tiss hie ed
Brening oe ive pee
43— 23. 42a e\
the preceding 1s years 8.)
Temperature Highest in the ‘Shade «++ O06 On the Ist.
Rane bi. de a2 One On the 5th.
t Ran a 27-7. . On the Ist
Highest in th Tan 144-2 On the 2nd.
96°1 On - om and 6th.
Lowest on Lies Gras icy ee Ont
ean Diurnal Dace ve ool
creabnens in nthe he ade sa OR
Highest in Black es with
Glass Top «i
(Rat ow 3s th
ling 18 years.)
Humidity .... Greatest Amount ... .» 1000 Onthe am and 10th.
ies me ae ee On the
Mean ae oP we Oe
Rain... ... Number of Days ... ... 12 rain and 2 dew.
Greatest Fall aie 1-088 inch. On the 19th. -
1604 inch. 65 feet above ground.
ane ee es 2-725 dnclsee, oan in. above ground.
(Being 0°845 inch 1 +h that nt +t p di ig 18 )
Evaporation Total Amount oa .» 7-339 inches,
Ozone ean ee is ove
ae ie ae of the preceding 17 yours)
Miscizicity:.- Number of up ESS 10
Cloudy Sky... Mean Amoun 59
Number of Clear Days peed |
Meteors .. Number Observed... 2
Remarks.
The barometer this ora has been below the aver ages but the Senhaseis re has
been 2:2 greater, an e maximum reached 90°6° on the first of the month, tt is
very unusual ; inland the venrpertbiire in many instances “tip been upwards of 110°,
The rainfall on the coast has been moderate, but inland ¢ there has been little or none,
and the drought is very severe.
294 METEOROLOGY
GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LATITUDE 33° 51’ 41” ; LONGITUDE 104 4™ 46°; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 25’ 2” East.
DECEMBER, 1877.—GernEraL ABSTRACT.
Barometer... Highest Reading ... ay pes ay mehen 9 on sored 11th, at 10 a.m.
At 32° Faht. ree Reading ... re e 18th, at 6 p.m
maar Meigs teh Kb 39°733
(Being 0-020 incl th th on an average of the preceding 18 years.)
Wind se owe" Pressure ... ... 20° lbs. on the 28th.
ssure. se as
Sumber of Days Calm... 0
revailing Direction ve DE
(Pr iling directi during th for the preceding 18 years E.N.E.)
Temperature “Highest j in the Shade Bete 7 ic” | On the 23rd.
sore = be the Shade swith BOD On the 7th.
nge rer) SOO On the 23rd.
Highest i in the Suin.. 1530 On the 23rd.
Highest in Black Box with
lass Top a .. 2133 On the 14th.
Lowest on the Grass sins ES On the 26th.
Mean Diurnal Range oo kG
Mean in the Shade... rey 2
(Being 2-1 greater than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 18 years.)
Humidity ... Greatest Amount ... .. 977 On the 10th.
Least me be 41:0 On the 27th.
Mean or 68°7
(Being 1-1 greater than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 18 years.)
Rain ... Number of Dare a ous a Ape and Eade
Greatest Fal vs ne nch. On a.
¢ vl ee 65 tint a oad
Total Fall ... ag i Vans tach 16 i idiore wound
(Being 0°746 inch less than that of th th ge of the ie 18 years.)
—— Total Amount S, ... 8°423 inches.
n Amount ; d
pe ter than that in th tt ge of the preceding 17 years.)
Electricity... Number of = Lightning 10
Cloudy Sky... Mean A oe O68
N habiet ¢ of C Clear Days See
Meteors ... Number Observed .., a oe
Remarks.
The mean temperature in shade is again 2°1 above the average in + erened
generally the heat has been very great. On the coast the rainfall has
siderably below the average, a inland drought still holds sway, and Ba.
stock have been very great.
Ta i
oa ee
rE ~~
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY OF NEW
SOUTH WALES, 1862-1865.
ConTENTs.
ies ey Vertebrated Animals of the Lower Murray
d Darling— Sexy — economy, and geogra- "ema Krefft.
phical distribut
On Snakes observ “ae ‘the neighbourhood of Sydney Gerard Krefft.
“ Geometrical Researches” in four papers, comprii
numerous new Theorems and Porisms, and complet Martin Gardiner, C.E.
ities to cslsbeated Pro blems. Paper N
Researches concerning n’gons inscribed in pat Mein Gad OE
n’gons. Paper No. :
gare concerning n 'gons inscribed in curves _ Mattin Gardin, OF.
= ond degree. Paper No.
Res ackes concerning n’ ae inseribed in bes Sorin Gardiner C0.
of t the second degree. Paper :
On the desirability of a systematic search for
mada ion of, variable Stars in the — John Tebbutt, junr.
ere . ne
ee the mien of September, 1862. No.1. ... John Tebbutt, junr.
On the Comet of September, 1862. No. 2. int . ohn Tebbutt, junr.
On Australian Storms.. John Tebbutt, junr
emarks on the pre ecedin ng Paper, made at the ser .W.B. Clarke, M. a,
Meeting of 7th Beptenber, Lee G.S., &e., -P.
n the Cave Temples o a oer eee e.
- oe bites and their cutee sau i ... Dr. Berneastle,
Dr. James Cox.
pe 7 one Piants 7 New South Wal Charles Moore.
rasan and Iridium, obtained from Rew South A. Leibius, Ph.D.
ales go
On the Prospects of the Giri Service under the Lieut.-Colonel Ward.
uperannuation Act of 1
On “= aggeayene of to in Mutual Insurance M. B. Pell.
On the Agrivult tural Statistics of New South Wales hegre
On the Defences of Port Jackson re A. Morell, C.E.
Bsv.W. B.Clarke, M.A.,
On the Rance of Rocks in hiacslns FGS., F.BGS.
On the a of Australia . ‘ . P. Ramsey.
The Theory of Encke’s Com G. R. Smalley.
On certain Ey pence raison between Geological 2 G. BR. Smalley.
servations .
The sae yk of Astronomical, Magnetical, and
Meteds ological Science ; and the practical ‘benvngs G. R. Smalley.
xe those subjects
e Manners and Customs of the denen = Gerard Krofft.
the , on er Murray and Darling
296 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.
ALES
Vol. I.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL oo OF NEW SOUTH
W. , 1867.
ConTENTS.
Inaugural Address, by the Rev. W. sia Clarke, M.A., F.G. nl &e., Vice-
President.
Article I. TOR, vet ere Coresolvents, by the Honorable Chief Justice
F.R.S., President of the Queensland Philosophical
bones found in a cave at bei Sydney Mu-
Glen clay. Tasmania
iy — the Auriferous and other Metal-
rous Districts of Northern Queens-
me
ay.
» 11.—Remaris on a paper by S. H. a va Krefft, Curator
Esq., on the
Ber. KA Ro Clarke,
» 1LV.—On fe }¢ resappearance of Scurvy i in the E. Bedford, M.R.C.S.
<5 V.—On the oats pre Mortality — ‘Expecta- M. B. Pell, B.A., Pro-
N h
m of Life in New Sou ales, as fessor of Mathema-
compared with ‘England and other( tics in the University
Sydney
» VI.—Note on er Gheclogy of thé Mary River .{ Rev. aa cheeks,
» WII.—On the Mutual Influence of Clock Pen-) G. R. Smalley, B.A.,
dulums a ae me pe } Govt. Astronomer.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1868.
Vol. II.
ConTENTs.
Opening Address by George R. Smalley, B.A., F.R.A.S., Vice-President.
Article I—On the value of Earth Temperatures ... { ¥ = hey alley, Buh,
thet acted in Modern ( Cerard Krefft; F.LS.,
Museums in sarees mr Australia
TI. ai ve —— Requirements of) Alfred Roberts
~
=
yt oe Causes and Phenomena of Rev. W. B. Clarke,
es, especially in relation to$ M.A. F.G.8S., &c.,
shocks felt in Australia eH
» _V.—On the Water Sup ly of Sydney Professor Smith, M.D.
~ ee of Wheat Ousiture | in New South
es during the last ten years
oy WEE. —Renars me a Sa Earth System of i mee Pepaie
x Valk poem Pauperiem i in New South ‘Wales— Alfred Gaberts
past, present, and fu wef MBC,
Christopher Rolleston.
ea
So
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 297
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1869.
Vol. III.
ConrTENTs.
Opening Address, by the Rev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., F.G.S., Vice-President.
G. K. Holden, i
Article I—Onthe operation of the Real Property Act {Examiner of Titles,
N.S.W.
Article IT. Aegoee Sol SirW. Ham
Problem on the eer thug: of dios Martin Gardiner, C.E.
N’gons in any quadri
» Ill—New horen in the Gaauekes ‘of deta Martin Gardiner, CE.
Div
Ty. Exposition of the American Method oo
Leve or Sect |
dinty 6 the lish end “French
sath & the, Roath al field pra Martin Gardiner, 0.2.
tice and bate sequent pistiiik of the
sections
NE —On me Electric Telegraph between Eng- |
and India, and how to connect | E. C. Cracknell, Super-
ig Knst ralian Colonies with the tele- intendent of Tele-
, eae systems of Europe and|_ graphs for N.S.W.
rica
re 8 Notes es ot pd cat Geology ‘of the isomer A.M. Thompson, Se. D.
VIL ee the Origin part Migrat ions of the
Polynesian Natio a Minecincrmarie fn v. Dr. Lang, M.P.
an
ment of the Continent o erica
i esr ies Solutions of Sots im) afartin Gardiner, O.E.
: Sk alan ;
» IX.—On the foi r Supply at f Sydney et Chistes Saves.
iver and C y
ea. onl the Results of _ Cher ")
f Wat dee are Sane Professor Smith, M.D.
dna mission
» XI—On ie “Refining of Gold by means of 2 F. B. Miller, F.C.S.
Chlorin
» XII.—On a new anailibid “for anes
Chloride of Silver. oS A. Leibius, Phil. Doe.
jy ee. as on Tables for c rot
e Humidity of the Air ai qummmeaere
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1870.
Vol. IV.
ConTENTS.
Opening Address, by the Rey. W. B. Clarke, M.A., F.G.S., Vice-President.
Article I.—On Post-office Savings Banks, Friendly) q poy) pe eo
Societies, and Government Life c. sc = ses
Assurance... “ee ie oh
298 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.
Article 1.—Remarks « on the Report of the Wate:
C a especia ally with reference Andrew Garran, LL.D.
chem
to the George’s River s ee ]
» IIIl.—On the Botany Watershed E. Bell, M.1.C.E. ]
# eat ot on the ee riferous Slate and
nite Veins of New South Wales f H- A- Thomson. .
» V.—On a paarenee of the Diamond a v Norman Taylor and i
Mudgee rof. Thomson, Sc.D. q
i
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ep pe SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1871.
Vol. V.
ConrTENTS.
Opening Address by Professor Smith, M.D., Vice-President.
Article I—Remarks on the Nebula around Eta - 2) Senosil.
S I.—Magn is Casinhatin at Sydn C. Russell.
ii 111 Remarks on the pone of Lond Howe’ ae a a
ia. iy A on as Guinea—a hi ghly y promising d
for miler on a —that Rev. Dr. Lang.
such an object could be asily
and successfully accom oe es ¥
» V.—On the Constitution of Matte ... Professor Pell.
—
>
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1872. i
i
Vol. VI.
ConTENTS. [
_ Opening Address by the Rev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., Vice-President. ;
el an Impro Separati
ld from Argentic Chloride, as ob- > Dr. Leibius
ined in gold-refining by chlori ~
» If.—Remarks on the Fallacy of a certain
hod of Assaying Antimony os Dr. Leibius.
given by some M Is of Assaying
» II].—Remarks on Tin Ore, and what —_ Te teks
appear like it Fal crown :
“ ,, ITV.—On AustralianGems ... ie ee Milner Stephen, L
iy wi momical Notices H.C. Russell, M.A. :
” — Gagpa bree ecarag Cluster Stars about Hi. C. Russell, M.A. =
», VWII.—On the santa Meteorite ... — Sayeena ge, :
» VILI.—Statistical Review of the Progress o
New South Wales in the last chon Rolleston, Esq.
years, 1862-71
eer
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.
299
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1873.
bsnl
Article 1.—Anniversary ae. ie yee ev, W. B. Clarke, M.A., Vice-
”
., Vice-President.
esiden
ii, —Appendis fe the Anniversary Address, by the Rev. W. B. Clarke,
» IZIT—On the ‘Solution of certain Geodesic } Maztis: Gardiner. 0.38.
ems
york me, sy Particulars of the Transit of Venus H. C. Rus
sell, M.A.
» V.—Note on the B nes ra Diamond District a Livre, C.S.
s Manni
» _WI.—On our na and Coal Ports Jam
» WII.—Appendi x to “* On our Coal and Coal Yona @ g
Ports” (es pemeng.
»» VIII.—On our Coal and Coal Port ... James Manning.
3», iIX—The Mammals of Aust malian and the
Classification. Part 1. Omnithodelphia ¢ Gerard Krefft.
and Didelphia
» X&—On Geodesic Investigations
Martin Gardiner, C.E.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1874.
Article I. Bg oe or waa C. Cracknell, Esq.
II.—Hos
i bots M.R.C.S.
”»
ae he —Description of Eleven 1 new species
ospita modat ;
RES Bren acer of Rev South ia Civin TWalleckn.
errestrial = Marine Shells, abel John Brazier, C.M.Z.S.
ralia ..
tri:
sa olen Aus
» Pyri . Latta,
aah f © Syeiney W aime Supply by Gravitation James Man
Pah Jes Ha ey a nerals fr
ransit of Venus
Esq.
ning, Esq.
w Professor Liversidge.
we Vaad ae ud Coal epost at Wallora: Professor Liversidge.
S.W.
ang,
Sue 2. ee = the Results of the Observation UHC. Russell, B.A.
oO
» &—The e Transit it of Venus as observed “t} Rev. Wm. Scott, M.A.
TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS OF ‘ec ROYAL SOCIETY
OF N.
EW SOUTH WALES
Vol. IX.
ConTENTS.
(Edited by Professor Liversidge.)
Article I.—List aie sof Menten Fundamental _ —* and
”
IL.—
> III — Additions t to Library... .
300
List OF PUBLICATIONS.
Article IV.—Anniversary Address, by the Rev. W. B. —
»
»
4 F.GS., Vice- President
V.—Notes on Deep op: Soundings. By Rev. W.
Sing rke fae F.GS.
in Am n Mining
nae | ‘By 8
VII. Stanniferous Tenouk 3 of ‘Tasmania (Hilectrated).
. Wi Tow
ntle, Hobart
» VIL —Pennanent — Supply to Bpduay by Gravita-
”
”
»
s Manning
1X —Aetropaitan 7. Supply. By James Manning
X.—Water Supply to - one by Ghencieediern (Plans).
By James en
XI. —Seientific bo By H.C. Russell, ‘B. A., Govern-
Astron
XIT. — Examples: : _ Pseud-Crystalization (Illustrated).
», XLIT.—The ai of Naw ‘South ‘Wales. Fe Professor
», &1IV.—Inde
”
VG — Appendix: Meteorological Observations, ‘Sydne 5
y H. C. Russell, B.A., Sydney Observatory
87 to 95
97 to 119
121 to 123
125 to 134
135 to 150
152 to 153
154 to 215
217 to 223
lto 12
JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
1876.
Vol. X.
CONTENTS.
(Edited by Professor Liversidge.)
Article I.—List of Officers, Fundamental Rules, By-laws, and
ie
- List of Mem
Il.—Anniversary Add , by the Rev. W. B. ‘Clarke,
M.A., F.R.S., Vie ie Pee resid
III.—Notes on some Remarkable Sen shown by Ther-
mometers (Diagram). By H.C. Russell, B.A.,
Paging a Astronomer
IV.—On the Origin pale pang of the Polynesian
B Ree Dr.
V.—On the Deep Geeane De Depestion off Moreton Bay.
M.A.,
By
—— ges on Jupiter auto his Opposiion By
Vit. et ol Genus Ctenodus. Parts I to IV. (Five
-) By W. J. Barkas, M.R.C.S. ...
VIII.—On the Formation of Moss mers and Silver. ts
Archibald Liversidge, Professor of Minera’
i 'Sydne
a — Extracting Processes. By at.
X.—On some'Tertiny A Australian Polyzoa. {B04 plates. )
By Rey. J. E n- Woods,
XI—Meteosgeal Pedadie icity. ce: diagrams)
y H.C. ee BAL E.R.AS., Gove
PAGE.
ito xxx
lto 34
35 to 42
43 to 74
75 to 82
83 to 98
99 to 123
125 to 134
135 to 145
147 to 150
15103 177
nn
LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 301
PAGE.
Article XII.—Effects of -ieiog hy aires onClimate. By Rey.
. Clarke, M.A 179 to 235
ree. 3 718 uci ieaiti rena pee ng topes . Ri chmond Ri iver,
(One plate) ; and the so-called Meerschaum from
the Richmond River ia Professor Liversidge 237 to 239
ir GAY —Remertable Example of C ontorted Slate. (Zwo
ates.) By Professor Liversidge _.., ». 241 to 242
ee. Oe ities ani ngs . i isk w» 243 to 266
7 AVL — Additions to Library | sls we iS ... 267 to 276
» XVIT.—D “ag is .» 277 to 281
* XVIU. = aaa an ‘the Sections .. a ee .. 285 to $14
APERS READ BEFORE SECTIONS
nls ye haere a hie ralis. By F _ Milford, M.D.
Two p 296
2. Transverse Secti tion of Fang of Human Tooth,
g Exostosis. By Hugh Paterso 299
ae - two lsc s of Insectivorous Plants
indigenous to ie ney By J.U.C.Colyer 300
4, Etching and Etch By E. L. Montefiore... 308
» AIX. —Appendix: Abstract tof fhe oe = Obser-
ons taken at the § y Observatory. By
Russell, B. eg RA. 8., Government
Astronomer ee rie = ». 815 to 328
XX.—Index 329
JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
1877.
Vol. XI.
Co :
(Edited by Professor Liversidge.) -
PAGE,
Article I.—List of Officers, Fundamental nm nN: :
and List of Members i to XxxXV
» IL. Ror cae Address, by ‘HC. Russell, B. A,
A.S., F.M.S., Vico-Pre siden 1 to 20
peer S33 ~The Foret Vegetation = Contr and N orthern
w Englan con on with Geo: logi
eyor. 21 to 39
latent By ‘hristio, I sg
» IV.—On Dromornis Australis, a = fossil gigantic
Bird of Australia. By the Rev. W. B. Clarke,
, ER.S., &e., Vice-President 41 to 49
» V.—On ehe ‘Sphenoid, oan pret , Opereulum, ond
— sed Ear-Bones Cte
apula, Corac — Ribs, ae Some "of Piet
y W. J. Barkas, 8.
Gee 2 os the Elnard Deposits of Australia. y the
Rey. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S. TROS. 65 to 82
» VWII.—On some New pet Se Polyzoa * (Too wood-
— By Rev. J 5. teneae Weeds E.G.8.,
83 & 84
» VIIL.—On she: occurrence of Chalk in the New Britain
Group. a; auaaone sping i E.G.8.,
F.R.G.S., &e. 85 to 91
SF 1g BS ea
302 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.
Article TX.—On a New Method of ace Gold, Silver, and
other Metals from Pyrit By W. A. Di ixon,
ii X. —The Paliontological — of Australian | Ter
ged “tag tions. e Rev. J. E. on-
Woo 85. Re
» AL—A Synopsis of Australian Tertiary Polyzoa. By
Etheridge, junr., ve
oo SELL, —Ctenacanthus, a Spine of Hybodus. By WW.)
rkas, M.R.C.
ly ELA. System of Notation adapted to explaining to
a ents certain Electrical oy By the
: LD. M
mith,
ane. 4 4'2 <tr: on the Meteo
a Gua and and other
Phosphatie Dopait, Malden Island. By W.
. Dixon, F.C.
» XV.—On some “Australian Tertiary Corals. "(Tw
plates.) By the Rey. J. E. Tenison- Woods,
F. soo Ages R.G.8
and remarkable ‘Variable Star in the
Constellation Ara. By J. Tebbut
a Dental peculiarity of the rihanna
y W. J. Barkas, M.R. nes
» XVIIT.—A New Fossil Extinct Specie es of Kangaroo,
henurus ages ee - By the Rey » W. B.
Clarke, M.A., F.R.S.
és XIX.—Notes on some onc Barometric Disturbances.
By H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A
XX.—Proe gs *
Re XXI. — Additions to the Libra tin
» AXIT—~List of Exchanges — Prosentations ah
», XXITI.—Reports from the Sect aut
PAPERS READ BEFORE SECTIONS.
1. Remarks on the Ase of the Cape Mul-
y F. Milford, M.D., &e.
2. Notes on some lo at ‘Species of Diatomaces,
By G. D. Hirst
» XXIV.—Appendix : Rist of the Meteorological Ob-
servations taken at the Sydney Obs servatory.
c ned i: an 97 = ra B.A, pond .S., Govern-
nt Astro
ee a VS Te of Publications b the Societ
» X&XXVI—Index : ed
PAGE.
93 to 111
113 to 128
129 to 143
145 to 155
157 to 163
165 to 181
183 to 195
197 to 202
203 to 207
209 to 212
213 to 218
219 to 235
253 to 278
281 to 294
295 to 302
303 to 305
*
EES cagescay ep vate ag
a x
INDEX.
PAGE. PAGE.
A Coceus “ dl mulberry, by F. Mil-
Aga age of pears coat Mh R51 ford, M 270
Annive y Address, by H. Fee of Royal Society of
am ay «> Mew Somtt: Wale vicsscssssiscae--secs 225
Apparatus he extracting gold from (leinewctnah a spine of Hybodus,
ites 1 . J. Barkas 145
Astronomy, Section Report . 255 Ctenodus, as —— of, W.. d.
rora—Groneman’s theory............ i po
Australian Bight, fossils of .........06 77 isin ae scales of ......... 58
B D
Barkas, ma : —Otolites of Pkenadis 55 Darling pea in — England ......... 27
sof Ctenodus ............ Diatomacer, notes on some local
Barkas, ms .. bo af t specie BSE etna
isa sikatas st 51 | Dinornis—Rev. W. B. Clarke .........
gr ee 58 | Dipterus ae, with Ctenodus ... 53
eae las, Ctenacanthus, a Spine of Dixon, W. A.—Method of extracting
a 145 “ d, es ging Shia! ee 93
ee i i 5 mee and Natural His-
ee peculiarity Mids sine of a Guano Island 165
Barometer, auatliaisona variations of 19 Guano and ioepatiedepos its
Barometric dist urbances, recent—H. alden Island ............ 176
usse | Near o fe NOCIY ss .cac.etsv ses 236
Belemnites ee : ynis Australis—Rey. W. B.
— new species—Professor ie ay aes 41
Botany, ec’ Report. 264
Bottle disease in s ws etre 24,
nome Tasmanian tertiary...... 77 =
Sas
By “et yal Society of New
Sout xili
Cc
Cainozoie rocks, recent species in...... 114
Ceratodus compared with Ctenodus 52, 63
Chalk de eee Britain Group, A.
Chall emma cal ae OF. Be
mistry, Section Report ............
Chae W.—Veget 0 in New
England
Clado arg variety of Hybodus 155
Claudet’s process for extracting go old
and silver 101
hake, Rey. we ee on Dromornis
ustira 21
. 209
Electrical machine, charging Leyden
r 16
2
Electrophorus, action of, described ... 160
rag ie e, R.— os psis isof Australian
Portinry. POL ZOW > 2... .cccsccsesssneees 129
Rscaly pees pie de of, in New Eng- 2
Exchange of publications ............... 3
s and presentations by the
245
Exchanges
Society
F
Financial Statement for 1877 ......... 223
Forest —— of New England—
ie 21
Frigate aria habits of .. 174
Fundamental Rules xii
eee eee ewes ee reece eee
PAGE.
G
Geography and Ethnology, Section
304
vEport
eee and Paleontology, Section
Gan Y, progress in sc pete andart 7
Gigantic birds in Aust . 44
vernment assistance onthe ena 6
Huxley—classification of fossil fishes re
Hybodus, spines of—Agassiz ... 146, 1
Jupiter, spots on 12
K
Kangaroo, new fossil species—Rev.
209
Krefft, Gerard—letter to Rey. W. B.
Clarke
L
Lepidosteide, dental pecstariky OL...
Limestone, Na ain Mount Gambier "Ps 4
iversidge, Professor—Chalk in New
Britain Group
M
Malden Island, oe eres 171
early oo of 174
epee o i
Pr depost and ar ase
Saks OF ratars 168
Medical Scien, & Section : ee base 278
Members, List o i
i ny Bien at Sydney
Observatory for 1877..................
Meteorology, progress of ............... 13
Molluses, fiv ——— pro 70
Tosco
Science, Settioa, gin 264
Notation applied to certain electrical
Operations, by Profe:sor Smith...... 157
0
Officers, List of, for eden berieens xi
Opercula of Ctenodus Tepe a Rae
INDEX.
PAGE.
P
Paleontological hfe id — ne ae
Tertiary Form: J.
Tenison-Wo mn 13
Papers ss cera. re the eg tyin 1876 2
Pendulum experiments in India ...... 13
Polyzoa agree ustralian Tertiary esr = 133
lian new Australian—Ten
Voo
Proceedings of Royal Society of New oa
South Wales
pig seer of Royal Society of New
uth Wales 5)
reife extraction of gold and silver
from
R
Radiometer. 10
Rainfall in Malden ci 167
Report = the Council the Royal
k ocie B91
sell, a C., on recent barometric
aches
——— Anniversary Address to the
Society ;
s
Salenia, maees Sag recently dredged... 7 :
Saturn
Saiainos) on ‘of, “during ‘the past ec
ear
Sections, work done by ...........+2000++
Section, Astronomy os Physics ...... 255
ny ..- 264
ne sama Mineralogy, Geo-
, Paleontology .......-- 260
ography ate Ethnology... 277
Literate an sa ee Fin e Arts rid ‘4
Medi cle
cal Science ....+.+.-.0++
ae copia Science feeneees 264
tary Science ...........++++ 278
Smith, Sredomar: C. M. nC. —System of
piri for explaining certa in
electrical operations .........-...+068
Smitheoninn Des tbUtiOh ca ce ss cc- nese
Sol : MMOBPNOTE oes veces vsceavecescesss 12
Spect sae cg eee 8,9
Star, new temporary ......-..-0--seceree 10
Sunshine, measuresnent GE saad 15
engine worked by ........+-+- 16
AP ence
INDEX. 305
PAGE. PAGE.
T Tertiary deposits of ca sag re 65
Tate, Professor, Belemnitesand Salenia 75 | Tertiary river, Theresa Creek............ 47
Tebbutt, J.—New Variable Star i inAra 197 | Thunder-storms, ca
Temperature, varisiiin ns atGreenwich 17
Temperatures, un oe at Berlin 17
west recorded.. 18
Fe
io}
gnu hoa ds, Rey. J. E.—Aus-
a
rem sag Evidence of
ralian Tertiary Forma-
113
Tertiary orate of Australia ............ 183
——— description of new species...... 187
etme. Fie OE GL EROWIE” coe ricveesncias 194
4
Tyndall’s explanation of Volta’s
electrophorus 157
V
Variable Star in Ara ...........1ssessease 197
W
Wallaby, fossil, in Tasmania............ 73
Weather Map, description of Mecreue 14,15
Sydney : Thomas Richards, Government Printer. —1878.
NOTICE.
| Mens are informed that the-Library will be open for con-
- ‘galtation, and for the issue of books, on Wednesday afternoons
from 4 to 6 p.m., and on the evenings of Monday, Wednesday,
and Friday, from 7 to 10 p.m. during the session, except on the
afternoon of the last, and the evening of the first Wednesday in
each month. =
PUBLICATIONS.
Such of the follow ing publications of the Society as remain in
- print can be obtained at the Pygieeees Rooms in ak
street
age es
‘Trans. of the Phil. Soc. of N.S.W., 1862-6, price
"Transactions of the Royal Botiety, N.S.W., 1867, out of prin
. 968, 5
1869, price 5s.
1870, -
1871,
1872,
1873,
1874, out of p of print.
1875, price 78. 6d. 4
6d.
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11